ML041070222: Difference between revisions

From kanterella
Jump to navigation Jump to search
(StriderTol Bot insert)
 
(StriderTol Bot change)
 
Line 17: Line 17:


=Text=
=Text=
{{#Wiki_filter:SURRY EXAM
{{#Wiki_filter:SURRY EXAM  
  50-280, 50-281/2004-301
50-280, 50-281/2004-301  
                -
RUARY 24 - MARCH 2  
    RUARY 24 MARCH 2
& MARCH 4,2004 (WRITTEN)  
& MARCH 4,2004 (WRITTEN)


                        U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission
U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission  
                                        Site-Specific
Site-Specific  
                            DRAFT SRO Written Examination
DRAFT SRO Written Examination  
                                    Applicant Information
Applicant Information  
I                                        Instructions
Instructions  
  Use the answer sheets provided to document your answers. Staple this cover sheet on
Use the answer sheets provided to document your answers. Staple this cover sheet on  
  top of the answer sheets. Po pass the examination you must achieve a final grade of at
top of the answer sheets. Po pass the examination you must achieve a final grade of at  
  least 80.88 percent overall, with a 70.80 percent or better on the SWB-only items if given
least 80.88 percent overall, with a 70.80 percent or better on the SWB-only items if given  
  in conjunction with the RO exam; SWO-only exams given atone require an 80.00percent
in conjunction with the RO exam; SWO-only exams given atone require an 80.00 percent
  to pass. You have eight hours lo complete the combined examination, and three hours if
to pass. You have eight hours lo complete the combined examination, and three hours if  
  you are only taking the SWO portion.
you are only taking the SWO portion.  
                                    Applicant Certification
I
      All work done on this examination is my own. I have neither given nor received aid.
Applicant Certification  
I
All work done on this examination is my own. I have neither given nor received aid.  
I RO / SRB-Bnty / Examination Values:
I  
  Applicant's Scores:                                         -I-/-             Points
I RO / SRB-Bnty / Examination Values:  
I Appiicant's Grades:
Applicant's Scores:  
-I-/-  
Points  
Appiicant's Grades:  
I


                                                    Surry Nuclear Plant 2804-381
Surry Nuclear Plant 2804-381  
                                                    DRAFT SRO lnital Exam
DRAFT SRO lnital Exam  
1. 003K4.03 001/2/1/wCP LUBRICATIQNMEM 2 5/2 8/N!SR0430lNMAESDR                             .
1. 003K4.03 001/2/1/wCP LUBRICATIQNMEM 2 5/2 8/N!SR0430lNMAESDR  
  Which ONE of the following correctly describes the Reactor Coolant Pump (RCP)
.  
  bearing oil lift system?
Which ONE of the following correctly describes the Reactor Coolant Pump (RCP)  
  A! The oil lift pump discharge pressure must be greater than 350 psig prior to RCP
bearing oil lift system?  
      start. Once the RCP reaches operating speed the thrust runner circulates oil in the
A! The oil lift pump discharge pressure must be greater than 350 psig prior to RCP  
      upper and lower bearing assemblies.
start. Once the RCP reaches operating speed the thrust runner circulates oil in the  
  E3. The oil lift pump discharge pressure must be greater than 3QQpsig prior to RCP
upper and lower bearing assemblies.  
      start. Once the RCP reaches operating speed the RCP Oil Lift System supplies the
E3. The oil lift pump discharge pressure must be greater than 3QQ psig prior to RCP  
      bearing lubrication.
start. Once the RCP reaches operating speed the RCP Oil Lift System supplies the  
  C. The oil lift pump discharge pressure must be greater than 350 psig prior to RCP
bearing lubrication.  
      start. Once the WCP reaches Operating speed the RCP Oil Lift System supplies the
C. The oil lift pump discharge pressure must be greater than 350 psig prior to RCP  
      bearing lubrication.
start. Once the WCP reaches Operating speed the RCP Oil Lift System supplies the  
  D. The oil lift pump discharge pressure must be greater than 300 psig prior to RCP
bearing lubrication.  
      start. Once the RCP reaches operating speed the thrust runner circulates oil in the
D. The oil lift pump discharge pressure must be greater than 300 psig prior to RCP  
      upper and lower bearing assemblies.
start. Once the RCP reaches operating speed the thrust runner circulates oil in the  
  References:
upper and lower bearing assemblies.  
  MD-88.1-bP-6, Reactor Coolant Pumps, Rev. 16
References:  
  Elistractor Analysis:
MD-88.1 -bP-6, Reactor Coolant Pumps, Rev. 16  
  A. Correct because there is a 350 psig discharge interlock with respective RCP. The
Elistractor Analysis:  
      Oil Lift Pump ensures adequate lubrication upon RCP start, but once the pump
A. Correct because there is a 350 psig discharge interlock with respective RCP. The  
      reaches operating speed, the thrust runner acts as an oil pump and circulates oil in
Oil Lift Pump ensures adequate lubrication upon RCP start, but once the pump  
      the upper and lower bearing assemblies.
reaches operating speed, the thrust runner acts as an oil pump and circulates oil in  
  B. Incorrect because pressure interlock is at 350 psig, not 308 p i g .
the upper and lower bearing assemblies.  
  C. Incorrect because thrust runner circulates oil in upper and lower reservoir, not the
B. Incorrect because pressure interlock is at 350 psig, not 308 p i g .
      Oil Lift System.
C. Incorrect because thrust runner circulates oil in upper and lower reservoir, not the  
  5. Incorrect because pressure interlock is at 350 psig, not 300 psig.
5. Incorrect because pressure interlock is at 350 psig, not 300 psig.  
  003 Reactor Coolant Pumps
Oil Lift System.
  M4.63: Knowledge of RCPs design feature($) and / or interlock(s) which provide for the
003 Reactor Coolant Pumps  
  following: Adequate lubrication of the RCP.
M4.63: Knowledge of RCPs design feature($) and / or interlock(s) which provide for the  
following: Adequate lubrication of the RCP.  


                                                  Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                  DRAFT SRO lnital Exam
DRAFT SRO lnital Exam  
The following Unit 1 conditions exist:
The following Unit 1 conditions exist:  
- Operating at 85% power
- Operating at 85% power  
- Pressurizer pressure control is in its normal configuration
- Pressurizer pressure control is in its normal configuration  
- A Pressurizer Safety Valve is leaking
- A Pressurizer Safety Valve is leaking  
- IC-BB, PWZR LO PRESS, annunciates
- IC-BB, PWZR LO PRESS, annunciates  
- 1-AP-31.00, increasing or Decreasing WCS Pressure, has been entered
- 1-AP-31.00, increasing or Decreasing WCS Pressure, has been entered  
Which ONE of the following correctly describes the affect on charging flow and an
Which ONE of the following correctly describes the affect on charging flow and an  
appropriate mitigating action in accordance with 1-AP-31 . O W
appropriate mitigating action in accordance with 1 -AP-31 . O W
A. Charging flow initially increases. Place the PRZR PRESS MASTER CNTRL in
A. Charging flow initially increases. Place the PRZR PRESS MASTER CNTRL in  
    MANUAL and increase the demand to try to stop the pressure decrease.
MANUAL and increase the demand to try to stop the pressure decrease.  
&. Charging flow initially decreases. Place the PWZR PRESS MASTER CNTRL in
MANUAL and increase the demand to try to stop the pressure decrease.
    MANUAL and increase the demand to try to stop the pressure decrease.
&. Charging flow initially decreases. Place the PWZR PRESS MASTER CNTRL in  
CY Charging flow initially increases. Place the PRZR PRESS MASTER CNTRL in
CY Charging flow initially increases. Place the PRZR PRESS MASTER CNTRL in  
    MANUAL and decrease the demand to try to stop the pressure decrease.
MANUAL and decrease the demand to try to stop the pressure decrease.  
D. Charging flow initially decreases. Place the PRZR PRESS MASTER CNTRL in
D. Charging flow initially decreases. Place the PRZR PRESS MASTER CNTRL in  
    MANUAL and decrease the demand to try to stop the pressure decrease.
MANUAL and decrease the demand to try to stop the pressure decrease.  
Surry
Surry  
References:
References:  
ND-93.3-LP-5, Pressurizer Pressure Control, Rev. 9
ND-93.3-LP-5, Pressurizer Pressure Control, Rev. 9  
ND-$8.3-LP-2, Charging and Letdown, Rev. 10
ND-$8.3-LP-2, Charging and Letdown, Rev. 10  
1-AP-31 .00, Increasing or Decreasing WCS Pressure, Rev. 4
1 -AP-31 .00, Increasing or Decreasing WCS Pressure, Rev. 4  
Distractor Analysis:
Distractor Analysis:  
A. Incorrect because increasing the demand will lower pressure, not increase it.
A. Incorrect because increasing the demand will lower pressure, not increase it.  
B. Incorrect because charging flow will not initially decrease and increasing the
B. Incorrect because charging flow will not initially decrease and increasing the  
    demand will lower pressure, not increase it.
6. Correct because charging flow will initially increase due to the sudden pressure drop  
6. Correct because charging flow will initially increase due to the sudden pressure drop
demand will lower pressure, not increase it.
    in the 86s. Also, decreasing the demand on the controller while in manual will act
in the 86s. Also, decreasing the demand on the controller while in manual will act  
    to try to raise pressure.
to try to raise pressure.  
D. Incorrect because charging flow will not initially decrease.
D. Incorrect because charging flow will not initially decrease.  
(404Chemical and Volume Control
(404 Chemical and Volume Control  
A2.17: Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on
A2.17: Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on  
the CVCS; and (b) based on those predictions use procedures to correct, control, or
the CVCS; and (b) based on those predictions use procedures to correct, control, or  
mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations: Low PZR pressure.
mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations: Low PZR pressure.  


                                                    Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                    DRAFT SRB lnital Exam
DRAFT SRB lnital Exam  
The following Unit 1 conditions exist:
The following Unit 1 conditions exist:  
- RCS level is 12.5 feet on I-RC-LI-10OA
- RCS level is 12.5 feet on I-RC-LI-10OA  
- RCS level is 12 feet 5 inches on 1-RC-LR-105
- RCS level is 12 feet 5 inches on 1-RC-LR-105  
- A loss of decay heat removal has occurred and 1-AP-27.00, boss of Decay Heat
- A loss of decay heat removal has occurred and 1 -AP-27.00, boss of Decay Heat  
  Removal Capability, has been entered.
Removal Capability, has been entered.  
- The RHW system has just been made available.
- The RHW system has just been made available.  
Which ONE of the following methods per 1-AQ-27.00 should be used to sweep air from
Which ONE of the following methods per 1 -AQ-27.00 should be used to sweep air from  
the RHR lines during a loss of decay heat removal capability if inadequate time exists
the RHR lines during a loss of decay heat removal capability if inadequate time exists  
to completely vent the RHW System prior to boiling in the core?
to completely vent the RHW System prior to boiling in the core?  
A:' Refill the RCS B o 13.5 feet, verify 10 O F subcooling, and run an RHR pump at a flow
A:' Refill the RCS Bo 13.5 feet, verify 10 O F subcooling, and run an RHR pump at a flow  
    rate of > 2950 gprn.
rate of > 2950 gprn.  
3. Maintain RCS level at 12.5 feet, verify subcooling, and run an WHR pump at a flow
3. Maintain RCS level at 12.5 feet, verify subcooling, and run an WHR pump at a flow  
    of > 2950 gprn.
of > 2950 gprn.  
C. Maintain RCS level at 12.5 feet, verify subcooling, and run an RHR pump at a flow
C. Maintain RCS level at 12.5 feet, verify subcooling, and run an RHR pump at a flow  
    sf < 2950 gpm.
sf < 2950 gpm.  
B. Close WH-MOV-1720A and B, RWR Outlets, then open "A" and "C" Safety Injection
B. Close WH-MOV-1720A and B, RWR Outlets, then open "A" and "C" Safety Injection  
    Accumulator Isolation MBVs.
Accumulator Isolation MBVs.  
Surry
Surry  
References:
References:  
ND-88.2-LP-1, Residual Heat Removal System Description, Rev. 8
ND-88.2-LP-1, Residual Heat Removal System Description, Rev. 8  
NB-88.2-LP-2, Operation of Residual Heat Removal System, Rev. 15
NB-88.2-LP-2, Operation of Residual Heat Removal System, Rev. 15  
ND-88.2-LP-3, Draindown and Midloop Operations, Rev. 12
ND-88.2-LP-3, Draindown and Midloop Operations, Rev. 12  
1-AP-27.00, Loss of Decay Heat Removal Capability, Rev. 10
1 -AP-27.00, Loss of Decay Heat Removal Capability, Rev. 10  
Distractor Analysis:
Distractor Analysis:  
A. Correct because based on procedural Note in 1-AP-29.00, Page 16 or 19, Rev. 10.
A. Correct because based on procedural Note in 1-AP-29.00, Page 16 or 19, Rev. 10.  
B. Incorrect because WCS needs to be filled to 13.5 feet.
B. Incorrect because WCS needs to be filled to 13.5 feet.  
C. Incorrect because WCS needs to be filled to 13.5 Beet. Also flow needs to be
C. Incorrect because WCS needs to be filled to 13.5 Beet. Also flow needs to be  
    greater than 2950 gpm.
greater than 2950 gpm.  
D. incorrect because no procedural guidance exists to support the actions.
D. incorrect because no procedural guidance exists to support the actions.  
Suri-y ILT Exam Bank Question #275
Suri-y ILT Exam Bank Question #275  
005 Residual Heat Removal
005 Residual Heat Removal  
K5.02: Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they
K5.02: Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they  
apply to the RHRS: Need for adequate subcooling.
apply to the RHRS: Need for adequate subcooling.  


                                              Sur9 Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Sur9 Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                              DRAFT SWO lnital Exam
DRAFT SWO lnital Exam  
- Steam Generator levels are 20% and rising
- Steam Generator levels are 20% and rising  
- Subcooling based on CETCs is 0 O F
- Subcooling based on CETCs is 0 O F
- E-Q,Reactor Trip or Safety Injection, has been exited and Safety Function Status
- E-Q, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection, has been exited and Safety Function Status  
  Trees are being monitored
- WCP Seal Injection flow is 3 gpm to all WCPs  
- WCP Seal Injection flow is 3 gpm to all WCPs
- RCP Seal delta-Ps are all approximately 200 psid  
- RCP Seal delta-Ps are all approximately 200 psid
- Source Range Startup Rate is zero  
- Source Range Startup Rate is zero
- Attempts to establish HHSI flow have failed  
- Attempts to establish HHSI flow have failed
Trees are being monitored


                                                    Surry Nuclear Plant 26304-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 26304-301  
                                                    DRAFT SRQ lnital Exam
DRAFT SRQ lnital Exam  
References:
References:  
MD-95.3-LP-38, FW-6.1 Response to Inadequate Core Cooling, Rev. 8
MD-95.3-LP-38, FW-6.1 Response to Inadequate Core Cooling, Rev. 8  
FR-C. 1, Response to Inadequate Core Coding, Rev. 18
FR-C. 1, Response to Inadequate Core Coding, Rev. 18  
Distractor Analysis:
Distractor Analysis:  
A. Incorrect because 1.O x IO5 PPH is well below the MSBV closure setpoirat and does
A. Incorrect because 1 .O x IO5 PPH is well below the MSBV closure setpoirat and does  
    not even approach the maximum rate (an entire order of magnitude low}.
not even approach the maximum rate (an entire order of magnitude low}.  
B. Incorrect because 1.O x 10' PPH is well below the MSlV closure setpoint and does
B. Incorrect because 1 .O x 10' PPH is well below the MSlV closure setpoint and does  
    not even approach the maximum rate (an entire order of magnitude low).
not even approach the maximum rate (an entire order of magnitude low).  
C. Incorrect because RCPs should be started even when normal conditions not met.
C. Incorrect because RCPs should be started even when normal conditions not met.  
D. Correct because procedural guidance exists to supporl the actions. MSlV closure
D. Correct because procedural guidance exists to supporl the actions. MSlV closure  
    will occur if flow is greater than 1 .O x 1Q6 PPH. The purpose for the actions is to
will occur if flow is greater than 1 .O x 1 Q6 PPH. The purpose for the actions is to  
    establish low head flow from accumulators and LHSI. RCP support criteria is
establish low head flow from accumulators and LHSI. RCP support criteria is  
    desirable, but not a prerequisite for starting RCPs.
desirable, but not a prerequisite for starting RCPs.  
006 Emergency Core Cooling
006 Emergency Core Cooling  
K.6.03: Knowledge of the effect of a loss or malfunction on the following will have on
K.6.03: Knowledge of the effect of a loss or malfunction on the following will have on  
ECCS: Safety Injection Pumps.
ECCS: Safety Injection Pumps.  


                                                    Surry Nuclear Piant 2084-381
Surry Nuclear Piant 2084-381  
                                                    DRAFT SWO lnital Exam
DRAFT SWO lnital Exam  
5. 007EK2
5. 007EK2 02 001/l/ilBEAKER REACTOR TRIP/C/A 2 6/2.gW/SR04301I~ARISDR  
    ..    02 001/l/ilBEAKER REACTOR TRIP/C/A 2 6/2.gW/SR04301I~ARISDR
..
                            ~
~  
  The following conditions exist:
The following conditions exist:  
  - Unit 1 is at 90% power
- Unit 1 is at 90% power  
  - Reactor protection testing is in progress
- Reactor protection testing is in progress  
  - Reactor Trip Breaker "A" is closed
- Reactor Trip Breaker "A" is closed  
  - Reactor Trip Breaker "B" is open
- Reactor Trip Breaker "B" is open  
  - Reactor Trip Bypass Breaker "B" is racked in and closed
- Reactor Trip Bypass Breaker "B" is racked in and closed  
  Which ONE of the following describes the plant response if reactor trip bypass breaker
Which ONE of the following describes the plant response if reactor trip bypass breaker  
  "A" is racked in and closed?
"A" is racked in and closed?  
  A. Both reactor trip bypass breakers "A" and "B"and reactor trip breaker "A" will trip
A. Both reactor trip bypass breakers "A" and "B"  
        open and the reactor will trip.
and reactor trip breaker "A" will trip  
  B:' Only reactor trip bypass breakers "A" and "B" will trip open and the r@actoswill trip.
open and the reactor will trip.  
  C. Reactor trip breaker "A" will trip open and the plant will remain at 90% power.
B:' Only reactor trip bypass breakers "A" and "B" will trip open and the r@actos will trip.  
  D. Reactor trip bypass breaker "A" will trip open and the plant will remain at 90%
C. Reactor trip breaker "A" will trip open and the plant will remain at 90% power.  
        power.
D. Reactor trip bypass breaker "A" will trip open and the plant will remain at 90%  
  Surry
power.  
  References:
Surry  
  ND-93.3-LP-17, AMSAC, Rev. IO
References:  
  ND-93.3-LP-18, Reactor Protection General, Rev. 5
ND-93.3-LP-17, AMSAC, Rev. IO  
                                        ~
ND-93.3-LP-18, Reactor Protection  
  Distractor Anaysis:
~ General, Rev. 5  
  A. Incorrect because reactor trip breaker "A" will not open.
Distractor Anaysis:  
  B. Correct because this is the correct response per ND-93.3-LP-10.
A. Incorrect because reactor trip breaker "A" will not open.  
  C. Incorrect because reactor trip breaker "A" will not open and plant will trip.
B. Correct because this is the correct response per ND-93.3-LP-10.  
  D. lncorrect because the plant will trip.
C. Incorrect because reactor trip breaker "A" will not open and plant will trip.  
  Ssrrsy ILT Bank Question #I 667
D. lncorrect because the plant will trip.  
  009 Reactor Trip Stabilization
Ssrrsy ILT Bank Question #I 667  
  EK2.02: Knowledge of the interrelationships between a reactor trip and the following:
009 Reactor Trip Stabilization  
  Breakers, relays, and disconnects.
EK2.02: Knowledge of the interrelationships between a reactor trip and the following:  
Breakers, relays, and disconnects.  


                                                Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                DRAFT SRO M a l Exam
DRAFT SRO M a l Exam  
Given the following Unit 1 conditions:
Given the following Unit 1 conditions:  
- A heatup is in progress to return to power from a cold shutdown condition
- A heatup is in progress to return to power from a cold shutdown condition  
- RCS is filled and vented
- RCS is filled and vented  
- Pressurizer is solid
- Pressurizer is solid  
- A nitrogen blanket has been established on the PWT
- A nitrogen blanket has been established on the PWT  
- PRP Level = 95%
- PRP Level = 95%  
- Pressurizer Heaters are energized
- Pressurizer Heaters are energized  
Which ONE of the following must be accomplished prior to drawing a bubble in the
Which ONE of the following must be accomplished prior to drawing a bubble in the  
Pressurizer?
Pressurizer?  
A? Drain the PRT to 68 - 80%.
A? Drain the PRT to 68 - 80%.  
B. Verify VCT oxygen concentration less than 3%.
B. Verify VCT oxygen concentration less than 3%.  
C. Drain the Pressurizer to 22.2%.
C. Drain the Pressurizer to 22.2%.  
D. Pressurize the WCS to 200 - 270 psig on $1-1 -403, Nar Range.
D. Pressurize the WCS to 200 - 270 psig on $1-1 -403, Nar Range.  
Surry
Surry  
References:
References:  
1-GOP-1. I Unit Startup, RCS Heatup from Ambient to 195 Degrees F,, Rev. 25
1-GOP-1 .I  
            ~
~ Unit Startup, RCS Heatup from Ambient to 195 Degrees F,, Rev. 25  
1-0P-RC-011, Pressurizer Relief Tank Operations, Rev. 13
1 -0P-RC-011, Pressurizer Relief Tank Operations, Rev. 13  
Distractsr Analysis:
Distractsr Analysis:  
A. Correct bemuse GOP-1 .I Step 5.5.4directs establishment ob normal PWT level
A. Correct bemuse GOP-1 .I Step 5.5.4 directs establishment ob normal PWT level  
    prior to drawing a bubble. OP-WC-011 Step 5.1.1 states the normal PRT level to be
prior to drawing a bubble. OP-WC-011 Step 5.1.1 states the normal PRT level to be  
    60 - 80%.
60 - 80%.  
B. Incorrect because GQP-1.1 Step 5.5.6 requirement is to verify VCT oxygen < 2%.
B. Incorrect because GQP-1.1 Step 5.5.6 requirement is to verify VCT oxygen < 2%.  
C. Incorrect because this is an action following establishment of drawing a bubble
C. Incorrect because this is an action following establishment of drawing a bubble  
    (GOP-1.1, Step 5.5.13).
6). Incorrect because RCS should be between 300 and 390 psig on $1-1-403.
6). Incorrect because RCS should be between 300 and 390 psig on $1-1-403.
(GOP-1.1, Step 5.5.13).  
009 Pressurizer Relief / QuenchTank
009 Pressurizer Relief / QuenchTank  
6 . 0 2 : Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they
6.02: Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they  
amlv to PRTS: Method of forrnina a steam bubble in the PZR.
amlv to PRTS: Method of forrnina a steam bubble in the PZR.  


                                                    Surty Nuclear Plant 2804-301
Surty Nuclear Plant 2804-301  
                                                    DRAFT SRO lnital Exam
DRAFT SRO lnital Exam  
9. D08AA2.06 001/1/1/PRESS~TRETR.4NSMITTEWUA 3.3/3.4/NiSR04301/1R/MhR/SDR
9. D08AA2.06 001/1/1/PRESS~TRE
                                                                  ~~
TR.4NSMITTEWUA 3.3/3.4/NiSR04301/1R/MhR/SDR  
                                                                                        ___
~~  
7   - -
___  
  Given the following Unit 1 conditions:
7  
  - Reactor power = 180%
- -
  = All other parameters are at normal steady state vaiues
Given the following Unit 1 conditions:  
  - Subsequently PT-444 fails high
- Reactor power = 180%  
  Assuming no operator action is taken, which ONE of the following is correct?
= All other parameters are at normal steady state vaiues  
  A. POWV-1455C opens, pressure decreases to 2000 psig, PORV-1455C closes, and
- Subsequently PT-444 fails high  
        pressure stabilizes around 2000 psig.
Assuming no operator action is taken, which ONE of the following is correct?  
  B. PORV-1456 opens, pressure decreases to 2000 psig, PORV-1456 closes, and
A. POWV-1455C opens, pressure decreases to 2000 psig, PORV-1455C closes, and  
        pressure stabilizes around 2080 psig.
B. PORV-1456 opens, pressure decreases to 2000 psig, PORV-1456 closes, and  
  CY POW-145% opens, at 2000 psig PORV-I 455C closes; however, pressure will
pressure stabilizes around 2000 psig.
        continue to decrease causing a reactor trip and safety injection.
pressure stabilizes around 2080 psig.  
  D. PQRV-I456 opens, at 2000 psig PQRV-1456 closes; however, pressure will
CY POW-145% opens, at 2000 psig PORV-I 455C closes; however, pressure will  
        continue to decrease causing a reactor trip and safety injection.
continue to decrease causing a reactor trip and safety injection.  
  References:
D. PQRV-I456 opens, at 2000 psig PQRV-1456 closes; however, pressure will  
  ND-93.3-LP-5, Pressurizer Pressure ControlI Rev. 9
continue to decrease causing a reactor trip and safety injection.  
  Distractor Analysis:
References:  
  A. incorrect because both spray valves also open, which causes pressure to continue
ND-93.3-LP-5, Pressurizer Pressure ControlI Rev. 9  
        to decrease.
Distractor Analysis:  
  B. Incorrect because both spray valves open, which causes pressure to continue to
A. incorrect because both spray valves also open, which causes pressure to continue  
        decrease. Also incorrect because PORV-1456 does not open.
to decrease.  
  6 . Correct because both spray valves open causing a reactor trip on QT-delta-T or
B. Incorrect because both spray valves open, which causes pressure to continue to  
        Low Pressurizer Pressure, followed by SI.
decrease. Also incorrect because PORV-1456 does not open.  
  D. Incorrect because PQRV-I456 does not open.
6. Correct because both spray valves open causing a reactor trip on QT-delta-T or  
  008 Pressurizer Pressure Control
Low Pressurizer Pressure, followed by SI.  
  AA2.03: Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the pressurizer
D. Incorrect because PQRV-I456 does not open.  
  vapor space accident: PORV logic control under Iow-pressure conditions.
008 Pressurizer Pressure Control  
AA2.03: Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the pressurizer  
vapor space accident: PORV logic control under Iow-pressure conditions.  


                                              Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                              DRAFT Sf30 lnital Exam
DRAFT Sf30 lnital Exam  
Which ONE of the following correctly describes loads cooled by the Component
Which ONE of the following correctly describes loads cooled by the Component  
Cooling Water (CCW) System or subsystem of CCW?
Cooling Water (CCW) System or subsystem of CCW?  
A. RCP bearing lube oil coolers, neutron shield tank coolers, RCP seal water return
A. RCP bearing lube oil coolers, neutron shield tank coolers, RCP seal water return  
    cooler, outside recirc spray pump seals.
cooler, outside recirc spray pump seals.  
8. HHSI pump seals, LHSl pump seals, RHW pump seals, RCP motor air coolers.
8. HHSI pump seals, LHSl pump seals, RHW pump seals, RCP motor air coolers.  
CY RHR pump seals, WCP bearing lube oil coolers, neutron shield tank coolers, HHSI
CY RHR pump seals, WCP bearing lube oil coolers, neutron shield tank coolers, HHSI  
    pump seals.
pump seals.  
D. LHSl pump seals, RHW pump seals, RCP motor air cosiers, neutron shield tank
D. LHSl pump seals, RHW pump seals, RCP motor air cosiers, neutron shield tank  
    cmlers.
cmlers.  
Surry
Surry  
Reference:
Reference:  
ND-88.5-LP-1, Component Cooling, Rev. '89
ND-88.5-LP-1, Component Cooling, Rev. '89  
ND-88.3-LP-5, Charging System, Rev. 16
ND-88.3-LP-5, Charging System, Rev. 16  
Distractor Analysis:
Distractor Analysis:  
A. lncorrect because outside recirc spray pump seals are not cookd by CC.
A. lncorrect because outside recirc spray pump seals are not cookd by CC.  
B. Incorrect because LHSl pump seals are not cooled by CC.
B. Incorrect because LHSl pump seals are not cooled by CC.  
C. Correct because all are cooled by CC or a subsystem.
C. Correct because all are cooled by CC or a subsystem.  
D. Incorrect because LHSl pump seals are not cooled by CC.
D. Incorrect because LHSl pump seals are not cooled by CC.  
Requal Bank Question #527
Requal Bank Question #527  
088 Component Cooling
088 Component Cooling  
K1.Q2:Knowledge of the physical connections and / or cause-effect relationships
K1 .Q2: Knowledge of the physical connections and / or cause-effect relationships  
between the CCWS and the following systems: Loads cooled by CCWS.
between the CCWS and the following systems: Loads cooled by CCWS.  


                                                                Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                                DRAFT SRO lnital Exam
DRAFT SRO lnital Exam  
    9. W8K4 01 001/2/1/COMPONEiNT __ C O O L I N G E M 3.1133/B/SR04301/SDR-
9. W8K4 01 001/2/1/COMPONEiNT COOLINGEM 3.1133/B/SR04301/SDR-  
                                                                                                1
-- 1  
                              ~
~  
1 __   T e L c o n d i t e r a Safety Injection occurs, the "A"Ccmponent Cooling Pump trips.
__
        Which ONE of the following describes the operation of the CC pumps?
1  
        A! The "B"CC pump will not auto start without a required operator action.
__ T e L c o n d i t e r a Safety Injection occurs, the "A"Ccmponent Cooling Pump trips.  
                                                                                        --
Which ONE of the following describes the operation of the CC pumps?  
        B. The   "B"CC pump will auto start 68 seconds after the "A" CC pump trips.
A! The "B" CC pump will not auto start without a required operator action.  
        C. The "B"CC pump will auto start as soon as the "A" CC pump trips.
B. The "B"  
l -  -
CC pump will auto start 68 seconds after the "A" CC pump trips.  
        B. The "B" CC pump will auto start 50 seconds after the "A" CC pump trips.
C. The "B" CC pump will auto start as soon as the "A" CC pump trips.  
          -               _     _       _       ~       ~     _       _   _     _ ~   ~ ~- - i
B. The "B" CC pump will auto start 50 seconds after the "A" CC pump trips.  
      Swry
~
      References:
i
      ND-88.5-CP-1 Component Cooling Water System, Rev. 19.
~-  
                      I
l - - - 
      Distractor Analysis:
_
      A. Correct because Auto Start Inhibit due to SI will prevent auto starl of the CC pump,
_
            but the pump may be manually started at any time.
_
      B. Incorrect because the Auto Start Inhibit will block the auto start.
~
      C. Incorrect because the Auto Start Inhibit will block the auto start.
~
      D. Incorrect because the Auto Start Inhibit will block the auto start.
_
      ILT Bank Question ## 537
_
      008 Component Cooling Water System
_
      K4.81: Knowledge of CCWS design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which provide for the
_
      following: Automatic start of standby pump.
~
-
Swry  
References:  
ND-88.5-CP-1  
I Component Cooling Water System, Rev. 19.  
Distractor Analysis:  
A. Correct because Auto Start Inhibit due to SI will prevent auto starl of the CC pump,  
but the pump may be manually started at any time.  
B. Incorrect because the Auto Start Inhibit will block the auto start.  
C. Incorrect because the Auto Start Inhibit will block the auto start.  
D. Incorrect because the Auto Start Inhibit will block the auto start.  
ILT Bank Question ## 537  
008 Component Cooling Water System  
K4.81: Knowledge of CCWS design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which provide for the  
following: Automatic start of standby pump.  


                                                            Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                            DRAFT SRO lnital Exam
DRAFT SRO lnital Exam  
  10. 010A1.01 00lI2IlIBORON
10. 010A1.01  
                    _        _I53 SpK ~ YiC&2.8/29/N/SKO
~  
r -
00lI2IlIBORON
            ~
_
      The followina plant conditions exist:
_
      - Dilution tociiticality has just been completed
      -  Operators note that inadequate proportional heaters appear to be energized
      -  Pressurizer Pressure is 2230 gsig.
      Which ONE of the following could result from inadequate Pressurizer Heater output
      during a dilution to criticality?
      (Assume ail other controls and cornpoments working properly in their normal
      configuration.)
~
~
      A:' Boron concentration will be higher in the Pressurizer than in the     WCS.
      B. Boron concentration will be lower in the Pressurizer than in the RCS.
I53 SpK YiC&2.8/29/N/SKO
      C. Pressurizer and RCS boron concentration will be approximately equal.
r -  The followina plant conditions exist:
      D. The Pressurizer Spray Nozzle will be susceptible Io thermal shock.
- Dilution tociiticality has just been completed
L
- Operators note that inadequate proportional heaters appear to be energized
      References:
- Pressurizer Pressure is 2230 gsig.
      1-GOP-I . I , Unit Startup, RCS Heatup From Ambient to 195 Degrees F, Rev. 25
Which ONE of the following could result from inadequate Pressurizer Heater output
      Distaactor Analysis:
during a dilution to criticality?
      A. Correct because WCS boron will be IOWI&F         due to the dilution. The Pzr will still be at
(Assume ail other controls and cornpoments working properly in their normal
          a higher boron concentration untif spray flow has created enough out-surge to
configuration .)
          adequately equalize the boron with the RCS. (Lack of heaters creates lack of
~
          sprays.)
A:' Boron concentration will be higher in the Pressurizer than in the WCS.  
      8. Incorrect because boron concentration will be higher in the Pmr.
B. Boron concentration will be lower in the Pressurizer than in the RCS.  
      C. Incorrect because the lack of heater output will not allow for adequate mixing.
C. Pressurizer and RCS boron concentration will be approximately equal.  
      D. Incorrect because the bypass spray valves are normally open, which is sufficient to
D. The Pressurizer Spray Nozzle will be susceptible Io thermal shock.  
          prevent thermal sh5ck. (Have utility verify that this is in fact the normal
L  
          configuration.)
References:  
      010 Pressurizer Pressure Control
1 -GOP-I . I , Unit Startup, RCS Heatup From Ambient to 195 Degrees F, Rev. 25  
      AI .01: Ability to predict and / or monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding
Distaactor Analysis:  
      design limits) associated with operating the Pzr PCS controls including: PZR and RCS
A. Correct because WCS boron will be IOWI&F  
      boron concentration.
due to the dilution. The Pzr will still be at  
a higher boron concentration untif spray flow has created enough out-surge to  
adequately equalize the boron with the RCS. (Lack of heaters creates lack of  
sprays.)  
8. Incorrect because boron concentration will be higher in the Pmr.  
C. Incorrect because the lack of heater output will not allow for adequate mixing.  
D. Incorrect because the bypass spray valves are normally open, which is sufficient to  
prevent thermal sh5ck. (Have utility verify that this is in fact the normal  
configuration.)  
01 0 Pressurizer Pressure Control  
AI .01: Ability to predict and / or monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding  
design limits) associated with operating the Pzr PCS controls including: PZR and RCS  
boron concentration.  


                                              Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                              DRAFT &sect;BO initas Exam
DRAFT &sect;BO initas Exam  
Given the following conditions:
Given the following conditions:  
- LQCA has occurred
- LQCA has occurred  
- RCS subcooling is 63 *F
- RCS subcooling is 63 *F  
- RWST Level = 15% and slowly decreasing
- RWST Level = 15% and slowly decreasing  
- Containment Pressure = 9 psig and decreasing
- Containment Pressure = 9 psig and decreasing  
- Safety Injection Actuation has been reset
- Safety Injection Actuation has been reset  
Which ONE of the following is the correct action to be taken?
Which ONE of the following is the correct action to be taken?  
A. Close Charging Pump Miniflow Recirc Valves. With RWST level at 15%, push both
A. Close Charging Pump Miniflow Recirc Valves. With RWST level at 15%, push both  
  RMT pushbuttons fear each train if automatic transfer does not occur.
RMT pushbuttons fear each train if automatic transfer does not occur.  
BY Close Charging Pump Miniflow Reeire Valves. When RWST level reaches 1374,
BY Close Charging Pump Miniflow Reeire Valves. When RWST level reaches 1374,  
  push both RMT pushbuttons for each train if automatic transfer does not occur.
push both RMT pushbuttons for each train if automatic transfer does not occur.  
C. With RWST level at Is%,push both WMT pushbuttons for each train if automatic
C. With RWST level at Is%, push both WMT pushbuttons for each train if automatic  
  transfer does not occur. Secure Containment Spray Pumps immediately following
transfer does not occur. Secure Containment Spray Pumps immediately following  
  verification of Phase 1 and 2 RMT.
verification of Phase 1 and 2 RMT.  
B. With RWST level at 13%, push both RMT pushbuttons for each train if automatic
B. With RWST level at 13%, push both RMT pushbuttons for each train if automatic  
  transfer does not occur. Secure Containment Spray Pumps immediately following
transfer does not occur. Secure Containment Spray Pumps immediately following  
  verification of Phase 1 and 2 WMT.
verification of Phase 1 and 2 WMT.  




                                                      Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                      DRAFT Sa0 lnital Exam
DRAFT Sa0 lnital Exam  
-12. 01
-  
    - 1K6.06
12. 01 1K6.06 001/2/2/CHAKGIN;G PRESSIrRIZER/MEM
            ._              __PRESSIrRIZER/MEM
~~~~  
              001/2/2/CHAKGIN;G     -      ~~~~ 2 5/2.8/N/SR0430I/lUtvI.4B/SJK ~
2 5/2.8/N/SR0430I/lUtvI.4B/SJK ~  
                                                                                  ~
~  
    Due to a controller faituse, the Unit 1 Operator places the Charging Flow Controller to
- ._
    MANUAL to control charging flow. A high Pressurizer Level causes the Operator to try
__ -
    to reduce charging flow to 20 gpm.
Due to a controller faituse, the Unit 1 Operator places the Charging Flow Controller to  
    Which ONE of the following correctly describes the behavior sf FCV-1122 when the
MANUAL to control charging flow. A high Pressurizer Level causes the Operator to try  
    Operator attempts to reduce charging flow to 20 gprn?
to reduce charging flow to 20 gpm.  
    A! The Flow Limit Summator no longer limits flow and FCV-1122 can be manually
Which ONE of the following correctly describes the behavior sf FCV-1122 when the  
        closed to allow 20 gpm flow.
Operator attempts to reduce charging flow to 20 gprn?  
    B. The Flow Limit Summator no longer limits flow, however, FCV-I122 can only be
A! The Flow Limit Summator no longer limits flow and FCV-1122 can be manually  
        manually closed to allow 25 gprn flow.
closed to allow 20 gpm flow.  
    6.The Flow Limit Summator will prevent FCV-1122 from being closed past 25 gpm
B. The Flow Limit Summator no longer limits flow, however, FCV-I122 can only be  
        flow.
manually closed to allow 25 gprn flow.  
    D. The Flow Limit Summator will prevent FCV-I 122 from being closed past 30 gpm
6. The Flow Limit Summator will prevent FCV-1122 from being closed past 25 gpm  
        flow.
flow.  
D. The Flow Limit Summator will prevent FCV-I 122 from being closed past 30 gpm  
flow.  


                                                      Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-306
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-306  
                                                      DRAFT SRO lnital Exam
DRAFT SRO lnital Exam  
Surry
Surry  
References:
References:  
ND-93.3-LP-7, Pressurizer Level Control System, Rev. 6
ND-93.3-LP-7, Pressurizer Level Control System, Rev. 6  
Distractor Analysis:
Distractor Analysis:  
A. Correct because when the Charging Flow Controller is in MANUAL, the Flow Limit
A. Correct because when the Charging Flow Controller is in MANUAL, the Flow Limit  
    Summator no longer limits the maximum and minimum values of charging.
Summator no longer limits the maximum and minimum values of charging.  
    Therefore FCV-I 122 can be closed manually to any value.
Therefore FCV-I 122 can be closed manually to any value.  
B. Incorrect because when the Charging Flow Controller is in MANUAL, the Flow Limit
B. Incorrect because when the Charging Flow Controller is in MANUAL, the Flow Limit  
    Summator no longer limits the maximum and minimum values of charging.
Summator no longer limits the maximum and minimum values of charging.  
    Distractor is incorrect because FCV-1122 may be manually closed to any value,
Distractor is incorrect because FCV-1122 may be manually closed to any value,  
    even below 25 gpm flow. Distractor is plausibe because candidate may not know
even below 25 gpm flow. Distractor is plausibe because candidate may not know  
    that FCV-1122 may be throttled to any value with controller in MANUAL.
that FCV-1122 may be throttled to any value with controller in MANUAL.  
6. Incorrect because when the Charging Flow Controller is in MANUAL, the Flow Limit
6. Incorrect because when the Charging Flow Controller is in MANUAL, the Flow Limit  
    Summator no longer limits the maximum and minimum values of charging. The
Summator no longer limits the maximum and minimum values of charging. The  
    distractor states that the Flow Limit Summator will limit flow, which is contrary to the
distractor states that the Flow Limit Summator will limit flow, which is contrary to the  
    fact that it will not limit flow. Distractor is plausible because candidate may not
fact that it will not limit flow. Distractor is plausible because candidate may not  
    know that the Flow Limit Summator does not function with controller in MANUAL.
know that the Flow Limit Summator does not function with controller in MANUAL.  
D. Incorrect because when the Charging Flow Controller is in MANUAL, the Flow Limit
D. Incorrect because when the Charging Flow Controller is in MANUAL, the Flow Limit  
    Summator no longer limits the maximum and minimum values of charging. The
Summator no longer limits the maximum and minimum values of charging. The  
    distractor states that the Flow Limit Summator will limit flow, which is contrary to the
distractor states that the Flow Limit Summator will limit flow, which is contrary to the  
    fact that it will not limit flow. Distractor is plausible because candidate may not
fact that it will not limit flow. Distractor is plausible because candidate may not  
    know that the Flow Limit Summator does not function with controller in MANUAL.
know that the Flow Limit Summator does not function with controller in MANUAL.  
01 1 Pressurizer Level Control
01 1 Pressurizer Level Control  
K6.06: Knowledge of the effect of a loss or malfunction on the following will have on
K6.06: Knowledge of the effect of a loss or malfunction on the following will have on  
the PZW LCS: Correlation of demand signal indication on charging pump flow valve
the PZW LCS: Correlation of demand signal indication on charging pump flow valve  
controller to the valve position.
controller to the valve position.  


                                                              Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                              DRAFT SRO lnital Exam
DRAFT SRO lnital Exam  
~ 13. 012A.104
~ 13. 012A.104  
        __ 001/2/l/RPS
__ 001/2/l/RPS  
                  ~     T E D TEI\.IP/('/A 3 . ~ B l S R C H H " M A B ~ S I X < -
~  
                                                                    ~             __     ___
T E D TEI\\.IP/('/A 3 . ~ B l S R C H H " M A B ~ S I X <
      "A" Loop Narrow Range Pcold fails low while the reactor is at 100%.
~  
      Which ONE of the following will occur?
- __  
      A. Rod Insertion Limit Low and Extra Low alarms will be received.
___  
      B. Ch 1 OTBT setpoint will decrease.
"A" Loop Narrow Range Pcold fails low while the reactor is at 100%.  
      CY "A" Loop Delta T Protection Bistable will trip.
Which ONE of the following will occur?  
      D. The Tavg / Pref Deviation alarm will be received
A. Rod Insertion Limit Low and Extra Low alarms will be received.  
      References:
B. Ch 1 OTBT setpoint will decrease.  
      ND-93.3-LP-2, DeHa T / Tavg Instrumentation System, Rev. 9
CY  
      NB-93.3-LP-3, Rod Control System, Rev. 14
"A" Loop Delta T Protection Bistable will trip.  
      Distractor Analysis:
D. The Tavg / Pref Deviation alarm will be received  
      A. Incorrect because failed Tcold is filtered out by Median Signal Selector.
References:  
      B. Incorrect because OTDT setpoint will actually increase.
ND-93.3-LP-2, DeHa T / Tavg Instrumentation System, Rev. 9  
      C. Correct because Teald is fed directly to the RPS even when failed low.
NB-93.3-LP-3, Rod Control System, Rev. 14  
      D. Incorrect because failed Teold is filtered out by Median Signal Selector.
Distractor Analysis:  
      012 Reactor Protection System
A. Incorrect because failed Tcold is filtered out by Median Signal Selector.  
    84.84:Ability to manually operate and / or monitor in the control room: Bistables, trips,
B. Incorrect because OTDT setpoint will actually increase.  
      resets, and test switches.
C. Correct because Teald is fed directly to the RPS even when failed low.  
D. Incorrect because failed Teold is filtered out by Median Signal Selector.  
012 Reactor Protection System  
84.84: Ability to manually operate and / or monitor in the control room: Bistables, trips,  
resets, and test switches.  


                                                        Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                        DRAFT SRO lnital Exam
DRAFT SRO lnital Exam  
r-
14. 012K1.05 00ll2l1/hl/SAC'/MEM
  14. 012K1.0500ll2l1/hl/SAC'/MEM3.8/3 9lRiSR04301/RIMAB/SDR
3.8/3 9lRiSR04301/RIMAB/SDR  
      Which ONE of the following lists the method by which AMSAC causes a reactor trip?
Which ONE of the following lists the method by which AMSAC causes a reactor trip?  
      A. Tripping the reactor trip and bypass breaker shunt coils.
r-
      B. Tripping the reactor trip and bypass breakers IBV coils.
A. Tripping the reactor trip and bypass breaker shunt coils.  
      C. Tripping the rod drive MG set output breakers.
B. Tripping the reactor trip and bypass breakers IBV coils.  
      DY Tripping the rod drive MBG set supply breakers.
I  . ~.                                                    __
      Surry
      References:
      ND-93.3-LP-17, Anticipatory Mitigating System Actuating Circuitry, Rev. 10.
      Distractor Analysis:
      A. Incorrect because this does not occur.
      B. Incorrect because this does not occur.
      C. Incorrect because this does not occur.
      D. Correct becasue this is as stated in ND-93.3-LP-17, Rev. IO.
      012 Reactor Protection System
      K1.05: Knowledge of the physical connections and / or cause-effect relationships
      between the RPS and the following systems: ESFAS
 
                                                      Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301
                                                      DRAFT SRO lnital Exam
  15. 013A3~-02 001/2/1/SAWIY
                    -~      HNECHON/MEM 4 114 2/W/SKO4301/WiVlAB/SDR  ~        ~        -
      Which ONE of the following correctly states automatic actions that would occur given a
      Unit 1 how Pressurizer Pressure Safety Injection Signal being present for 5 minutes?
      A. Hydrogen Analyzer Heat Tracing energizes AND Containment Vacuum Pumps trip.
      B. Pressurizer Liquid Sample (SS-TV-180A) receives a close signal AND Motor Driven
          ARM Pumps start after a 45 second time delay.
      62:' Accumulator Nitrogen Relief Lines (SI-TV-101A,B) receive a eisse signal AND
          Primary Drain Transfer Tank Vents (VG-TV-109NB) receive a close signal.
      B. Main Steam Trip Valves (MS-TV-IOlNJBIC) receive a close signal AND Seal Water
          Return Valve (MQV-3819 receive a close signal.
I
I
      References:
.
      ND-9b 4P-2, Safety Injection System Description, Rev. 16
      ND-91-kP-2, Safety Injection System Operations, Rev. 15
C. Tripping the rod drive MG set output breakers.
      P&ID 11448-FM-0684, FlowNalve Operating Numbers Diagram Feedwater System
DY Tripping the rod drive MBG set supply breakers.
      Sur9 Power Station Unit 1, Rev. 57
__
      Distractor Analysis:
~.
      A. Incorrect because SI signal must be present B Q ~8 minutes for heat trace to
Surry
          energize.
References:  
      B. Incorrect because MDAFW Pump starts after 50 sec delay.
ND-93.3-LP-17, Anticipatory Mitigating System Actuating Circuitry, Rev. 10.  
      6.Correct because both get a close signal on any SI Signal.
Distractor Analysis:  
      D. Incorrect because MSTVs only get a close signal on a High Steam Flow SI Signal.
A. Incorrect because this does not occur.  
      013 Engineered Safety Features Actuation
B. Incorrect because this does not occur.  
      A3.82: Ability to monitor automatic operation of the ESFAS including: Operation of
C. Incorrect because this does not occur.  
      actuated equipment.
D. Correct becasue this is as stated in ND-93.3-LP-17, Rev. IO.  
01 2 Reactor Protection System
K1 .05: Knowledge of the physical connections and / or cause-effect relationships
between the RPS and the following systems: ESFAS  


                                                    Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                    DRAFT SWO lnital Exam
DRAFT SRO lnital Exam  
16. 013K3.01 001/2/I/HOT~.
15. 013A3
~          ~
~- 02 001/2/1/SAWIY
                        I E G RECIRChQiM
-~  
                                -__.    4.414.7/WYSR043UI~~B/SDR       ~       ~.
HNECHON/MEM 4 114 2/W/SKO4301/WiVlAB/SDR ~  
    Which ONE of the following could mcur if ES-1.4,    Transfer to Hot Leg Recirculation, si
~  
    performed 20 hours after the start of a Large Cold Leg Break LOCA?
-
    A. Debris from the ln-Core sump could block coolant Blow by blocking the lower core
Which ONE of the following correctly states automatic actions that would occur given a
        plate.
Unit 1 how Pressurizer Pressure Safety Injection Signal being present for 5 minutes?  
    B. Reflux cooling could be lost due to boron precipitation in the hot leg nozzles.
A. Hydrogen Analyzer Heat Tracing energizes AND Containment Vacuum Pumps trip.
    C. Fouling of core heat transfer surfaces due to the dilution of boric acid.
B. Pressurizer Liquid Sample (SS-TV-180A) receives a close signal AND Motor Driven
    D I Reduction in size of the incore coolant flow channels due to boron precipitation.
ARM Pumps start after a 45 second time delay.  
    Surry
62:' Accumulator Nitrogen Relief Lines (SI-TV-101 A,B) receive a eisse signal AND
    Wefe rences:
Primary Drain Transfer Tank Vents (VG-TV-109NB) receive a close signal.  
    ND-95.3-LP-11, ES-1.4, Transfer To Hot beg Recirculation, Rev. 8
B. Main Steam Trip Valves (MS-TV-IOlNJBIC) receive a close signal AND Seal Water
    ES-1.4, Transfer To Hot beg Recirculationl Kev. 4
I  
    Distractor Analysis:
Return Valve (MQV-3819 receive a close signal.  
  A. Incorrect because debris in the sump will not block water discharged from the SI
References:  
        pumps.
ND-9b 4P-2, Safety Injection System Description, Rev. 16
    B. Incorrect because boron precipitation is a concern in the core, not the hot legs.
ND-91 -kP-2, Safety Injection System Operations, Rev. 15
  C. Incorrect because fouling of core heat transfer surfaces is a result of boron
P&ID 1 1448-FM-0684, FlowNalve Operating Numbers Diagram Feedwater System
        precipitation, not dilution.
Sur9 Power Station Unit 1, Rev. 57
    D. Correct because boron precipitation is a concern when bsil-off continues and when
Distractor Analysis:  
        core temperature decreases. The standard time for transfer to hot leg recirc is 8
A. Incorrect because SI signal must be present B Q ~  8 minutes for heat trace to
        hours, not 28 hours, as stated in the stem.
B. Incorrect because MDAFW Pump starts after 50 sec delay.  
  013 Engineered Safety Features Actuation
6.  
    M3.01: Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the ESFAS will have on
Correct because both get a close signal on any SI Signal.  
  the following: Fuel
D. Incorrect because MSTVs only get a close signal on a High Steam Flow SI Signal.  
  Surry Requal Bank Question #299
01 3 Engineered Safety Features Actuation  
A3.82: Ability to monitor automatic operation of the ESFAS including: Operation of  
actuated equipment.
energize.


                                                        Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                        DRAFT SRO Bnitai Exam
DRAFT SWO lnital Exam  
d 7.014A2 05 001/2/2RPIS ROD POSITIONiMEM
~
                              .~            3.9/4.I~/SR04301/R/MAW/SDR
~
                                                      .~                        ~-
~
    The following Unit 1 conditions exist:                                                  I
~.
    - A Small Break LOCA has occured
16. 013K3.01 001/2/I/HOT ~.
    - Automatic Safety Injection has occurred
IEG RECIRChQiM
    - I-E-Q, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection, has been implemented
-__. 4.414.7/WYSR043UI~~B/SDR  
    - The CWO observes the Rod Position Indication as displaying Control Rods on the
Which ONE of the following could mcur if ES-1.4,
        bottom of the reactor core, with the exception of three Control Rods.
Transfer to Hot Leg Recirculation, is
    Which ONE of the following actions is procedurally required as a result of this finding
performed 20 hours after the start of a Large Cold Leg Break LOCA?  
    by the CRO?
A. Debris from the ln-Core sump could block coolant Blow by blocking the lower core
    A." Continue with 1-Ea>,Reactor Trip or Safety Injection.
plate.  
    3. Emergency borate while proceeding through 1-E-$),Reactor Trip or Safety Injection
B. Reflux cooling could be lost due to boron precipitation in the hot leg nozzles.  
    C. Manually insert control rods while proceeding through I-E-0, Reactor Trip or Safety
C. Fouling of core heat transfer surfaces due to the dilution of boric acid.  
          Injection.
D I Reduction in size of the incore coolant flow channels due to boron precipitation.  
    D. Go directly to I-FW-S.1, Response to Nuclear Power Generation / ATWS, Step 1.
Surry
    References:
Wefe re nces :  
    1-FR-S.l~Response to Nuclear Power Generation / ATWS, Rev. 18
ND-95.3-LP-11, ES-1.4, Transfer To Hot beg Recirculation, Rev. 8
    1-E-0, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection, Rev. 46
ES-1.4, Transfer To Hot beg Recirculationl Kev. 4
    Distractor Analysis:
Distractor Analysis:  
    A. Correct because E-0 should be entered upon Reactor Trip per the rules of EOP
A. Incorrect because debris in the sump will not block water discharged from the SI
          usage.
B. Incorrect because boron precipitation is a concern in the core, not the hot legs.  
    B. lncorrect because if emergency boration is needed, it will be directed by FR-S.I.
C. Incorrect because fouling of core heat transfer surfaces is a result of boron
    C. Incorrect because if manual sod insertion is needed, it wilt be directed by FR-S.1.
precipitation, not dilution.  
    B. Incorrect because FR-S.l should only be entered as directed by E-Q (or if E-8 has
D. Correct because boron precipitation is a concern when bsil-off continues and when
          been completed then an Orange or Red path).
core temperature decreases. The standard time for transfer to hot leg recirc is 8
    Q f 4 Rod Position Indication
hours, not 28 hours, as stated in the stem.
    A2.05: Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions OF operations on
pumps.  
    the RPIS; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or
01 3 Engineered Safety Features Actuation
    mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations: Reactor Trip.
M3.01: Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the ESFAS will have on  
    Surry ILT Bank Question #lo37
the following: Fuel
Surry Requal Bank Question #299


                                                  Surly Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                  DRAFT SRO lnital Exam
DRAFT SRO Bnitai Exam  
  The following Unit 1 conditions exist:
d 7.
- Reactor Power is 5%
014A2 05 001/2/2RPIS ROD POSITIONiMEM
- Turbine First Stage Impulse Pressure PT-446 is selected
.~
~  Power Range Nuclear Instrument N-41 fails high
3.9/4. I~/SR04301/R/MAW/SDR
- PT-446 fails high
.~
Which ONE of the following correctly describes the impacts of the failures?
~-
A. Control Rods do not move. The Reactor Protection System At-Power Trips are
I
    enabled due to the N-41 failure.
The following Unit 1 conditions exist:  
B. Control Rods step out at 72 steps per minute. The Reactor Protection System
- A Small Break LOCA has occured
    At-Power Trips are enabled due to the N-41 failure.
- Automatic Safety Injection has occurred
6. Control Rods do not move. The Reactor Protection System At-Bower Trips are
- I-E-Q, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection, has been implemented
    enabled due to the PT-446 failure.
- The CWO observes the Rod Position Indication as displaying Control Rods on the
B:' Control Rods step out at 72 steps per minute. The Reactor Protection System
bottom of the reactor core, with the exception of three Control Rods.
    At-Power Trips are enabled due to the PP-446 failure.
Which ONE of the following actions is procedurally required as a result of this finding
Surly
by the CRO?  
References:
A." Continue with 1 -Ea>, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection.  
ND-93.3-LP-16, Permissive/Bgipass/rip Status Lights, Rev. 8
3. Emergency borate while proceeding through 1 -E-$), Reactor Trip or Safety Injection
Surly Simulator Malfunction Cause and Effects, Rev. 6, Malfunction MMS-14
C. Manually insert control rods while proceeding through I-E-0, Reactor Trip or Safety
Distractor Analysis:
Injection.  
A. lncorrect because Tref will go to 574 O F , which will cause rods to step out at max
D. Go directly to I-FW-S.1, Response to Nuclear Power Generation / ATWS, Step 1.  
    rate of 72 steps/rnin. Also incorrect because 2/4 PR Nls must be a b o ~ e10% to
References:  
    enable At Power Trips.
1 -FR-S.l~ Response to Nuclear Power Generation / ATWS, Rev. 18
B. lncorrect because 2/4 PR Nls must be above 10% to enable At Power Trips.
1-E-0, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection, Rev. 46
6. Incorrect because Tref will go to 574 O F , which will cause sods to step out at max
Distractor Analysis:  
    rate of 72 stepshin.
A. Correct because E-0 should be entered upon Reactor Trip per the rules of EOP
B. Correct because Tref will go to 574 O F , which will cause rods to step out at max rate
usage.  
    of 72 steps/rnin and only 1/2 Turbine First Stage PTs need to be above 18% to
B. lncorrect because if emergency boration is needed, it will be directed by FR-S.I.  
    enable At Power Trips.
C. Incorrect because if manual sod insertion is needed, it wilt be directed by FR-S.1.  
015 Nuclear Instrumentation
B. Incorrect because FR-S.l should only be entered as directed by E-Q (or if E-8 has
K4.07: Knowledge of NES design feature(s) and / or interlock(s) provide for the
been completed then an Orange or Red path).  
following: Permissives.
Qf4 Rod Position Indication
A2.05: Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions OF operations on
the RPIS; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or
mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations: Reactor Trip.  
Surry ILT Bank Question #lo37


                                                      Surry Nuclear Plant 2084-301
Surly Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                      DRAFT SRO lnital Exam
DRAFT SRO lnital Exam  
    The following condition exists:
The following Unit 1 conditions exist:  
    - Unit 1 at 100% reactor power
- Reactor Power is 5%  
    - All systems and equipment functions as designed
- Turbine First Stage Impulse Pressure PT-446 is selected
    - All protection channel 111's are selected
~
    - First stage impulse pressure channel IV fails low
Power Range Nuclear Instrument N-41 fails high
    Which O N E of the following would occur initially without operator action?
- PT-446 fails high
    A. AMSAC would be operationally disabled after 60 seconds.
Which ONE of the following correctly describes the impacts of the failures?  
    B. Steam Bumps would all open.
A. Control Rods do not move. The Reactor Protection System At-Power Trips are
    C. FRVs would control SG level at no load Bevel.
enabled due to the N-41 failure.  
    Df MOV-CP-100, Condensate Polishing Building Bypass Valve, would open.
B. Control Rods step out at 72 steps per minute. The Reactor Protection System
~ ~          __      .~    ~    ~                    ~
At-Power Trips are enabled due to the N-41 failure.  
                                                                  ~-          ~    -
6. Control Rods do not move. The Reactor Protection System At-Bower Trips are
    SUt'W
enabled due to the PT-446 failure.
    Wef?EXlCe&sect;:
B:' Control Rods step out at 72 steps per minute. The Reactor Protection System
    ND-93.3-LP-17, Anticipatory Mitigating System Actuating Circuitry (AMSAC), Rev. 10
At-Power Trips are enabled due to the PP-446 failure.  
    ND-93.3-LP-9, Steam Dump Control System, Rev. 10
Surly
    ND-93.3-LP-8, SG Water bevel ConttQl System, Rev. 6
References:
    Distractor Analysis:
ND-93.3-LP-16, Permissive/Bgipass/rip Status Lights, Rev. 8
    A. incorrect because this would occur after 360 seconds.
Surly Simulator Malfunction Cause and Effects, Rev. 6, Malfunction MMS-14
    B. Incorrect because Channel III is selected.
Distractor Analysis:  
    C. Incorrect because Channel III is selected.
A. lncorrect because Tref will go to 574 O F ,  which will cause rods to step out at max
    D. Correct because, as stated in ND-93.3-LP-9, CP-100 will open in anticipation of the
rate of 72 steps/rnin. Also incorrect because 2/4 PR Nls must be a b o ~ e  10% to
        upcoming increase in feedwater flow that will occur during load rejection.
enable At Power Trips.  
    016 Non-Nuclear instrumentation
B. lncorrect because 2/4 PR Nls must be above 10% to enable At Power Trips.  
    A 4 0 1 : Ability to manually operate and / or monitor in the control room: NNl channel
6. Incorrect because Tref will go to 574 O F ,  which will cause sods to step out at max
    select controls.
rate of 72 stepshin.  
    Surry Requal Bank Question #279
B. Correct because Tref will go to 574 O F , which will cause rods to step out at max rate
of 72 steps/rnin and only 1/2 Turbine First Stage PTs need to be above 18% to
enable At Power Trips.  
015 Nuclear Instrumentation
K4.07: Knowledge of NES design feature(s) and / or interlock(s) provide for the  
following: Permissives.  


                                                                  Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2084-301  
                                                                  DRAFT SRO lnital Exam
DRAFT SRO lnital Exam  
    _20.
The following condition exists:
      _ 022AK1 .OI OQl/l/I/RCP
- Unit 1 at 100% reactor power
              ~          -       ~ SEALWU-A 2.8/3.2/N/SK0430l/RMMABIST)K _.     ~     -
- All systems and equipment functions as designed
  I
- All protection channel 111's are selected
        The following Unit 1 conditions exist:
- First stage impulse pressure channel IV fails low
        - Reactor trip has occurred due to a loss of all AC power
Which ONE of the following would occur initially without operator action?
        - Power has been restored
A. AMSAC would be operationally disabled after 60 seconds.
I
B. Steam Bumps would all open.
        - The following Reactor Coolant Pump parameters are present for all RCPs:
C. FRVs would control SG level at no load Bevel.  
            - No. 1 Seal Water Outlet Temperatures are 225 "F
Df MOV-CP-100, Condensate Polishing Building Bypass Valve, would open.  
            ~     Lower Seal Water Bearing Temperatures are 220 O F
~-  
        - The Shift Supervisor directs the operators to restore cooling to the RCP seals per
~
            1-AP-9.02, Loss of WCP Seal Cooling.
-  
        Which ONE of the following correctly states the requirements for restoring cooling to
~
        the RCP seals and why?
~
        A. Do not establish seal injection flow or component cooling flow to the thermal barrier
__
                heat exchanger because the No. I Seal Water Outlet Temperatures are too high.
.~
                Seal cooling should be restored by cooling the RCS using natural circulation.
~
1        3. Do not establish seal injection flow or component cooling flow to the thermal barrier
~
                heat exchanger because the Lower Seal Water Bearing Temperatures are too high.
~  
                Seal cooling should be restored by cooling the RCS using natural circulation.
SUt'W
I      C. Slowly establish seal injection flow to minimize RCP thermal stresses, followed by
Wef?EXlCe&sect;:
                slowly introducing component cooling flow to the thermal barrier heat exchanger to
ND-93.3-LP-17, Anticipatory Mitigating System Actuating Circuitry (AMSAC), Rev. 10
                limit introduction of steam into the CC system.
ND-93.3-LP-9, Steam Dump Control System, Rev. 10
I        D:' Slowly establish component cooling flow to the thermal barrier heat exchanger to
ND-93.3-LP-8, SG Water bevel ConttQl System, Rev. 6
                limit introduction of steam into the CC system, followed by slowly introducing seal
Distractor Analysis:
                injection flow to minimize the RCP thermal stresses.
A. incorrect because this would occur after 360 seconds.  
                          ~                          ~  ~        _        -
B. Incorrect because Channel III is selected.  
                                                                              _          -      -1
C. Incorrect because Channel III is selected.  
                                                                                              --  ~ ~
D. Correct because, as stated in ND-93.3-LP-9, CP-100 will open in anticipation of the
upcoming increase in feedwater flow that will occur during load rejection.
01 6 Non-Nuclear instrumentation
A 4 0 1  : Ability to manually operate and / or monitor in the control room: NNl channel
select controls.  
Surry Requal Bank Question #279


                                                Surly Nuclear Plant 2884-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                DRAFT SRO initas Exam
DRAFT SRO lnital Exam  
References:
_ _ 
1-AP-9.02, boss of WCP Seal Cooling, Rev. 8.
20. 022AK1
ND-88.1-LP-6, Reactor Coolant Pumps, Rev. 16.
~
Distractor Analysis:
.OI OQl/l/I/RCP
A. Incorrect because AP-9.02 (Caution page 7) states if No. 1 Seal Water Outlet Temp
-  
    is > 235 O F then Seal Inj and CCW to Thermal Barrier H.X. should not be restored.
~ SEALWU-A
    instead N.C. should be used to cool the seals.
2.8/3.2/N/SK0430l/RMMABIST)K _.  
3. Incorrect because A$-9.02 (Caution page 7) states if Lower Seal Water Bearing
~
    Temperature is > 225 O F then Seal Inj and CCW to Thermal Barrier H.X. should not
-  
    be restored. instead N.C. should be used to cool the seals.
I
C. Incorrect because CC flow should be established prior to seal injection flow.
The following Unit 1 conditions exist:
D. Correct as stated in 1-AP-9.02 NOTE prior to step 7 and CAUTIONS prior to steps 9
- Reactor trip has occurred due to a loss of all AC power
    and 15.
- Power has been restored
822 Loss of Wx Coolant Makeup
- The following Reactor Coolant Pump parameters are present for all RCPs:
AK1 .Qf : Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they
I
apply to Loss of Reactor Coolant Pump Makeup: Consequences of thermal shock to
- No. 1 Seal Water Outlet Temperatures are 225 "F
RCP seals.
~
Lower Seal Water Bearing Temperatures are 220 O F
1-AP-9.02, Loss of WCP Seal Cooling.
- The Shift Supervisor directs the operators to restore cooling to the RCP seals per
Which ONE of the following correctly states the requirements for restoring cooling to
the RCP seals and why?
A. Do not establish seal injection flow or component cooling flow to the thermal barrier
heat exchanger because the No. I Seal Water Outlet Temperatures are too high.  
Seal cooling should be restored by cooling the RCS using natural circulation.  
1
3. Do not establish seal injection flow or component cooling flow to the thermal barrier
heat exchanger because the Lower Seal Water Bearing Temperatures are too high.
Seal cooling should be restored by cooling the RCS using natural circulation.  
C. Slowly establish seal injection flow to minimize RCP thermal stresses, followed by
slowly introducing component cooling flow to the thermal barrier heat exchanger to  
limit introduction of steam into the CC system.  
I
I
D:' Slowly establish component cooling flow to the thermal barrier heat exchanger to
limit introduction of steam into the CC system, followed by slowly introducing seal
injection flow to minimize the RCP thermal stresses.
-1
~
~
-
-
~
_
_
-
-
~
~


                                                  Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Surly Nuclear Plant 2884-301  
                                                  DRAFT SRQ M a l Exam
DRAFT SRO initas Exam  
  Unit 1 has tripped and Safety Injection has actuated due to a Large Break Loss of
References:
  Coolant Accident (LOCA).
1 -AP-9.02, boss of WCP Seal Cooling, Rev. 8.  
  Many complications have occurred.
ND-88.1-LP-6, Reactor Coolant Pumps, Rev. 16.  
The crew has exited E-0, Reactor Trip OF Safety Injection. The Shift Technical Advisor
Distractor Analysis:  
  has started to monitor Critical Safety Function Status Trees and reports:
A. Incorrect because AP-9.02 (Caution page 7) states if No. 1 Seal Water Outlet Temp
- Subcriticality - Orange Path
is > 235 O F  then Seal Inj and CCW to Thermal Barrier H.X. should not be restored.
- Heat Sink - Yellow Path
instead N.C. should be used to cool the seals.
- Core Cooling - Orange Path
Temperature is > 225 O F  then Seal Inj and CCW to Thermal Barrier H.X. should not
~  Containment - Red Path
be restored. instead N.C. should be used to cool the seals.
Which ONE of the following states the correct procedure transition?
C. Incorrect because CC flow should be established prior to seal injection flow.  
A. F R - S I , Response to Nuclear Power GeneratiodATWS, based on Subcriticality
D. Correct as stated in 1 -AP-9.02 NOTE prior to step 7 and CAUTIONS prior to steps 9
    Orange Path.
3. Incorrect because A$-9.02 (Caution page 7) states if Lower Seal Water Bearing
B. FR-H.1, Response to Secondary Heat Sink, based on Heat Sink Yellow Path.
and 15.  
C. FR-6.1, Response to Inadequate Core Cooling, based on Core Cooling Orange
822 Loss of Wx Coolant Makeup
    Path.
AK1 .Qf : Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they
B:' FR-Z.1, Response to High Containment Pressure, based on Containment Red
apply to Loss of Reactor Coolant Pump Makeup: Consequences of thermal shock to  
    Path.
RCP seals.  


                                                  Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                  DRAFT SRO lnital Exam
DRAFT SRQ M a l  Exam  
Sur9
Unit 1 has tripped and Safety Injection has actuated due to a Large Break Loss of
References:
Coolant Accident (LOCA).
NB-95.3-LP-26,Critical Safety Function Status Trees, Rev. 5
Many complications have occurred.  
Distractor Analysis:
The crew has exited E-0, Reactor Trip OF Safety Injection. The Shift Technical Advisor
A. Incorrect based on the rules of use for safety function status trees (ND-95.3-LP-26
has started to monitor Critical Safety Function Status Trees and reports:  
    Page 15). The Subcriticality Orange Path does not take priority over any Red Path.
- Subcriticality - Orange Path
B. Incorrect based on the rules of use for safety function status trees (ND-95.3-LP-26
- Heat Sink - Yellow Path
    Page 15). The Heat Sink Yellow Path does not lake priority over Containment Red
- Core Cooling - Orange Path  
    Path.
~ Containment - Red Path  
6. Incorrect based on the rules of use for safety function status trees (ND-95.3-LP-26
Which ONE of the following states the correct procedure transition?
    Page 15). Core Cooling Orange Path does not take priority over Containment Red
A. FR-SI, Response to Nuclear Power GeneratiodATWS, based on Subcriticality
    Path.
Orange Path.
D. Correct based on the rules of use for safety function status trees (ND-95.3-LP-26
B. FR-H.1, Response to Secondary Heat Sink, based on Heat Sink Yellow Path.
    Page 15). The Containment Red Path takes priority over the other paths. Only
C. FR-6.1, Response to Inadequate Core Cooling, based on Core Cooling Orange  
    knowledge of safety function priority rules are needed to answer this question.
Path.  
022 Containment Cooling
B:' FR-Z.1, Response to High Containment Pressure, based on Containment Red  
(32.422: KnowBedge of the bases for prioritizing safety functions during abnormal and
Path.  
emergency operations.
Turkey Point Bank Question TP03301


                                                  Surry Nuclear Plant 2QO4-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                  DRAFT SWO Bnital Exam
DRAFT SRO lnital Exam  
i
Sur9
I
References:
  Unit 2 is operating at 100% power with Chilled CC in service to containment.
NB-95.3-LP-26, Critical Safety Function Status Trees, Rev. 5
  2-CD-REF-IA trips due to a fault.
Distractor Analysis:
                                                                                        I1
A. Incorrect based on the rules of use for safety function status trees (ND-95.3-LP-26
  Which ONE of the following describes the effect on Unit 2 containment parameters?
Page 15). The Subcriticality Orange Path does not take priority over any Red Path.  
  A. Indicated partial pressure will increase. Containment temperature will decrease.
B. Incorrect based on the rules of use for safety function status trees (ND-95.3-LP-26
  B. Indicated partial pressure will increase. Containment temperature will increase.
Page 15). The Heat Sink Yellow Path does not lake priority over Containment Red
  6. Indicated partial pressure will decrease. Containment temperature will decrease.
Path.  
  D! Indicated partial pressure will decrease. Containment temperature will increase.
6. Incorrect based on the rules of use for safety function status trees (ND-95.3-LP-26
I
Page 15). Core Cooling Orange Path does not take priority over Containment Red
  Surry (Utility should add noun names to equipment in the stern.)
Path.  
  References:
D. Correct based on the rules of use for safety function status trees (ND-95.3-LP-26
  ND-88.5-LP-1, Component Cooling, Rev. 99
Page 15). The Containment Red Path takes priority over the other paths. Only
  Distractor Analysis:
knowledge of safety function priority rules are needed to answer this question.  
  A. incorrect because partial pressure will decrease due to loss of chilled CC.
022 Containment Cooling  
  B. incorrect because partial pressure will decrease due to loss of chilled CC.
(32.422: KnowBedge of the bases for prioritizing safety functions during abnormal and
  6. Incorrect because containment temperature will increase due to a loss of chilled
emergency operations.  
      cc .
Turkey Point Bank Question TP03301
  D. Correct because partial pressure will decrease and containment temperature will
      increase due to a loss of chilled CC.
  Bamk Question # 544
  022 Containment Cooling
  K3.02: Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the CCS will have on the
  following: Containment Instrument Readings.


                                                            Surly Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2QO4-301  
                                                              DRAFT SRO lnital Exam
DRAFT SWO Bnital Exam  
  23. 026A2.07 00 1/21l/CONTAINMENT__ S P K A E A 3.6/3.9/1V/SK042~h/R/MM/SDK        ~.
i
r                                                                      -     ~
Unit 2 is operating at 100% power with Chilled CC in service to containment.  
    ~            ~        ~
I
      The following Unit 1 conditions exist:
I
            A Large Break LQCA has occurred inside containment
2-CD-REF-IA trips due to a fault.
      ~    Safety Injection has actuated
1
      - Containment Pressure peaked at 28 psia
Which ONE of the following describes the effect on Unit 2 containment parameters?
      - Current Containment Pressure is 15.8 psia
A. Indicated partial pressure will increase. Containment temperature will decrease.
      - " I A ' , "2A" and "2B" Recirculation Spray Pumps are operating
B. Indicated partial pressure will increase. Containment temperature will increase.
      - "1B" Recirculation Spray Pump tripped on Overload (OL)
6. Indicated partial pressure will decrease. Containment temperature will decrease.
      - 1A-E7, RS PP l A VIB, annunciates and the alarm cannot be cleared
D! Indicated partial pressure will decrease. Containment temperature will increase.  
i      Which ONE of the following states the correct operator action for these conditions?
I  
      A. Secure Recirculation Spray Pump "IA"using the handswitch in the control room.
Surry (Utility should add noun names to equipment in the stern.)  
      B:' Place the Recirc Spray Pump 1A in PTL, then secure Recirculation Spray Pump
References:
            "1A" locally at the breaker (14H4).
ND-88.5-LP-1, Component Cooling, Rev. 99
      C. Reset CLS, then place the handswitch for Recirculation Spray Pump "1A" in PTL.
Distractor Analysis:
      D. Allow Recirculation Spray Pump "1A" to operate, but monitor vibrations closely.
A. incorrect because partial pressure will decrease due to loss of chilled CC.  
        ~~
B. incorrect because partial pressure will decrease due to loss of chilled CC.
                          ~
6. Incorrect because containment temperature will increase due to a loss of chilled
                                  ~    _    _      _      .   ~_. -  -        ~    ~.
D. Correct because partial pressure will decrease and containment temperature will
cc .  
increase due to a loss of chilled CC.  
Bamk Question # 544
022 Containment Cooling
K3.02: Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the CCS will have on the
following: Containment Instrument Readings.  


                                                    Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Surly Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                    DRAFT SRO lnital Exam
DRAFT SRO lnital Exam  
Surry
23. 026A2.07 00 1/21 l/CONTAINMENT S P K A E A  3.6/3 .9/1V/SK042~h/R/MM/SDK
References:
~
ND-91-LP-5, Containment Spray System, Rev. 13
~.
NB-91-LP-6, Recirculation Spray System, Rev. 9
~
1-RM-A7, RSISW WX A ALERT/FAItlBWE, Rev. 5
~
Distractor Analysis:
~
A. Incorrect because with CLS present, the handswitch in the control F Q O cannot
__
                                                                                ~      be
-
    used to secure the pump. Containment pressure must be less than 12 psia Bo reset
The following Unit 1 conditions exist:  
    CLS. Pressure currently is 15.8 psia.
~ Safety Injection has actuated
3. Correct because local operation of the breaker will stop the pump. In addition, the
- Containment Pressure peaked at 28 psia
    ARP will have the operator place the handswitch in PTL, but the lesson plan
- Current Containment Pressure is 15.8 psia
    (ND-91-LP-6 Page 6)states that the pump cannot be secured from the control
- "IA', "2A" and "2B" Recirculation Spray Pumps are operating
    room with CLS present. Furthermore, the ARP gives guidance to secure the
- "1 B" Recirculation Spray Pump tripped on Overload (OL)
    distressed pump as long as two other WS Pumps are operating. The stem states
- 1A-E7, RS PP l A VIB, annunciates and the alarm cannot be cleared
    that two other pumps are operating ("2A"and "2B").
r
6.Bncorrect because the CLS cannot be reset until containment pressure is less than
A Large Break LQCA has occurred inside containment
    12 psia.
Which ONE of the following states the correct operator action for these conditions?
B. Incorrect because the ARP gives guidance to secu~ethe distressed pump as long
i
    as two other RS Pumps are operating. The stem states that two other pumps are
A. Secure Recirculation Spray Pump "IA" using the handswitch in the control room.
    operating ("2A" and ''2B'')~
B:' Place the Recirc Spray Pump 1A in PTL, then secure Recirculation Spray Pump
026 Containment Spray
C. Reset CLS, then place the handswitch for Recirculation Spray Pump "1A" in PTL.
142.87: Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on
D. Allow Recirculation Spray Pump "1A" to operate, but monitor vibrations closely.  
the CSS; and (b) based or! those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or
"1A" locally at the breaker (14H4).  
mitigate the consequnces sf those malfunctions or operations: Loss of containment
~
spray suction when in recirculation mode, possibly caused by clogged sump screen,
~.  
pump inlet high temperature (exceeded cavitation, voiding), or sump level below cutoff
~  
(interlock) limit.
_. -
Note:
~~  
The ARP states that high vibration alarms may be caused by cavitation of the pump.
~
Cavitation could be caused by high water temp, low water level, etc.
_
_
_
.
~
-


                                                  Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                  DRAFT SRO lnital Exam
DRAFT SRO lnital Exam  
-24.02GAK3.02~.
Surry
    ~                                                      IIBUMAB/SDR -
References:
                          SAFETY INJECTIONIME~5/3.4/M/SK(P130
ND-91 -LP-5, Containment Spray System, Rev. 13
              001/1IlICCW~-        ~.
NB-91-LP-6, Recirculation Spray System, Rev. 9
    A High Steam Flow Safety Injection Signal is received.
1 -RM-A7, RSISW WX A ALERT/FAItlBWE, Rev. 5
    Which ONE of the following correctly describes the response of the Component
Distractor Analysis:  
    Cooling Water System components?
A. Incorrect because with CLS present, the handswitch in the control F Q O ~ 
    A! TV-CC-I09A and B (CC Isolation Valves from RHF?) close and TV-CC-11OA, B, and
cannot be
        C (Reactor Cont Air Recirc Cooler CC Outlet Flow Outside Trip Valve) remain as-is.
used to secure the pump. Containment pressure must be less than 12 psia Bo reset
    B. TV-CC-IO9A and B (CCIsohtion Valves from RHR) remain as-is and PV-CC-1IOA,
CLS. Pressure currently is 15.8 psia.
        B, and 6 (Reactor Cont Air Recirc Cooler CC Outlet Flow Outside Trig Valve)
ARP will have the operator place the handswitch in PTL, but the lesson plan  
        remain as-is.
(ND-91-LP-6 Page 6) states that the pump cannot be secured from the control
        C (Reactor Cont Ais Recirc Cooler CC Outlet Flow Outside Trip Valve) close.
room with CLS present. Furthermore, the ARP gives guidance to secure the
    D. TV-CC-109A and B (CC Isolation Valves from RHR) remain as-is and TV-CG-l10A,
distressed pump as long as two other WS Pumps are operating. The stem states  
        B, and C (Reactor Cont Air Recirc Cooler CC Outlet Flow Outside Trip Valve) close.
that two other pumps are operating ("2A" and "2B").  
    References:
6. Bncorrect because the CLS cannot be reset until containment pressure is less than
    88-05-01 Component Cooling Water System, Rev. 19
12 psia.  
            ~
B. Incorrect because the ARP gives guidance to secu~e the distressed pump as long
    Distractor Analysis:
as two other RS Pumps are operating. The stem states that two other pumps are
    A. Correct because lesson plan states CC-I 09 closes on Phase 6 and 110 closes ora
operating ("2A" and ''2B'')~
        Phase HI isolation.
3. Correct because local operation of the breaker will stop the pump. In addition, the
    B. Incorrect because lesson plan states CC-189 closes on Phase I and 110 only closes
026 Containment Spray
        on Phase I l l isolation.
142.87: Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on
    C. Incorrect because lesson plan states CC-109 closes on Phase and 110 only
the CSS; and (b) based or! those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or
        closes on Phase Ill isolation.
mitigate the consequnces sf those malfunctions or operations: Loss of containment
    D. Incorrect because lesson plan states CC-109 closes on Phase and I 1 0 closes on
spray suction when in recirculation mode, possibly caused by clogged sump screen,
        Phase Ill isolate.
pump inlet high temperature (exceeded cavitation, voiding), or sump level below cutoff
    026 Loss of Component Cooling
(interlock) limit.  
    AK3.02: Knowledge of the reasons tor the following responses as they apply to Loss of
Note:
    Cooling Water: The automatic actions (alignments) within the CCWS resulting from the
The ARP states that high vibration alarms may be caused by cavitation of the pump.
    actuation of the ESFAS.
Cavitation could be caused by high water temp, low water level, etc.  
    The loss of CCW occurs in part of the system due to the ESFAS isolation of
    TC-CC-109NB.


                                                Serrry Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                DRAFT SRO lnital Exam
DRAFT SRO lnital Exam  
The following Unit 1 conditions exist:
-
~ A Large Break LOCA has occurred
24. 02GAK3.02
- Safety Injection has actuated
~  
~ Containment Pressure peaked at 27 psia
00 1/ 1IlICCW ~-  
- RCS subcooling is 0 OF
SAFETY INJECTIONIME~5/3.4/M/SK(P130
~ Steam Generator bevels are 22% and slowly rising
~.
- RWST emptied while performing E%-13,Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation
IIBUMAB/SDR -  
- ES-1.3, Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation, has been completed and the crew has
~.
  transitisned back to E-1, Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant
A High Steam Flow Safety Injection Signal is received.
- Alf equipment operated normally
Which ONE of the following correctly describes the response of the Component
Which ONE of the following alarms is consistent given the above plant conditions?
Cooling Water System components?
A. 1 E-A1, HI-HI GTMT PRESS CLS cn-1
A! TV-CC-I 09A and B (CC Isolation Valves from RHF?) close and TV-CC-11 OA, B, and
B! IB-BI, CS PP la LOCKOUT OW OL TRIP
C (Reactor Cont Air Recirc Cooler CC Outlet Flow Outside Trip Valve) remain as-is.
C. 1A-147, RS PP 1A LOCKOUT OW OL TRIP
B. TV-CC-IO9A and B (CC Isohtion Valves from RHR) remain as-is and PV-CC-1 IOA,  
B. 1B-F6, CTMT INST AIR HBR LO PRESS
B, and 6 (Reactor Cont Air Recirc Cooler CC Outlet Flow Outside Trig Valve)
remain as-is.
C (Reactor Cont Ais Recirc Cooler CC Outlet Flow Outside Trip Valve) close.
D. TV-CC-109A and B (CC Isolation Valves from RHR) remain as-is and TV-CG-l10A,
B, and C (Reactor Cont Air Recirc Cooler CC Outlet Flow Outside Trip Valve) close.
References:
88-05-01
~ Component Cooling Water System, Rev. 19
Distractor Analysis:
A. Correct because lesson plan states CC-I 09 closes on Phase 6 and 1 10 closes ora
Phase HI isolation.
B. Incorrect because lesson plan states CC-189 closes on Phase I and 1 10 only closes
on Phase I l l  isolation.
closes on Phase Ill isolation.
Phase Ill isolate.
C. Incorrect because lesson plan states CC-109 closes on Phase
D. Incorrect because lesson plan states CC-109 closes on Phase
and 110 only
and I10 closes on
026 Loss of Component Cooling
AK3.02: Knowledge of the reasons tor the following responses as they apply to Loss of
Cooling Water: The automatic actions (alignments) within the CCWS resulting from the
actuation of the ESFAS.  
The loss of CCW occurs in part of the system due to the ESFAS isolation of
TC-CC-109NB.


                                                  Surry Nuclear Plant 2084-301
Serrry Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                  DRAFT SRO M a l Exam
DRAFT SRO lnital Exam  
References:
The following Unit 1 conditions exist:  
1-E-1 Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant, Rev. 21
~
      ~
A Large Break LOCA has occurred
1-ES-t.3, Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation, Rev. 12
- Safety Injection has actuated
1E-81, HI-HI CTMT PRESS ChS CH-7, Rev. 0
~ Containment Pressure peaked at 27 psia
IB-Bf, CS PP 1A LOCKOUT OR OL TRIP, Rev. 0
- RCS subcooling is 0 OF
1AD7, RS PP 1A LOCKOUT OR Ob TRIP, Rev. 0
~ Steam Generator bevels are 22% and slowly rising
15-F6,CTMT INST AIR HDR LO PRESS, Rev. 1
- RWST emptied while performing E%-1 3,  
NB-91-LP-5, Containment Spray System, Rev. 13
Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation
NB-91-LP-6, Recirculation Spray System, Rev. 9
- ES-1.3, Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation, has been completed and the crew has
Distractor Analysis:
- Alf equipment operated normally
A. Incorrect because containment pressure is now less than the setpoint, which is
transitisned back to E-1 , Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant
    known by CLS having been reset. As a pala of going to Cold Leg Wecirc, CLS and
Which ONE of the following alarms is consistent given the above plant conditions?
    SI must be reset.
A. 1 E-A1 , HI-HI GTMT PRESS CLS cn-1
B. Correct because 1-ES-1.3 has been completed and the RWST has been emptied;
B! IB-BI, CS PP la LOCKOUT OW OL TRIP  
    therefore, the CS Pumps would be placed in PPL due to the lack of a suction
C. 1A-147, RS PP 1A LOCKOUT OW OL TRIP  
    source (cavitation). Placing the CS Pumps in PTL yields 1B-B1 for CS Pump 1A.
B. 1B-F6, CTMT INST AIR HBR LO PRESS  
C. Incorrect because Outside Recirc Spray Pump 1A would be placed in
    AUTO when stopped.
D. Incorrect because CLS and SI must have been reset prior to completion of 1-ES-f.3
    and instrument air would have been restored to containment.
026 Containment Spray
G2.4.46: Ability t~ verify that alarms are consistent with plant conditions.


                                                Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-307
Surry Nuclear Plant 2084-301
                                                DRAFT SRO lnital Exam
DRAFT SRO M a l  Exam  
Which ONE of the fsilowing describes the operation of the lodime Filtration Fans
References:
(1-VS-F-3A/33)?
1 -E-1
B. Automatically stad on a containment gas high alarm.
~ Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant, Rev. 21
6. AutomaticalEy stop on a Hi-Hi CLS signal.
1 -ES-t.3, Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation, Rev. 12
D:' Must be manually started under all conditions.
1 E-81, HI-HI CTMT PRESS ChS CH-7, Rev. 0
Surry
15-F6,
References:
CTMT INST AIR HDR LO PRESS, Rev. 1
ND-88.4-LP-6, Containment Ventilation, Rev. 5
NB-91 -LP-5, Containment Spray System, Rev. 13
Distractor Analysis:
NB-91 -LP-6, Recirculation Spray System, Rev. 9
A. Incorrect because fans are only manually operated.
IB-Bf, CS PP 1A LOCKOUT OR OL TRIP, Rev. 0
B. Incorrect because fans are only manually operated.
1 AD7, RS PP 1 A LOCKOUT OR Ob TRIP, Rev. 0
C. incorrect because fans are only manually operated.
Distractor Analysis:  
B. Correct because fans are only manually operated.
A. Incorrect because containment pressure is now less than the setpoint, which is
(327 Containment lodine Removal
known by CLS having been reset. As a pala of going to Cold Leg Wecirc, CLS and
A4.83: Ability to manually sperate and / of monitor in the control r ~ o m :Cl WS fans.
SI must be reset.  
Question Status:
B. Correct because 1 -ES-1.3 has been completed and the RWST has been emptied;
Surry Bank ILT Question #741
therefore, the CS Pumps would be placed in PPL due to the lack of a suction
source (cavitation). Placing the CS Pumps in PTL yields 1 B-B1 for CS Pump 1 A.
AUTO when stopped.
and instrument air would have been restored to containment.  
C. Incorrect because Outside Recirc Spray Pump 1A would be placed in
D. Incorrect because CLS and SI must have been reset prior to completion of 1 -ES-f.3
026 Containment Spray
G2.4.46: Ability t~ verify that alarms are consistent with plant conditions.  


                                                          Surry Nuclear Plant 2804-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-307
                                                          DRAFT SRO lnital Exam
DRAFT SRO lnital Exam  
27. 027AK3 01_ _001/1/1/PFG3SUKILBK
Which ONE of the fsilowing describes the operation of the lodime Filtration Fans
                          ___    SPRAY/C/A 3 513 8 ~ / S R 0 4 3 0 1 ~ h . I ~ ~ / S L ) I K ~.
(1 -VS-F-3A/33)?
    The following Unit I conditions exist:
B. Automatically stad on a containment gas high alarm.  
        The Reactor is at 100% Power.
6. AutomaticalEy stop on a Hi-Hi CLS signal.  
    - A malfunction in the Pressurizer Heater Control Circuit has resulted in Proportional
D:' Must be manually started under all conditions.  
        Heaters being de-energized.
Surry  
    ~  A small amount of leakage in the Pressurizer Auxiliary Spray Valve is occurring.
References:  
    - Pressurizer Pressure is 2215 psig and slowly lowering.
ND-88.4-LP-6, Containment Ventilation, Rev. 5
      1-AP-31.OQ,Increasing or Decreasing RCS Pressure, has beers entered.
Distractor Analysis:  
                                                                                                I
A. Incorrect because fans are only manually operated.  
    Which ONE of the following states the correct position of the normal sprays and
B. Incorrect because fans are only manually operated.  
    backup heaters?
C. incorrect because fans are only manually operated.  
    A. Normal sprays are OFF (valves closed) and backup heaters are ON.
B. Correct because fans are only manually operated.  
    B. Normal sprays are ON (valves open) and backup heaters are OFF.
(327 Containment lodine Removal
    CY Normal sprays are OFF (valves closed) and backup heaters are OFF.
A4.83: Ability to manually sperate and / of monitor in the control r ~ o m :  Cl WS fans.
    D. Normal sprays are ON (valves open) and backup heaters are ON.
Question Status:  
        -                                                                                        I
Surry Bank ILT Question #741
    Surry
    Ref@rences:
    ND-93.3-LP-5, Pressurizer Pressure Control, Rev. 9
    1C-B8, PRZR LO PRESS, Rev. 1
    14P-31 .QO,Increasing or Decreasing RCS Pressure, Rev. 6
    Distractor Analysis:
    A. Incorrect because backup heaters do not energize until 2210 psig.
    B. Incorrect because spray valves do not start to open until 2255 psig.
    C. Correct because backup heaters do not energize until 221Q psig and spray valves
        do not open until 2255 psig.
    D. Incorrect because backup heaters do not energize until 2210 psig.
    027 Pressurizer Pressure Control System Malfunction
    AK3.01: Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to
    pressurizer pressure control malfunctions: Isolation of PZR spray following loss of PZR
    heaters.


                                                    Sury Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2804-301  
                                                    DRAFT SRO lnital Exam
DRAFT SRO lnital Exam  
28.02SG2.2-_                    -_
27. 027AK3 01
                            - IPECOMBIWWCIA
__ 001/1/1/PFG3SUKILBK
            12 001/212/HYDRQGEN        ~       3 O/3.6/N/SR0430IIRIhlABISDK
___
                                                                -          -      .~  ~
SPRAY/C/A 3 513 8 ~ / S R 0 4 3 0 1 ~ h . I ~ ~ / S L ) I K 
  The following Unit 1 conditions exist:
~.  
  - The plant is at 50% power
The following Unit I conditions exist:  
  - 1-PT-37.2, Electric Hydrogen Recombiner, is about to be performed to determine the
The Reactor is at 100% Power.
      reference power that would be used in the event that the Recombiners are used
- A malfunction in the Pressurizer Heater Control Circuit has resulted in Proportional
      following a LOCA.
Heaters being de-energized.
  Which ONE of the following correctly states 1-PT-37.2 limitations that are applicable
~
  during the performance of this test?
A small amount of leakage in the Pressurizer Auxiliary Spray Valve is occurring.
  A:' At no time should the heater temperature be allowed to exceed 1400 O F as
- Pressurizer Pressure is 2215 psig and slowly lowering.
        monitored by the highest thermocouple reading AND containment hydrogen
1-AP-31 .OQ, Increasing or Decreasing RCS Pressure, has beers entered.  
        concentration must be verified to be less than 0.75%.
Which ONE of the following states the correct position of the normal sprays and
  B. At no time should the heater temperature be allowed to exceed 14QQO F as
backup heaters?  
        monitored by the highest thermocouple reading AND containment hydrogen
I
        concentration must be verified to be less than 1 .OQ%.
A. Normal sprays are OFF (valves closed) and backup heaters are ON.
  C. At no time should the heater temperature be allowed to exceed 1300 F  ' as
B. Normal sprays are ON (valves open) and backup heaters are OFF.
        monitored by the highest therm~couplereading AND containment hydrogen
CY Normal sprays are OFF (valves closed) and backup heaters are OFF.
        concentration must be verified to be less than 0.95%.
D. Normal sprays are ON (valves open) and backup heaters are ON.
  D. At no time should the heater temperature be allowed to exceed 1300 O F as
I
        monitored by the highest thermocouple reading AND containment hydrogen
-
        concentration must be verified to be less than 1.OO%.
Surry
Ref@ re nces:  
ND-93.3-LP-5, Pressurizer Pressure Control, Rev. 9
1C-B8, PRZR LO PRESS, Rev. 1
1 4P-31 .QO,
Increasing or Decreasing RCS Pressure, Rev. 6
Distractor Analysis:
A. Incorrect because backup heaters do not energize until 2210 psig.  
B. Incorrect because spray valves do not start to open until 2255 psig.
C. Correct because backup heaters do not energize until 221 Q psig and spray valves
D. Incorrect because backup heaters do not energize until 221 0 psig.  
027 Pressurizer Pressure Control System Malfunction
AK3.01: Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to  
pressurizer pressure control malfunctions: Isolation of PZR spray following loss of PZR
heaters.  
do not open until 2255 psig.  


                                                  Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-381
Sury Nuclear Plant 2004-301
                                                  DRAFT SRO lnital Exam
DRAFT SRO lnital Exam  
References:
28. 02SG2.2 -_
1-PB-37.2, Electric Hydrogen Recombiner, Rev. 9
12 001/212/HYDRQGEN
Distractor Analysis:
-
A. Correct because these are both requirements listed on Section 4.0 sf 1-PT-37.2.
IPECOMBIWWCIA
    The unit is at power, therefore 4.3 states that containment hydrogen concentration
-_
    must be verified less than 0.75% (being at power and making the operator
~
    determine if 4.3 applies is part of what makes the question C/A). Section 4.2 states
3 O/3.6/N/SR0430IIRIhlABISDK
    that heater temperature must remain less than 1400 O F at all times.
-
B. Incorrect because verifying containment hydrogen less than I % is not the correct
-
    requirement. Plausible because applicant may not know that the requirement is
~
    0.75%,vice 1.0%.
6. Incorrect because verifying the highest temperature less than 1300 O F is not the
.~
  correct requirement. True if the operator ensures temperature is less than
The following Unit 1 conditions exist:  
                                ~
- The plant is at 50% power
    1300 O F , then he has also ensured that it is less than 1400 O F , but this question
- 1 -PT-37.2, Electric Hydrogen Recombiner, is about to be performed to determine the
  tests the knowledge of the requirement, net simply a method for meeting the
reference power that would be used in the event that the Recombiners are used
    requirement. Plausible because applicant may not know the temperature
following a LOCA.  
    requirement.
Which ONE of the following correctly states 1 -PT-37.2 limitations that are applicable
D. Incorrect because of reasons in C and 63 distractor analysis.
during the performance of this test?
028 Hydrogen Recombiner and Purge Control
A:' At no time should the heater temperature be allowed to exceed 1400 O F  as
G2.2.12: Knowledge of surveillance procedures.
monitored by the highest thermocouple reading AND containment hydrogen  
concentration must be verified to be less than 0.75%.
B. At no time should the heater temperature be allowed to exceed 14QQ
O F as
monitored by the highest thermocouple reading AND containment hydrogen  
concentration must be verified to be less than 1 .OQ%.  
C. At no time should the heater temperature be allowed to exceed 1300 'F as
monitored by the highest therm~couple reading AND containment hydrogen
concentration must be verified to be less than 0.95%.  
D. At no time should the heater temperature be allowed to exceed 1300 O F  as
monitored by the highest thermocouple reading AND containment hydrogen
concentration must be verified to be less than 1 .OO%.  


                                                Surly Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-381
                                                DRAFT SRO inital Exam
DRAFT SRO lnital Exam  
Which ONE of the following describes the reason why charging pump suctions are
References:
manually aligned to the WWST during an ATWS vice manually initiating a Safety
1 -PB-37.2, Electric Hydrogen Recombiner, Rev. 9
Injection?
Distractor Analysis:
A. Prompt operator action will ensure the most direct method of bosating into the WCS
A. Correct because these are both requirements listed on Section 4.0 sf 1 -PT-37.2.
    and manual alignment of charging pump suction to the RWST prevents
The unit is at power, therefore 4.3 states that containment hydrogen concentration
    compounding the problem by charging the RCS solid via Safety Injection.
must be verified less than 0.75% (being at power and making the operator  
B. Prompt operator action will ensure the most direct method of bosating into the WCS
determine if 4.3 applies is part of what makes the question C/A). Section 4.2 states
    and initiation of SI would reduce the possible paths for emergency boration and add
that heater temperature must remain less than 1400 O F  at all times.  
    to an RCS overpressure condition if one exists.
B. Incorrect because verifying containment hydrogen less than I % is not the correct
C. Manual initiation of Safety Injection would delay the addition of borated water to the
requirement. Plausible because applicant may not know that the requirement is
    RCS and complicate the recovery actions. Alignment of charging pump suction to
0.75%, vice 1.0%.  
    the RWST is the most direct method of borating the RCS.
6. Incorrect because verifying the highest temperature less than 1300 O F  is not the  
DY Manual initiation of SI would result in the undesirable trip of Main Feedwater Pumps
correct requirement. True ~ if the operator ensures temperature is less than
    and alignment of Charging Pump suction to the RWST is the most direct method of
1300 O F ,  then he has also ensured that it is less than 1400 O F ,  but this question
    borating the RCS.
tests the knowledge of the requirement, net simply a method for meeting the
requirement. Plausible because applicant may not know the temperature
requirement.  
D. Incorrect because of reasons in C and 63 distractor analysis.
028 Hydrogen Recombiner and Purge Control
G2.2.12: Knowledge of surveillance procedures.  


                                                  Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Surly Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                  DRAW SRQ lnital Exam
DRAFT SRO inital Exam  
References:
Which ONE of the following describes the reason why charging pump suctions are
ND-95.3-LP-36-DRR, FR-S.1 Response to Nuclear Power Generation / A t W S , Rev. 10
manually aligned to the WWST during an ATWS vice manually initiating a Safety
FR-S.1, Response to Nuclear Power Generation / ATWS, Rev. 15
Injection?
Distractor Analysis:
A. Prompt operator action will ensure the most direct method of bosating into the WCS
A. Incorrect because the concern with initiating SI is not creating a solid plant
and manual alignment of charging pump suction to the RWST prevents
    condition, but with reducing the probability sf maintaining a secondary heat sink
compounding the problem by charging the RCS solid via Safety Injection.
    because MFW pumps will trip upon Si initiation.
and initiation of SI would reduce the possible paths for emergency boration and add
B. Incorrect because the concern with initiating SI is not creating 8 high WCS pressure
to an RCS overpressure condition if one exists.  
    condition, but with reducing the probability of maintaining a secondary heat sink
B. Prompt operator action will ensure the most direct method of bosating into the WCS  
    because MFW pumps will trip upon SI initiation.
C. Manual initiation of Safety Injection would delay the addition of borated water to the
C. Incorrect because manual initiation wouDd not delay addition of borated water. The
RCS and complicate the recovery actions. Alignment of charging pump suction to
    concern is with reducing the probability of maintaining a seondary heat sink
the RWST is the most direct method of borating the RCS.
    because MFW pumps will trip upon SI initiation.
DY Manual initiation of SI would result in the undesirable trip of Main Feedwater Pumps
D. Correct because per NB-95.3-kP-36-DRIRtFR-S.1 Response to Nuclear Power
and alignment of Charging Pump suction to the RWST is the most direct method of
    Generation / ATWS, both of these statements accurately reflect the basis for Step
borating the RCS.  
    4.
029 ATWS
EK3.09: Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the
ATWS: Opening centrifugal charging pump suction valves from RWST.
Modified CLT Bank Question # 3390


                                                            Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-381
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301
                                                            DRAFT SRO lnital Exam
DRAW SRQ lnital Exam  
- 30.032,441.01 001/1/2/SOIRCE
References:
      ~        __          ~
ND-95.3-LP-36-DRR, FR-S.1 Response to Nuclear Power Generation / AtWS, Rev. 10
                                INTI:KMEDIAT\TE/C/A 3.1/3 4/B/SRO430l/R/MAB/SDR
FR-S.1, Response to Nuclear Power Generation / ATWS, Rev. 15
                                                          -~                                  -
Distractor Analysis:  
      The following conditions exists:
A. Incorrect because the concern with initiating SI is not creating a solid plant
      - Present time is 1428 hours
condition, but with reducing the probability sf maintaining a secondary heat sink
      - Reactor tripped at 1405 hours
because MFW pumps will trip upon Si initiation.  
      ~  All Rod Bottom Lights are lit
B. Incorrect because the concern with initiating SI is not creating 8 high WCS pressure
      - N-35 reading is 2 x 10-l' amps
condition, but with reducing the probability of maintaining a secondary heat sink
      - N-36 reading is 4 x IO-" amps
because MFW pumps will trip upon SI initiation.
      - Source Range is not energized
C. Incorrect because manual initiation wouDd not delay addition of borated water. The
    - Power level prior to trip was 98%
concern is with reducing the probability of maintaining a seondary heat sink
    Which ONE of the following describes the correct actions given the above parameters?
because MFW pumps will trip upon SI initiation.  
    A. When both IR channels read K 5 x lUroamps, verify source range channels
D. Correct because per NB-95.3-kP-36-DRIRt FR-S.1 Response to Nuclear Power
          energized.
Generation / ATWS, both of these statements accurately reflect the basis for Step
    B. Place the source range trip bypass switches in the NORMAL position.
4.  
    6:'Energize the source range channels by depressing the source range manual reset
029 ATWS
          pushbuttons.
EK3.09: Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the
    D. Transfer NR-45 to one S Q U K ~range and one intermediate range channel.
ATWS: Opening centrifugal charging pump suction valves from RWST.  
  ~          ~          ~        ~      ~
Modified CLT Bank Question # 3390
                                                        ~          ~      ~.
    References:
    ND-93.2-LP-3, Intermediate Range Nls, Rev. 10.
    Distraetsr Analysis:
    A. Incorrect because SR energizes at 2/2 IR 5 x                amps.
    B. Incorrect because SR should already be energized in the NORMAL position and this
          action would not energize the SR.
    C. Correct because IR are under-compensated and SR must be manually energized.
    8. Incorrect because SI3 should both be energized.
    032 Loss of Source Range NI
    A A I .01: Ability to operate and / or monitor the following as they apply to loss of source
    range nuclear instrumentation: Manual restoration of power.


                                                Surty Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-381
                                                DRAFT SRO lnital Exam
DRAFT SRO lnital Exam  
The following Unit 1 conditions exist:
30.
- Critical approach has just been completed.
032,441.01 001/1/2/SOIRCE INTI:KMEDIAT\\TE/C/A 3.1/3 4/B/SRO430l/R/MAB/SDR
- Reactor is stable at the Point of Adding Heat.
-
    One Intermediate Range (IR) Nuciear Instrument (Nl) is suspected of displaying
~
    inaccurate indications.
__
Which ONE of the following correctly describes the expected Power Range (PR) NI
~
and the known operable IR NI indications for the above conditions to verify that the
-~
suspect IF?NI is in fact falsely indicating?
-
A. IR = 2.5 x lo-*Amps; PW between 0.2 and 1 Yo
The following conditions exists:  
B!' IR = 2.0 x 10" Amps; PR between 0.2 and 1 %
- Present time is 1428 hours
D. IR = 1.O x IC5 Amps; PR 6 0.2 %
- Reactor tripped at 1405 hours
References:
~
NB-93.2-LP-4, Power Range Nls, Rev. 16
All Rod Bottom Lights are lit
1-GOPI.4, Unit Startup, HSD to 2% Reactor Power, Rev. 29
- N-35 reading is 2 x 10-l' amps
Distractor Analysis:
- N-36 reading is 4 x IO-" amps
A. Incorrect because 2.5 x IO-* Amps is about where critical data is taken (too low).
- Source Range is not energized
B. Correct based on above two references: NB-93.2-LP-4 (HTT-4.3) & 1-GOP-1.4
- Power level prior to trip was 98%
      (Page 29 CAUTION).
Which ONE of the following describes the correct actions given the above parameters?  
6.Incorrect because 1.0 x 10-*Amps is about where critical data is taken (too low).
A. When both IR channels read K 5 x lUro amps, verify source range channels
D. Incorrect because 1.6 x ID5 Amps is above the POAH and should correspond to
energized.  
      about 2% power.
B. Place the source range trip bypass switches in the NORMAL position.
033 boss of Intermediate Range NI
6:'  
AA2.04: Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the loss of
Energize the source range channels by depressing the source range manual reset
intermediate range nuclear instrumentation: Satisfactory overlap between
pushbuttons.  
source-range, intermediate-range, and power-range instrumentation.
D. Transfer NR-45 to one S Q U K ~  range and one intermediate range channel.  
~
~
~
~
~
~
~
~.  
Ref e re nces :  
ND-93.2-LP-3, Intermediate Range Nls, Rev. 10.  
Distraetsr Analysis:  
A. Incorrect because SR energizes at 2/2 IR
B. Incorrect because SR should already be energized in the NORMAL position and this
C. Correct because IR are under-compensated and SR must be manually energized.  
8. Incorrect because SI3 should both be energized.  
5 x  
amps.  
action would not energize the SR.  
032 Loss of Source Range NI  
AAI .01 : Ability to operate and / or monitor the following as they apply to loss of source
range nuclear instrumentation: Manual restoration of power.  


                                                                          Surgy Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Surty Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                                          DRAFT SRQ lnital Exam
DRAFT SRO lnital Exam  
  ~
The following Unit 1 conditions exist:
    32. 6334A4.01 001/2/2/RADIATION
- Critical approach has just been completed.  
            ~          ~
- Reactor is stable at the Point of Adding Heat.  
                                ~-   M C " O W ~ 3 . 3 / 3 . 4 / ~ / S i S R 0 4 3 U l / ~ ~_r Z R _
One Intermediate Range (IR) Nuciear Instrument (Nl) is suspected of displaying
                                                                                                  i S D R~ - _ _ _
inaccurate indications.
          Unit 1 is in a refueling outage when the following events occur:
Which ONE of the following correctly describes the expected Power Range (PR) NI
        -  Purge Isolation Valves (MOV-VS-I OOA, B, C. and D) Close
and the known operable IR NI indications for the above conditions to verify that the
        .. Unit Purge Supply Fans (4A and 4B) Trip
suspect IF? NI is in fact falsely indicating?  
        ~  Containment Instrument Air Suction Valves (PV-IA-101 N B ) Close
A. IR = 2.5 x lo-* Amps; PW between 0.2 and 1 Yo
        Which ONE of the following radiation monitors could have caused these actions?
B!' IR = 2.0 x 10" Amps; PR between 0.2 and 1 %
i
D. IR = 1 .O x IC5 Amps; PR 6 0.2 %
        A. Process Vent Particulate and Gas Monitors (RM-WI-IO1 / 102)
References:  
        5. RM-I 61 (Containment High Range Gamma Monitor)
NB-93.2-LP-4, Power Range Nls, Rev. 16
        C:' WM-162 (Manipulator Crane Monitor)
1 -GOPI
        D. RM-I 63 (Reactor Containment Area Monitor)
.4, Unit Startup, HSD to 2% Reactor Power, Rev. 29
  ~-              ~
Distractor Analysis:  
        Surry
A. Incorrect because 2.5 x IO-* Amps is about where critical data is taken (too low).  
        References:
B. Correct based on above two references: NB-93.2-LP-4 (HTT-4.3) & 1-GOP-1.4
        ND-93.5-LP-1, Pre-TMl Radiation Monitoring System, Rev. 5
6.  
        Distractor Analysis:
Incorrect because 1 .0 x 1 0-* Amps is about where critical data is taken (too low).  
        A. incorrect because RM-RI-101 / 102 do not cause these actions.
D. Incorrect because 1.6 x ID5 Amps is above the POAH and should correspond to
        B. Incorrect because RM-I 61 does not cause these actions.
(Page 29 CAUTION).  
        C. Correct per ND-93.5-LP-1.
about 2% power.
        5. incorrect because RM-163 does not cause these actions.
033 boss of Intermediate Range NI
        834 Fuel Handling Equipment
AA2.04: Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the loss of
        A4.01: Ability to manually operate and / or monitor in the control room: Radiation
intermediate range nuclear instrumentation: Satisfactory overlap between
        Levels.
source-range, intermediate-range, and power-range instrumentation.  


                                                        Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Surgy Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                        DRAFT SRO lnital Exam
DRAFT SRQ lnital Exam  
  33. 03SA3.01
32. 6334A4.01  
            .~                 - _ _ _
~  
                001/2/2/STEAM GENERATOWCIA              __      ___
001/2/2/RADIATION
                                            4.01~.3/N/SR04jOl/K/MAR/SDM
~  
                                              ~-                       .-            -~
MC"OW~3.3/3.4/~/SiSR043Ul/~~rZRiSDR
  r
_
                                                                              ~
_
                                                                                            I
~
    -~                                                                                      I
-
      The following Unit 1 conditions exist:
_
      - Plant is stable at 75% Power
_
      ~  AbSG Steam Line FT-MS-475 is selected for Steam Generator bevel control
_
      - A SG Steam kine PT-MS-475 fails high
   
I      Which ONE of the following correctly describes the impact on the A Steam Generator
~  
j      Level CQntrQl?
~-  
      A. Feedwater Regulating Valve opens because indicated steam flow is greater than
Unit 1 is in a refueling outage when the following events occur:  
          indicated feedwater flow.
- Purge Isolation Valves (MOV-VS-I OOA, B, C. and D) Close
1      B. Feedwater Regulating Valve does not move as a result sf the failure.
.. Unit Purge Supply Fans (4A and 4B) Trip
      6. Feedwater Regulating Valve closes because the pressure transmitter is
~ Containment Instrument Air Suction Valves (PV-IA-101 N B )  Close
          overcompensating for density.
Which ONE of the following radiation monitors could have caused these actions?
      D. Feedwater Regulating Valve opens to reduce the level error created by the failure.
i
      References:
A. Process Vent Particulate and Gas Monitors (RM-WI-IO1 / 102)
      ND-93.3-LP-8, SG Water Level Control System, Rev. 6
5. RM-I 61 (Containment High Range Gamma Monitor)
      Distractor Analysis:
C:' WM-162 (Manipulator Crane Monitor)
      A. Incorrect because PT-MS-475 does not cornpensate steam flow for FT-MS-475.
D. RM-I 63 (Reactor Containment Area Monitor)
      B. Correct because PV-MS-475 does not compensate steam flow for W-MS-475.
~-
      C. Incorrect because PT-MS-475 does not compensate steam flow for FT-MS-475.
~
      D. Incorrect because $8-MS-475 does not compensate steam flow for FT-MS-475.
Surry
      035 Steam Generator
References:  
      A3.81: Ability to monitor automatic operation of the S/G including: S/G water level
ND-93.5-LP-1, Pre-TMl Radiation Monitoring System, Rev. 5
      control.
Distractor Analysis:  
A. incorrect because RM-RI-101 / 102 do not cause these actions.  
B. Incorrect because RM-I 61 does not cause these actions.  
C. Correct per ND-93.5-LP-1.  
5. incorrect because RM-163 does not cause these actions.  
834 Fuel Handling Equipment
A4.01: Ability to manually operate and / or monitor in the control room: Radiation
Levels.  


                                                    Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                    DRAFT SRO lnital Exam
DRAFT SRO lnital Exam  
Which ONE of the following is correct regarding safety injection termination during a
33. 03SA3.01
steam generator tube rupture event?
.~
Safety Injection termination ...
001/2/2/STEAM GENERATOWCIA
A:' may occur with total AFW flow less than 350 gpm as long as 350 gpm is available.
- _ _ _ 
B. may occur with Pressurizer level less than 22% as long as level is increasing.
4.01~.3/N/SR04jOl/K/MAR/SDM
6.may not not occur with a void in the reactor head due to presenting RCS pressure
~-
    control problems.
__
D. may not not occur with a void in the reactor head due to presenting RCS leV@l
___
    control problems.
.-
Sur9
~
References:
-~
ND-95.3-LP-13, E-3 Steam Generator Tube Rupture, Rev. I 1
r -~
I-E-3,  Steam Generator Tube Rupture, Rev. 19
I
Distractor Analysis:
I
A. Correct because if no intact SG is available the ruptured SG will be used to cool the
The following Unit 1 conditions exist:
    RCS. In this instance the AFW flow may be less than 950 gprn, but 350 gpm must
- Plant is stable at 75% Power
    still be available to that SG. If sufficient flow is available, then SI termination criteria
~
    is considered to be met (MD-95.3-LP-13).
Ab SG Steam Line FT-MS-475 is selected for Steam Generator bevel control
B. Incorrect because pressurizer level must be greater than 22% to meet the SI
- A SG Steam kine PT-MS-475 fails high
    termination criteria.
I
C. Incorrect because safety injection may be terminated when there is a void in the
Which ONE of the following correctly describes the impact on the A Steam Generator
    reactor head. This will present some challenges with RCS pressure and level
j
    control, but it is not a large enough concern to prevent SI termination if the specified
Level CQntrQl?  
    criteria are met (ND-95.3-LP-13).
A. Feedwater Regulating Valve opens because indicated steam flow is greater than
D. Incorrect because safety injection may be terminated when there is a void in the
indicated feedwater flow.  
    reactor head. This will present some challenges with RCS pressure and level
1
    control, but it is not a large enough concern to prevent SI termination if the specified
B. Feedwater Regulating Valve does not move as a result sf the failure.  
    criteria are met (ND-95.3-LP-13).
6. Feedwater Regulating Valve closes because the pressure transmitter is
038 Steam Gen. Tube Rupture
overcompensating for density.  
EK3.09: Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the
D. Feedwater Regulating Valve opens to reduce the level error created by the failure.  
SGTR: Criteria for securing / throttling ECCS.
References:  
ND-93.3-LP-8, SG Water Level Control System, Rev. 6
Distractor Analysis:  
A. Incorrect because PT-MS-475 does not cornpensate steam flow for FT-MS-475.  
B. Correct because PV-MS-475 does not compensate steam flow for W-MS-475.  
C. Incorrect because PT-MS-475 does not compensate steam flow for FT-MS-475.  
D. Incorrect because $8-MS-475 does not compensate steam flow for FT-MS-475.  
035 Steam Generator
A3.81: Ability to monitor automatic operation of the S/G including: S/G water level
control.  


                                                  Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-381
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301
                                                  DRAFT SRO lnital Exam
DRAFT SRO lnital Exam  
c
Which ONE of the following is correct regarding safety injection termination during a
  With Unit 1 at 100% power, the Condenser Air Ejector and Main Steam bine Radiation
steam generator tube rupture event?
  Monitor alarms are recieved. The Condenser Air Ejector Radiation Monitor reads 700
Safety Injection termination ...
  cpm (ALERT and HIGH alarms are in) while tocal Main Steam NWC Radiation Monitors
A:' may occur with total AFW flow less than 350 gpm as long as 350 gpm is available.
  read "A" .03rnr/hr, and "B" -01 mr/hr, and "C".01 mdhr. The Team has implemented
B. may occur with Pressurizer level less than 22% as long as level is increasing.
  1-AP-l8.00, Excessive RCS Leakage, and the WCS leak rate is determined to be 60
6. may not not occur with a void in the reactor head due to presenting RCS pressure
  gpm.
control problems.
  Which ONE of the following describes the actions required?
control problems.  
  A. Verify automatic Condenser Air Ejector divert to Containment, intiate 1-AP-24.00
D. may not not occur with a void in the reactor head due to presenting RCS leV@l
      (Minor SG Tube Leak), manually trip the reactor and go to 8-E-0 (Reactor Trip or
Sur9
      Safety injection).
References:
  B. Verify automatic SGBD w/ trip isolation and Condenser Air Ejector divert to
ND-95.3-LP-13, E-3 Steam Generator Tube Rupture, Rev. I 1 
      Containment, manually trip the reactor and initiate SI,Go to 1-E-0.
I-E-3,  
  e. Verify automatic Condenser Air Ejector divert to Containment, initiate 1AP-24.01
Steam Generator Tube Rupture, Rev. 19
      (Large Steam Generator Tube Leak), verify letdown isolated, and commence a
Distractor Analysis:
      normal Unit shutdown lAW GOPs.
A. Correct because if no intact SG is available the ruptured SG will be used to cool the  
  D I Verify automatic Condenser Air Ejector divert to Containment, initiate 1-AP-24.01
RCS. In this instance the AFW flow may be less than 950 gprn, but 350 gpm must
      (Large Steam Generator Tube Leak), and manually trip the reactor and go to 1- L O .
still be available to that SG. If sufficient flow is available, then SI termination criteria
is considered to be met (MD-95.3-LP-13).  
B. Incorrect because pressurizer level must be greater than 22% to meet the SI
termination criteria.
C. Incorrect because safety injection may be terminated when there is a void in the  
reactor head. This will present some challenges with RCS pressure and level
control, but it is not a large enough concern to prevent SI termination if the specified
criteria are met (ND-95.3-LP-13).  
D. Incorrect because safety injection may be terminated when there is a void in the
reactor head. This will present some challenges with RCS pressure and level
control, but it is not a large enough concern to prevent SI termination if the specified
criteria are met (ND-95.3-LP-13).  
038 Steam Gen. Tube Rupture
EK3.09: Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the
SGTR: Criteria for securing / throttling ECCS.  


                                                  Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301
c
                                                  DRAFT SRO lnital Exam
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-381
References:
DRAFT SRO lnital Exam  
MD-89.3-LP-2, Main Condensate System, Rev. I 6
With Unit 1 at 100% power, the Condenser Air Ejector and Main Steam bine Radiation
ND-93.5-LP-3, Post-TMI Radiation Monitoring System, Rev. 6
Monitor alarms are recieved. The Condenser Air Ejector Radiation Monitor reads 700
1-AP-I 6.60, Excessive RCS Leakage, Rev. 1 1
cpm (ALERT and HIGH alarms are in) while tocal Main Steam NWC Radiation Monitors
1-AP-24.08, Minor SG Tube beak, Rev. 8
read "A" .03 rnr/hr, and "B" -01 mr/hr, and "C"
1-AP-24.01, Large Steam Generator Tube Leak, Rev. 11
.01 mdhr. The Team has implemented
Distractor Analysis:
1 -AP-l8.00, Excessive RCS Leakage, and the WCS leak rate is determined to be 60
A. Incorrect because 60 ggm leakage is more than minor. AP-24.01 should be entered
gpm.  
    for a large steam generator tube leak.
Which ONE of the following describes the actions required?
B. Incorrect because St should not be initiated.
A. Verify automatic Condenser Air Ejector divert to Containment, intiate 1 -AP-24.00
C. h x r r e c t because the reactor must be manually tripped with leakage greater than
(Minor SG Tube Leak), manually trip the reactor and go to 8-E-0 (Reactor Trip or
    50 gpm.
Safety injection).
B. Correct because air ejectors will divert to containment on an air ejector high
B. Verify automatic SGBD w/ trip isolation and Condenser Air Ejector divert to
    radiation, AP-24.01 should be entered due to 60 gpm leak rate with air ejector high
Containment, manually trip the reactor and initiate SI, Go to 1 -E-0.
    radiation, and E-0 should be entered following a manual reactor trip.
e. Verify automatic Condenser Air Ejector divert to Containment, initiate 1 AP-24.01  
039 Main and Reheat Steam
(Large Steam Generator Tube Leak), verify letdown isolated, and commence a  
A I .09: Ability to predict and / or monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding
normal Unit shutdown lAW GOPs.  
design limits) assosiated with operating the MRSS controls including: Main stearn line
D I  Verify automatic Condenser Air Ejector divert to Containment, initiate 1 -AP-24.01  
radiation monitors.
(Large Steam Generator Tube Leak), and manually trip the reactor and go to 1 - L O .


                                                                  SUFYNuclear Plant 2004-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                                  DRAFT SRO lnital Exam
DRAFT SRO lnital Exam  
36.054G2.4.31 001/lillALARMS
References:
              _ _ _ _ _      RODSiCYA
MD-89.3-LP-2, Main Condensate System, Rev. I6
                                _    3 . 3 1 3 . 4 ~ i S R 0 4 3 0 1_~_A R I S D -~
ND-93.5-LP-3, Post-TMI Radiation Monitoring System, Rev. 6
                                                                                  IP  __    __
1 -AP-I 6.60, Excessive RCS Leakage, Rev. 1 1
    The following Unit 1 conditions exist:
1 -AP-24.08, Minor SG Tube beak, Rev. 8
    - The Reactor was operating at 78% power when a loss of the "A" Feedwater Pump
1 -AP-24.01, Large Steam Generator Tube Leak, Rev. 11
      occurred
Distractor Analysis:
    - The Team is taking the required immediate actions in acordance with 1-AP-21 .QO,
A. Incorrect because 60 ggm leakage is more than minor. AP-24.01 should be entered
      "Lsssof Main Feedwater Flow"
for a large steam generator tube leak.
    - The Reactor Operator is driving rods in manual to lower Tavg
B. Incorrect because St should not be initiated.  
    - Tavg is within 3 O F of Tref
C. hxrrect because the reactor must be manually tripped with leakage greater than
    - Annunciator 1G-68,ROD BANK D LO LIMIT, has annunciated
B. Correct because air ejectors will divert to containment on an air ejector high
    Which ONE of the following is the correct response to the given plant conditions?
50 gpm.  
    A. Shutdown margin is not sufficient for the given plant conditions and operators
radiation, AP-24.01 should be entered due to 60 gpm leak rate with air ejector high
        should emergency borate to regain the required shutdown margin.
radiation, and E-0 should be entered following a manual reactor trip.  
    BJ The operator has driven rods in too Bar for the existing boron concenration and
039 Main and Reheat Steam
        should borate from the Boric Acid Tanks.
A I  .09: Ability to predict and / or monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding
    C. Shutdown margin is not sufficient for the given plant conditions and operators
design limits) assosiated with operating the MRSS controls including: Main stearn line
        should trip the Reactor and go to 1-E-8, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection.
radiation monitors.  
    B. The turbine load has decreased too far and the operator should raise turbine load.
__      ~                                                      _        _        ~ - ~    _ ~  _


                                                Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301
SUFY Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                DRAFT SRO lnital Exam
DRAFT SRO lnital Exam  
References:
-~ _ _ 
ND-89.3-LP-3, Main Feedwater System, Rev. 12
__
NB-95.1-LP-4, Loss of Feedwater, Rev. 3
36. 054G2.4.31 001/lillALARMS RODSiCYA 3.313.4~iSR04301~ARISDIP
1-AP-21 .OO, Loss of Main Feedwater Flow, Rev. 5
_ _ 
1G-G8, ROD BANK B LO LIMIT, Rev. 0
_ _ _ _ _ _ 
Distractor Analysis:
The following Unit 1 conditions exist:
A. Incorrect because (1) not enough information is given to make the determimation
- The Reactor was operating at 78% power when a loss of the "A" Feedwater Pump
  that SBM is insufficient, and (2) even if SBM is not above that which is required,
- The Team is taking the required immediate actions in acordance with 1 -AP-21 .QO,  
    emergency boration would not be the preferred method for regaining the required
- The Reactor Operator is driving rods in manual to lower Tavg
    SDM. This is clearly the wrong method for boration because xenon is building in
- Tavg is within 3 O F  of Tref
    and only small borations would be desired to withdraw rods to clear the alarm.
- Annunciator 1 G-68,  
B. Correct because rods being within 10 steps of its insertion limit would cause the
ROD BANK D LO LIMIT, has annunciated
    alarm. Bsration from the Boric Acid Tanks would be the correct mitigation strategy
occurred
    and as such, is directed by the ARP. Operators would only borate the necessary
"Lsss of Main Feedwater Flow"
    amount to clear the alarm.
Which ONE of the following is the correct response to the given plant conditions?
G. hcorrect because the initial power level was less than 85% and the plant is
A. Shutdown margin is not sufficient for the given plant conditions and operators
  designed to handle this magnitude of transient. Furthermore, the plant does not
should emergency borate to regain the required shutdown margin.  
    need to be tripped with rods approaching or below insertion limits. Rod positions
BJ The operator has driven rods in too Bar for the existing boron concenration and
  just have to be restored to within limits.
should borate from the Boric Acid Tanks.
D. Incorrect because turbine load should not be raised. Immediate actions have the
C. Shutdown margin is not sufficient for the given plant conditions and operators
  operators reduce turbine load to match steam flow and feed flow. Raising turbine
should trip the Reactor and go to 1-E-8, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection.  
    load under these conditions would not be the correct action. It would also be
B. The turbine load has decreased too far and the operator should raise turbine load.  
    nonconservtaive to add positive reactivity via the turbine during a transient condition
__
  such as described in the stern.
~
054 Loss of Main Feedwater
_
G2.4.31: Knowledge of annunciators and indications and use of response instructions.
_
Bank Question from 2003 Farley Exam (Farley WA was 05462.2.20).
~
-
~
_
_
~


                                                          Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                          DRAFT SRO lnital Exam
DRAFT SRO lnital Exam  
    37. 055EK1.01 001/1/1/BATTERY/C/A 3.3/3.7/B/SWU4301/IUP/I..\B/~~ ~
Ref e rences :
                                                                              ___
ND-89.3-LP-3, Main Feedwater System, Rev. 12
r--       ~                    ~
NB-95.1-LP-4, Loss of Feedwater, Rev. 3
        The following plant conditions exist:
1 -AP-21 .OO, Loss of Main Feedwater Flow, Rev. 5
        - A loss of all AC power has occurred.
1G-G8, ROD BANK B LO LIMIT, Rev. 0
        ~  Operators have implemented ECA-0.0, Loss of All AC Power.
Distractor Analysis:
        - Attempts to regain A@ power have failed.
A. Incorrect because (1) not enough information is given to make the determimation
        - Operators are performing ECA-0.0, Step 28, "Check DC Bus toads"
that SBM is insufficient, and (2) even if SBM is not above that which is required,  
        Which ONE of the following should be performed to lower the Black Battery discharge
emergency boration would not be the preferred method for regaining the required
        rate by the largest amount per ECA-Q.O?
SDM. This is clearly the wrong method for boration because xenon is building in
        A. Secure Air Side Seal Oil Pump only.
and only small borations would be desired to withdraw rods to clear the alarm.
1      B. Secure Air Side Seal Oil Pump and Emergency Turbine Lube Oil Pump.
alarm. Bsration from the Boric Acid Tanks would be the correct mitigation strategy
        C. Secure Air Side Seal Oil Backup Pump only.
and as such, is directed by the ARP. Operators would only borate the necessary
        D:' Secure Air Side Seal Oil Backup Pump and Emergency Turbine Lube Oil Pump.
amount to clear the alarm.
designed to handle this magnitude of transient. Furthermore, the plant does not
need to be tripped with rods approaching or below insertion limits. Rod positions
just have to be restored to within limits.  
D. Incorrect because turbine load should not be raised. Immediate actions have the
operators reduce turbine load to match steam flow and feed flow. Raising turbine
load under these conditions would not be the correct action. It would also be
nonconservtaive to add positive reactivity via the turbine during a transient condition
such as described in the stern.  
B. Correct because rods being within 10 steps of its insertion limit would cause the
G. hcorrect because the initial power level was less than 85% and the plant is
054 Loss of Main Feedwater
G2.4.31: Knowledge of annunciators and indications and use of response instructions.
Bank Question from 2003 Farley Exam (Farley WA was 05462.2.20).  


                                                Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                  DRAFT SRB lnital Exam
DRAFT SRO lnital Exam  
References:
37. 055EK1.01 001/1/1/BATTERY/C/A 3.3/3.7/B/SWU4301/IUP/I..\\B/~~
NB-90.3-LP-6, 125 Vdc Distribution, Rev. 10
~
ECA-0.0, LOSS of All AC Power, Rev. 21
r--  
Distractor Analysis:
~
A. Incorrect because the Air Side Seal Oil Pump is not a DC load, as is
~
    the Air Side Seal Oil Backup Pump. Plausible because the candidate may not
___
    know major Black Battery DC Loads,or may not know what actions are permitted
The following plant conditions exist:
    by ECA-0.0.
- A loss of all AC power has occurred.  
B. Incorrect because the Air Side Seal Oil Pump is not a DC load, as is
~ Operators have implemented ECA-0.0, Loss of All AC Power.  
    the Air Side Seal Oil Backup Pump. Plausible because the candidate may not
- Attempts to regain A@ power have failed.
    know major Black Battery DC Loads, or may not know what actions are permitted
- Operators are performing ECA-0.0, Step 28, "Check DC Bus toads"
    by ECA-0.0.
Which ONE of the following should be performed to lower the Black Battery discharge
C. Incorrect ECA-0.0 will direct the securing of both Air Side Seal Oil Backup Pump
rate by the largest amount per ECA-Q.O?
    (ASSOBUP) and Emergency Turbine Lube Oil Pump, not just ASSOBUP.
A. Secure Air Side Seal Oil Pump only.  
    Plausible because the applicant may not know that there is more than one pump to
B. Secure Air Side Seal Oil Pump and Emergency Turbine Lube Oil Pump.
    secure to conserve Black Batteries.
C. Secure Air Side Seal Oil Backup Pump only.  
B. Correct because per ECA-0.0 step 28 and Basis for this step in NB-95.03-LP-l?,
D:' Secure Air Side Seal Oil Backup Pump and Emergency Turbine Lube Oil Pump.  
    the purpose is to secure both pumps, which are large Black Battery DC loads, to
1
    conserve the batteries (reducing battery discharge rate, thus prolonging battery life).
Surry ILT Bank Question #724
055 Station Blackout
EK1.01: Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they
apply to the Station Blackout: Effect of battery discharge rate on capacity.


                                                Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                DRAFT SRB lnital Exam
DRAFT SRB lnital Exam  
The following Unit 1 conditions exist:
References:  
- Two Main Feedwater Pumps are operating
NB-90.3-LP-6, 125 Vdc Distribution, Rev. 10
- Reactor Power = 85%
ECA-0.0, LOSS of All AC Power, Rev. 21
- Condensate Pumps 1-6N-P-1A and B are operating
Distractor Analysis:
- Condensate Pump 1-CN-P-1C is Tagged Out of Service
A. Incorrect because the Air Side Seal Oil Pump is not a DC load, as is
- Condensate Pump 1- 6 N - P I A trips and camnot be restarted
the Air Side Seal Oil Backup Pump. Plausible because the candidate may not
- Main Feedwater Pump Suction Pressure = 105 psig and slowly lowering
know major Black Battery DC Loads, or may not know what actions are permitted
- Stearn Generator Levels are slowly lowering
by ECA-0.0.
- 1H-F8, FW PP SUCT HER LO PRESS, is in alarm
B. Incorrect because the Air Side Seal Oil Pump is not a DC load, as is  
W hich ONE of the following is the correct operator action?
the Air Side Seal Oil Backup Pump. Plausible because the candidate may not
Pa! Enter 1-AP-21 .QO,Loss of Main Feedwater Flow, and reduce turbine load to match
know major Black Battery DC Loads, or may not know what actions are permitted
    steam flow and feedwater flow.
(ASSOBUP) and Emergency Turbine Lube Oil Pump, not just ASSOBUP.
B. Manually trip the Reactor and enter E-0, Reactor Trip or Safety injection.
Plausible because the applicant may not know that there is more than one pump to  
@. Secure one of the operating Main Feedwater Pumps and monitor the operating
secure to conserve Black Batteries.  
    Main Feedwater Pump Suction Pressure.
B. Correct because per ECA-0.0 step 28 and Basis for this step in NB-95.03-LP-l?,  
D. Enter 1-AP-21.00, Loss of Main Feedwater Flow, and start a second HP Drain
the purpose is to secure both pumps, which are large Black Battery DC loads, to
    Pump.
conserve the batteries (reducing battery discharge rate, thus prolonging battery life).
by ECA-0.0.  
C. Incorrect ECA-0.0 will direct the securing of both Air Side Seal Oil Backup Pump
Surry ILT Bank Question #724
055 Station Blackout
EK1.01: Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they
apply to the Station Blackout: Effect of battery discharge rate on capacity.  


                                                  Surry Nuclear Plant 2884-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                  DRAFT SRO lnital Exam
DRAFT SRB lnital Exam  
Surry
The following Unit 1 conditions exist:  
References:
- Two Main Feedwater Pumps are operating
ND-89.3-LP-2, Main Condensate System, Rev. 16
- Reactor Power = 85%
NB-89.3-LP-3, Main Feedwater System, Rev. 12
- Condensate Pumps 1 -6N-P-1 A and B are operating
ND-95.1-LP-4, Loss of Feedwater, Rev. 3
- Condensate Pump 1 -CN-P-1 C is Tagged Out of Service
1-AQ-21.00, Loss of Main Feedwater Flow, Rev. 5
- Condensate Pump 1 -6N-PIA trips and camnot be restarted
1 H-F8, FW PP SUCP HDW LO PRESS, Rev. 0
- Main Feedwater Pump Suction Pressure = 105 psig and slowly lowering
1 H-G8, FW PP DISCH HBR LO PRESS, Rev. 0
- Stearn Generator Levels are slowly lowering
1J-G4, CN PPS DISCH HDR LO PRESS, Rev. 0
- 1H-F8, FW PP SUCT HER LO PRESS, is in alarm
Distractor Analysis:
W hich ONE of the following is the correct operator action?
A. Correct because MFW Pump Low Suction Pressure and Discharge Pressure
Pa! Enter 1 -AP-21 .QO, Loss of Main Feedwater Flow, and reduce turbine load to match  
    Alarms are entry conditions into A$-21 .00. Furthermore, with power at 65% the
steam flow and feedwater flow.  
    direction is to reduce turbine load to match steam and feed flows. This will also
B. Manually trip the Reactor and enter E-0, Reactor Trip or Safety injection.  
    help to recover MWM Pump suctisnldischarge pressure.
@. Secure one of the operating Main Feedwater Pumps and monitor the operating
B. Incorrect because no trip criteria are met and AP-21 .OO directs power reduction.
Main Feedwater Pump Suction Pressure.  
C. Incorrect because tripping a MFW Pump will not alleviate the issue and there is no
D. Enter 1-AP-21 .00, Loss of Main Feedwater Flow, and start a second HP Drain
    procedural guidance to trip a M W Pump. Typically a M W Pump will be secured
Pump.  
    at about 40% power.
D. lncorret because there is no guidance to start a second heater drain pump. The
    correct response is to lower turbine load.
056 Condensate
A2.04: Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on
the Condensate System; and ($1 based on t h ~ s epredictions, use procedures to
correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
Loss of condensate pumps.


                                                    Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2884-301  
                                                    DRAFT SRO lnital Exam
DRAFT SRO lnital Exam  
  The following conditions exist:
Surry
  - A Loss of 08-Site Power has occurred
References:  
  - #I Emergency Diesel Generator has started but failed to auto load
ND-89.3-LP-2, Main Condensate System, Rev. 16
  ~ It has been determined that the auto-closure circuit for 75H3, #I EDG Output
NB-89.3-LP-3, Main Feedwater System, Rev. 12
    Breaker, is inoperable and that 15H3 can be manually closed
ND-95.1-LP-4, Loss of Feedwater, Rev. 3
  ~ When the operator places the sync switch for 15H3 to "ON" he observes 120 volts 01
1-AQ-21 .00, Loss of Main Feedwater Flow, Rev. 5
I  the "incoming" meter, 0 volts on the "running" meter, and the synchroscope is
1 H-F8, FW PP SUCP HDW LO PRESS, Rev. 0
    stationary at "3-0'cl~cSc"
1J-G4, CN PPS DISCH HDR LO PRESS, Rev. 0
  Which ONE of the following actions is necessary prior to closing 15613?
1 H-G8, FW PP DISCH HBR LO PRESS, Rev. 0
  A. Raise EDG speed until the synchroscope is turning slowly in the fast direction, then
Distractor Analysis:  
      close 15H3 at "11 o'clock".
A. Correct because MFW Pump Low Suction Pressure and Discharge Pressure
I B. Momentarily press the "field flash" pushbutton, then sync and close 15H3.
Alarms are entry conditions into A$-21 .00. Furthermore, with power at 65% the  
  C. Raise EDG voltage until the running meter indicates 120 volts, then sync and close
direction is to reduce turbine load to match steam and feed flows. This will also
      15H3.
help to recover MWM Pump suctisnldischarge pressure.  
I B7 No additional action is necessary. Close 15H3.
B. Incorrect because no trip criteria are met and AP-21 .OO directs power reduction.  
  References:
C. Incorrect because tripping a MFW Pump will not alleviate the issue and there is no
  ND-90.3-LP-I , Emergency Diesel Generator, Rev. I4
procedural guidance to trip a M W 
  ND-98.3-LP-4, Station Service and Emergency Distribution Protection and Control,
Pump. Typically a M
    Rev. 17
W
  Distractor Analysis:
  A. incorrect because the bus is dead. Raising EDG speed will not synchronize the
Pump will be secured
      phases.
at about 40% power.  
  B. incorrect because it will not be possible to synchronize (nor is it necessary because
D. lncorret because there is no guidance to start a second heater drain pump. The
      the bus is dead). Also, field flash PB does not need to be pushed.
correct response is to lower turbine load.  
  C. Incorrect because raising the EDG voltage will not raise running voltage. Incoming
056 Condensate
      voltage is the EDG voltage (not running voltage).
A2.04: Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on
  D. Correct because the synchroscope has been turned on, there is no over-current or
the Condensate System; and ($1 based on t h ~ s e 
      differential and the aux trip relay does not need to be reset (ND-90.3-LP-7pg. 18).
predictions, use procedures to  
      Therefore, all criteria for manually closing the breaker are met.
correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
  056 Loss of Off-Site Power
Loss of condensate pumps.
  AAI .26: Ability to operate and / or monitor the following as they apply to the Loss of
  Off-Site Power: Circuit 5reakers


                                                        Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                        DRAFT SWO lnitai Exam
DRAFT SRO lnital Exam  
-40.-053AK3.01
The following conditions exist:
    __        __        -AC/C/A 4.1/4
- A Loss of 08-Site Power has occurred
              001/1/1/VIThT,   ~     .4/F3ISM04301/R/MAB/SDR
- #I Emergency Diesel Generator has started but failed to auto load
                                          _                      --      -      ~         ___
~
    Which ONE of the following reasons correctly states why the reactor would be tripped
It has been determined that the auto-closure circuit for 75H3, #I EDG Output
    for a sustained loss of Vital Bus II?
~ When the operator places the sync switch for 15H3 to "ON" he observes 120 volts 01
    A. Power to the Reactor Protection System is lost.
Breaker, is inoperable and that 15H3 can be manually closed
    B. Pressurizer pressure control is Isst.
the "incoming" meter, 0 volts on the "running" meter, and the synchroscope is
    C. Control of Steam Generator Feed Regulating Valve is lost.
stationary at "3-0'cl~cSc"
    Surry
I
    References:
Which ONE of the following actions is necessary prior to closing 15613?  
    1-AP-lQ.O2, Loss of Vital Bus II, Rev. 9
A. Raise EDG speed until the synchroscope is turning slowly in the fast direction, then
    ND-90.3-LP-5, Vital and Serni-Vital Bus Distribution, Rev. 1I
close 15H3 at "1 1 o'clock".  
    Bistractsr Analysis:
I
    A. Incorrect because WPS is de-energize to trip. If due to other channel failures, etc.,
B. Momentarily press the "field flash" pushbutton, then sync and close 15H3.  
        the loss of VB Sl will not preclude a trip if one is needed.
C. Raise EDG voltage until the running meter indicates 120 volts, then sync and close
    B. Incorrect because Pzr P Controller will transfer to AUTO-HOLD, but MANUAL
15H3.
        control is still possible, thus precluding the need for rx trip.
I
    C. Incorrect because FW-FCV-1488 Flow Controller will transfer to AUTO-HOLD, but
B7 No additional action is necessary. Close 15H3.  
        MANUAL control is still possible, thus precluding the need for rx trip.
References:  
    D. Correct because Component Cooling is lost to the 'WbRCP Lube Oil Cooler. RCP
ND-90.3-LP-I , Emergency Diesel Generator, Rev. I4
        Parameters will eventually exceed limits (1-AP-10.02 Att. I ) , requiring that the RCP
ND-98.3-LP-4, Station Service and Emergency Distribution Protection and Control,  
        be secured following a manual IX trip.
Rev. 17
    057 Loss of Vital AC Inst. Bus
Distractor Analysis:  
    AK3.61: Knowledge of the reasons for the follo~tngresponses as they apply to the
A. incorrect because the bus is dead. Raising EDG speed will not synchronize the
    Loss of Vital Ai2 Instrument Bus: Actions contained in EOP for loss of vital ac electrical
phases.  
    bus.
B. incorrect because it will not be possible to synchronize (nor is it necessary because
    Surry IhT Bank Question #223
the bus is dead). Also, field flash PB does not need to be pushed.  
C. Incorrect because raising the EDG voltage will not raise running voltage. Incoming
voltage is the EDG voltage (not running voltage).  
D. Correct because the synchroscope has been turned on, there is no over-current or
differential and the aux trip relay does not need to be reset (ND-90.3-LP-7 pg. 18).  
Therefore, all criteria for manually closing the breaker are met.  
056 Loss of Off-Site Power
AAI .26: Ability to operate and / or monitor the following as they apply to the Loss of  
Off-Site Power: Circuit 5reakers


                                                            Surry Nuclear Plant 2084-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                            DRAFT SRO M a l Exam
DRAFT SWO lnitai Exam  
r- 44. 058M2.01
~
      ~
-  
                ~                                        ~
40.  
                  001/1/1A,OSS OF DC POWER/C'/A 3.714 l/N/SR~Ol/pvMAu/SH>w    -    -    ~
-__
                                                                                          .___
053AK3.01 001/1/1/VIThT,  
        The following Unit 1 conditons exist:
__ -
        - 1K-88, UPS SYSTEM TROUBLE, annunciates
AC/C/A  
        - 4 K-A7, BATT SYSTEM 1A TROUBLE, annunciates
~
        - An operator reports that Battery Charger DC Output for UPS 1A-1 reads 0 amps
4.1/4
        Which ONE of the following correctly describes the power supply to the associated BC
._
        and Vital AC buses?
4/F3ISM04301/R/MAB/SDR
        A. BC Bus 1A-1 will be supplied by only Battery 1A as indicated by DC Bus voltage
--  
            slowly trending down over time and Vital AC Buses 1 and 7A will be supplied by
-  
            Bus 1H1-1.
___
        B. DC Bus 1A-I will be supplied by only Battery 1A as indicated by DC Bus voltage
Which ONE of the following reasons correctly states why the reactor would be tripped
            slowly trending down over time and Vital AC Buses 1 and 1A will be supplied by
for a sustained loss of Vital Bus II?  
            Bus 1 H I -2.
A. Power to the Reactor Protection System is lost.
        @. DC Bus 1A-1 will be supplied by UPS $A-2as indicated by Df.2 Bus Voltage
B. Pressurizer pressure control is Isst.
            remaining stable at 125 VBC and the Vital AC Buses 1 and 1A will be supplied by
C. Control of Steam Generator Feed Regulating Valve is lost.
            1Ht-1.
Surry
        BY 56 Bus 1A-1 will be supplied by UPS 1A-2 as indicated by BC Bus Voltage
References:
            remaining stable at 125 VBC and the Vital AC Buses 1 and 1A will be supplied by
1 -AP-lQ.O2, Loss of Vital Bus II, Rev. 9
            1H1-2.
ND-90.3-LP-5, Vital and Serni-Vital Bus Distribution, Rev. 1 I
Bistractsr Analysis:
A. Incorrect because WPS is de-energize to trip. If due to other channel failures, etc.,
the loss of VB Sl will not preclude a trip if one is needed.  
B. Incorrect because Pzr P Controller will transfer to AUTO-HOLD, but MANUAL
control is still possible, thus precluding the need for rx trip.  
C. Incorrect because FW-FCV-1488 Flow Controller will transfer to AUTO-HOLD, but
MANUAL control is still possible, thus precluding the need for rx trip.  
D. Correct because Component Cooling is lost to the 'Wb RCP Lube Oil Cooler. RCP
Parameters will eventually exceed limits (1-AP-10.02 Att. I), requiring that the RCP
be secured following a manual IX trip.
057 Loss of Vital AC Inst. Bus  
AK3.61: Knowledge of the reasons for the follo~tng responses as they apply to the  
Loss of Vital Ai2 Instrument Bus: Actions contained in EOP for loss of vital ac electrical
bus.  
Surry IhT Bank Question #223


                                                Sur9 Nuclear Plant 2064-381
Surry Nuclear Plant 2084-301
                                                DRAFT SRO lnital Exam
DRAFT SRO M a l  Exam  
Surly
44. 058M2.01 ~
References:
~
ND-90.3-LP-5, Vital and Semi-vital Bus Distribution, Rev. 11
~
ND-90.3-LP-6, 125 VBC Distribution, Rev. 18
001/1/1A,OSS OF DC POWER/C'/A 3.714 l/N/SR~Ol/pvMAu/SH>w - - .___
4 K-A7, BATT SYSTEM 1A TROUBLE, Rev. 5
r-  
1K-A8, UPS SYSTEM TROUBLE, Rev. I
~
11448-FE-1G, Sheet 1 of 1, 125V DC One Line Diagram Surty Power Station Unit 1,
The following Unit 1 conditons exist:
    Rev. 33
- 1 K-88, UPS SYSTEM TROUBLE, annunciates
Distractor Analysis:
- 4 K-A7, BATT SYSTEM 1A TROUBLE, annunciates
A. Incorrect because the battery should not be supplying the BC Bus alone. The DC
- An operator reports that Battery Charger DC Output for UPS 1A-1 reads 0 amps
    Bus is being supplied by the other UPS from 1HI -2. Also, vital AC Buses 1 and 1A
Which ONE of the following correctly describes the power supply to the associated BC
    are being supplied by Bus 1HI -2, which is the alternate AC source.
and Vital AC buses?
B. Incorrect because the battery should not be supplying the BC Bus alone. The DC
A. BC Bus 1A-1 will be supplied by only Battery 1A as indicated by DC Bus voltage
    Bus is being supplied by the other UPS from 1HI- 2.
slowly trending down over time and Vital AC Buses 1 and 7A will be supplied by  
C. Incorrect because the Vital AC Buses 1 and 1A are being supplied by Bus 1H I -2,
Bus 1H1-1.
    which is the alternate AC source.
B. DC Bus 1A-I will be supplied by only Battery 1A as indicated by DC Bus voltage
B. Correct because the other UPS will still be supplying DC Bus IA-1 and the Alternate
slowly trending down over time and Vital AC Buses 1 and 1A will be supplied by  
    AC Source 1Hl-2 will supply Vital AC Buses I and 1A.
Bus 1 HI -2.  
058 boss of DC Power
@. DC Bus 1A-1 will be supplied by UPS $A-2 as indicated by Df.2 Bus Voltage
AA2.81: Ability to determine and interpret the following ais they apply to the loss of DC
remaining stable at 125 VBC and the Vital AC Buses 1 and 1A will be supplied by  
Power: That a loss of DC Power has occurred; verification that substitute power
1Ht-1.  
sources have come on line.
BY 56 Bus 1 A-1 will be supplied by UPS 1 A-2 as indicated by BC Bus Voltage
remaining stable at 125 VBC and the Vital AC Buses 1 and 1 A will be supplied by
1H1-2.  


                                                          Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Sur9 Nuclear Plant 2064-381
                                                          DRAFT SRO M a l Exam
DRAFT SRO lnital Exam  
42.-____
Surly
    05 9.4 1.03 00 1/21I /MAIN FEEDWATEMEM
References:
                                  .         2.7/2.9/l?ISR044301
ND-90.3-LP-5, Vital and Semi-vital Bus Distribution, Rev. 11
                                                  ..          /TP/Mm/SDR
ND-90.3-LP-6, 125 VBC Distribution, Rev. 18
                                                            .___                      ___
4 K-A7, BATT SYSTEM 1A TROUBLE, Rev. 5
    Which ONE of the following set of practices should be observed by operators for
1 K-A8, UPS SYSTEM TROUBLE, Rev. I
    starting the second Main Feedwater Pump per GOP-1.5 (Unit Startup, 2% Reactor
1 1448-FE-1 G, Sheet 1 of 1, 125V DC One Line Diagram Surty Power Station Unit 1,
    Power to Max Allowable Power) and OP-RM-004 (Main Feedwater System Operation)?
Rev. 33
    A. The second Main Feedwater Pump should be started prior to exceeding 50% power
Distractor Analysis:
          to preclude problems with main feedwater flow capability. Following pump start, if
A. Incorrect because the battery should not be supplying the BC Bus alone. The DC
          the Main Feedwater Pump Reciculation Valve is in AUTO, the operator should
Bus is being supplied by the other UPS from 1 HI -2. Also, vital AC Buses 1 and 1 A  
          observe that valve closure will occur as the feed flow rises above 3000 gpm.
are being supplied by Bus 1 HI -2, which is the alternate AC source.  
    B. The second Main Feedwater Pump should be started between 50% power and 65%
B. Incorrect because the battery should not be supplying the BC Bus alone. The DC
          power to preclude problems with main feedwater flow capability. Following pump
Bus is being supplied by the other UPS from 1 HI-2.  
          start, if the Main Feedwater Pump Recirculation Valve is in AUTO, the operator
C. Incorrect because the Vital AC Buses 1 and 1A are being supplied by Bus 1 HI -2,  
          should observe that valve closure will occur as the feed flow rises above 3286 gpm.
which is the alternate AC source.  
    CY The second Main Feedwater Pump should be started prior to exceeding 50% power
B. Correct because the other UPS will still be supplying DC Bus IA-1 and the Alternate
          to preclude problems with main feedwater flow capability. Operating the second
AC Source 1 Hl-2 will supply Vital AC Buses I and 1 A.  
          Main Feedwater Pump on recirculation with the discharge MOV closed should be
058 boss of DC Power
          minimized to prevent overpressurization of the piping between the discharge cheek
AA2.81: Ability to determine and interpret the following ais they apply to the loss of DC
          valve and the MOV as the system heats.
Power: That a loss of DC Power has occurred; verification that substitute power
    D. The second Main Feedwater Pump should be started between 50% power and 65%
sources have come on line.  
          power to preclude problems with main feedwater flow capability. Operating the
          second Main Feedwater Pump on recirculation with the discharge MOV closed
          should be minimized to prevent overpressurization of the piping between the
          discharge check valve and the MOV as the system heats.


                                                  Surry Nuclear Plant 2084-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                  DRAFT SRO lnital Exam
DRAFT SRO M a l  Exam  
References:
42. -____
4 -GOPI5,Unit Starhp, 2% Reactor Power to Max Allowable Power, Rev. 32
05 9.4 1.03 00 1/21 I /MAIN FEEDWATEMEM
1-OP-FW-(404, Main Feedwater System Operation, Rev. 8
.
MB-89.3-LP-3,Main Feedwater System, Rev. 12
2.7/2.9/l?ISR044301
Distractor Analysis:
..
A. Incorrect because reeirc should modulate closed at 4000 gpm.
.___
B. Incorrect because recirc should modulate closed at 4008 gpm.
/TP/Mm/SDR
C. Correct because of NOTE on Pg. 34 of 44 of GOP-1.5 and CAUTION on Pg 12 of
___
    34 of OP-FW-004.
Which ONE of the following set of practices should be observed by operators for
B. Incorrect because second feedwater pump should be started prior to 50% power.
starting the second Main Feedwater Pump per GOP-1.5 (Unit Startup, 2% Reactor  
059 Main Feedwater
Power to Max Allowable Power) and OP-RM-004 (Main Feedwater System Operation)?
A I .03 Ability to predict and / or monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding
A. The second Main Feedwater Pump should be started prior to exceeding 50% power
design limits) associated with operating the MFW controls including: Power level
to preclude problems with main feedwater flow capability. Following pump start, if
restrictions for operation of MFW pumps and valves.
the Main Feedwater Pump Reciculation Valve is in AUTO, the operator should
observe that valve closure will occur as the feed flow rises above 3000 gpm.  
B. The second Main Feedwater Pump should be started between 50% power and 65%
power to preclude problems with main feedwater flow capability. Following pump
start, if the Main Feedwater Pump Recirculation Valve is in AUTO, the operator
should observe that valve closure will occur as the feed flow rises above 3286 gpm.  
CY The second Main Feedwater Pump should be started prior to exceeding 50% power  
to preclude problems with main feedwater flow capability. Operating the second
Main Feedwater Pump on recirculation with the discharge MOV closed should be
minimized to prevent overpressurization of the piping between the discharge cheek
valve and the MOV as the system heats.
D. The second Main Feedwater Pump should be started between 50% power and 65%
power to preclude problems with main feedwater flow capability. Operating the
second Main Feedwater Pump on recirculation with the discharge MOV closed
should be minimized to prevent overpressurization of the piping between the
discharge check valve and the MOV as the system heats.  


                                                        SUFV Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2084-301  
                                                        DRAFT SRO lnital Exam
DRAFT SRO lnital Exam  
-     ~        -~      -RAD_.
References:
43.O59AAI .01 001/1/ULIQT.JlD          ~          3 5/M/SR04~M/MARIST)R__
4 -GOPI
                                  RELEASElCIA 3 3 ~.                                ~.
5,
    The following Unit 1 conditions exists:
Unit Starhp, 2% Reactor Power to Max Allowable Power, Rev. 32
      - A Large Break LOSS sf Coolant Accident has QCCUrWd
1 -OP-FW-(404, Main Feedwater System Operation, Rev. 8
    ~    The "B" Train of Recirc Spray (RS), the only available train, is in service
MB-89.3-LP-3, Main Feedwater System, Rev. 12
    - 1-RM-G7, DlSCH TNL ALERT / FAILURE, annunciates
Distractor Analysis:
    - I-RM-AB, RSISW HX B ALERT/FAILURE, annunciates
A. Incorrect because reeirc should modulate closed at 4000 gpm.  
  ~    Reactor Operator notes the RS/SW HX B Monitor is trending up, but the Discharge
B. Incorrect because recirc should modulate closed at 4008 gpm.  
        Tunnel Rad Monitor is indicating all EEEEEs with Red and Yellow Lights Lit and
C. Correct because of NOTE on Pg. 34 of 44 of GOP-1.5 and CAUTION on Pg 12 of
        Green Light out.
B. Incorrect because second feedwater pump should be started prior to 50% power.  
  Which ONE of the following is the mrrect operator response?
059 Main Feedwater
  A. Ensure no additional releases are in progress and secure RS.
A I  .03 Ability to predict and / or monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding
  8.3 Ensure no additional releases are in progress, and increase radiation monitoring.
design limits) associated with operating the MFW controls including: Power level
  C. Verify all automatic actions have occurred and reset the Discharge Tunnel Digital
restrictions for operation of MFW pumps and valves.
          Rate Meter and perform a source check.
34 of OP-FW-004.  
  D. Verify all automatic actions have occurred and raise the Discharge Tunnel Monitor
          set point.


                                                  Surry Nuclear Plant 2604-301
SUFV
                                                  D R A W SRQ lnitaE Exam
Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
Surry
DRAFT SRO lnital Exam  
  References:
-
ND-93.5-LP-I Pve-TMI Radiation Monitoring System, Rev. 8
43. O59AAI
                ~
~
I-RM-G7, DlSCH TNL ALERT / FAILURE, Rev. 4
.01 001/1/ULIQT.JlD
1-WM-A8, RSISW HX B ALEWTFAILUBE, Rev. 3
-~
Distractor Analysis:
-
A. Incorrect because the last available RS train should not be secured, as stated in
RAD _.
    RM-GS and RM-A8 Caution Statements. Plausible because this is the correct
RELEASElCIA
    course of action if the other train was available.
~
B. Correct because the last train of WS should not be secured. Other rad monitors
3 3 3  
    should be checked to see if blowdowns have been diverted, to verify that there is no
~.  
    CCW/SW HX leak, and to verify that no CP Bid Liquid releases are occurring.
5/M/SR04~M/MARIST)R __
    Additional monitoring is called for by the ARPs due to the fact that the last train of
~.  
    WS should not be secured.
The following Unit 1 conditions exists:
C. Incorrect because there are no automatic actions to verify. Plausible because the
~ The "B" Train of Recirc Spray (RS), the only available train, is in service
    applicant may not know that there are no auto actions associated with these
- 1 -RM-G7, DlSCH TNL ALERT / FAILURE, annunciates
    particular monitors. With a failed monitor, ARPs will direct 8 reset and source
- I-RM-AB, RSISW HX B ALERT/FAILURE, annunciates
    check, which adds to the plausibility.
~
D. Incorrect because there are no automatic actions to verify. Plausible because the
Reactor Operator notes the RS/SW HX B Monitor is trending up, but the Discharge
    applicant may not know that there are not auto actions associated with these
Tunnel Rad Monitor is indicating all EEEEEs with Red and Yellow Lights Lit and  
    particular monitors and it is not uncommon for an alarm setpeint to be raised to
Green Light out.
    sled operators of worsening conditions. The Discharge Tunnel Monitor has the
- A Large Break LOSS sf Coolant Accident has QCCUrWd
    indications of being failed, therefore adjusting the setpoint is not a success path.
Which ONE of the following is the mrrect operator response?
(359 Accidental Liquid Radwaste Release
A. Ensure no additional releases are in progress and secure RS.  
,441.01 : Ability to operate and / or monitor the following as they apply to the Accidental
8.3 Ensure no additional releases are in progress, and increase radiation monitoring.  
Liquid Wadwaste Releases: Radioactive-liquid monitor
C. Verify all automatic actions have occurred and reset the Discharge Tunnel Digital
Modified Surry ILT Bank Question #I977
Rate Meter and perform a source check.  
D. Verify all automatic actions have occurred and raise the Discharge Tunnel Monitor  
set point.  


                                                  Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2604-301  
                                                    DRAFT SRO lnital Exam
DRAW SRQ lnitaE Exam  
  I-CN-TM-1, Emergency Condensate Storage Tank (ECST), is supplying AFW Pumps
Surry
for Residual Heat Removal via Steam Generators. 1J-F4, CST 110,000 GAL LO LVL,
References:
has annunciated. ECSP level is 90% and lowering.
ND-93.5-LP-I  
Which ONE of the following is correct regarding refilling of the ECST?
~ Pve-TMI Radiation Monitoring System, Rev. 8
A. Filling shall commence prior to the ECST level reaching 54%. AFW pumps must be
I-RM-G7, DlSCH TNL ALERT / FAILURE, Rev. 4
    secured prior to commencing the fill.
1-WM-A8, RSISW HX B ALEWTFAILUBE, Rev. 3
B. Filling may commence after the ECST level drops below 60,000 gaElons as long as
Distractor Analysis:
    refill begins within two hours of securing the AFW pumps.
A. Incorrect because the last available RS train should not be secured, as stated in
6.AFW Pumps must be secured prior to commencing the fill and the ECST must be
RM-GS and RM-A8 Caution Statements. Plausible because this is the correct
    filled within two hours.
course of action if the other train was available.  
D!' Filling of the ECST shall commence prior to the ECST level reaching 54%. AFW
B. Correct because the last train of WS should not be secured. Other rad monitors
    pumps may continue ts operate during the refill.
should be checked to see if blowdowns have been diverted, to verify that there is no
References:
CCW/SW HX leak, and to verify that no CP Bid Liquid releases are occurring.  
NB-89.3-LP-4, Auxiliary Feedwater System, Rev. 19
Additional monitoring is called for by the ARPs due to the fact that the last train of
f J-F4, CST 110,000 GAL LO LVL, Rev. 3
WS should not be secured.  
tech Spec 3.6-1,     Amendment No. 224 and 220
C. Incorrect because there are no automatic actions to verify. Plausible because the
Distractor Analysis:
applicant may not know that there are no auto actions associated with these
A. Incorrect because AFW pumps may continue to run during refill based on AWP
particular monitors. With a failed monitor, ARPs will direct 8 reset and source
    1J-F4 Note.
check, which adds to the plausibility.
B. Incorrect because volume must remain above 60,000 gal (54%).
D. Incorrect because there are no automatic actions to verify. Plausible because the
C . l n ~ o ~ r ebecause
applicant may not know that there are not auto actions associated with these
                ct      AFW pumps do not need to be secured for refill.
particular monitors and it is not uncommon for an alarm setpeint to be raised to
D. Correct based on all three of the above references.
sled operators of worsening conditions. The Discharge Tunnel Monitor has the
(461 Auxiliary Feedwintea
indications of being failed, therefore adjusting the setpoint is not a success path.  
Al.04: Ability to predict and / or monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding
(359 Accidental Liquid Radwaste Release
design limits) associated with operating the AFW controls ineluding: AFW source tank
,441.01 : Ability to operate and / or monitor the following as they apply to the Accidental
level.
Liquid Wadwaste Releases: Radioactive-liquid monitor
Modified Surry ILT Bank Question #I977


                                                          Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                          DRAFT SRO lnital Exam
DRAFT SRO lnital Exam  
  45.                                 ~_
I-CN-TM-1, Emergency Condensate Storage Tank (ECST), is supplying AFW Pumps
      061A M 0 1 00111R/ARM RAD MONITOWMEM   3.5/3.7/W/SR04301/IUMAR/ST)R
for Residual Heat Removal via Steam Generators. 1J-F4, CST 110,000 GAL LO LVL,
                                                    -___
has annunciated. ECSP level is 90% and lowering.
r      If a spent fuel assembly is damaged by being dropped in the spent fuel pool, which
Which ONE of the following is correct regarding refilling of the ECST?
      ONE of the following pairs of radiation monitors would indicate an increase in radiation
A. Filling shall commence prior to the ECST level reaching 54%. AFW pumps must be
      level?
secured prior to commencing the fill.
      A. Spent Fuel Pit Bridge Crane Radiation Monitor and Auxiliary Building Control
B. Filling may commence after the ECST level drops below 60,000 gaElons as long as
            Victoreen Area Radiation Monitor
refill begins within two hours of securing the AFW pumps.
      B. Ventilation Vent Particulate Radiation Monitor and Auxiliary Building Control
6.
            Victoreen Area Radiation Monitor
AFW Pumps must be secured prior to commencing the fill and the ECST must be
II    6:'Spent Fuel Pit Bridge Crane Radiation Monitor and Ventilation Vent Gaseous
filled within two hours.
I          Kadiatisn Monitor
D!' Filling of the ECST shall commence prior to the ECST level reaching 54%. AFW
I
pumps may continue ts operate during the refill.
      Sur9 (Utility needs to add correct RM equipment numbers.)
References:
      References:
NB-89.3-LP-4, Auxiliary Feedwater System, Rev. 19
      ND-93.5-LP-1, Pre-TMI Radiation Monitoring System, Rev. 8
f J-F4, CST 1 10,000 GAL LO LVL, Rev. 3
      0-AP-22.00, Fuel Handling Abnormal Conditions, Rev. 18
tech Spec 3.6-1,
      Q-WM-B3, 1-RM-RI-153 HIGH, Rev. 4
Amendment No. 224 and 220
      0-RM-B4, 1-RM-RI-152 HIGH, Rev 8
Distractor Analysis:
      Distractor Analysis: (maybe get Some help to provide a little better distractor analysis?)
A. Incorrect because AFW pumps may continue to run during refill based on AWP
      A. Incorrect because the Aux Bld Control Victoreen Area Radiation Monitor would not
1 J-F4 Note.
            show an increased indication.
B. Incorrect because volume must remain above 60,000 gal (54%).
      B. Incorrect because the Aux Bld Control Victoreen Area Radiation Monitor would not
C. ln~o~rect
            show an increased indication.
because AFW pumps do not need to be secured for refill.
      C. Correct because both monitors would show an increased indication.
D. Correct based on all three of the above references.
      D. incorrect because a liquid waste process effluent monitor would not see the results
(461 Auxiliary Feedwintea
            of the failed fuel.
Al.04: Ability to predict and / or monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding
      061 ARM System Alarms
design limits) associated with operating the AFW controls ineluding: AFW source tank
      AA2.QI : Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Area
level.
      Radiation Monitoring (ARM) System Alarms: ARM panel displays.
 
      Surry Wequal Bank Question #I 18
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301
DRAFT SRO lnital Exam
I
I
I
6:' Spent Fuel Pit Bridge Crane Radiation Monitor and Ventilation Vent Gaseous
Kadiatisn Monitor
I
45. 061 A M 0 1 00111R/ARM RAD MONITOWMEM  
~_
3.5/3.7/W/SR04301/IUMAR/ST)R  
-___  
If a spent fuel assembly is damaged by being dropped in the spent fuel pool, which  
ONE of the following pairs of radiation monitors would indicate an increase in radiation  
level?  
r
A. Spent Fuel Pit Bridge Crane Radiation Monitor and Auxiliary Building Control  
Victoreen Area Radiation Monitor  
B. Ventilation Vent Particulate Radiation Monitor and Auxiliary Building Control  
Victoreen Area Radiation Monitor  
Sur9 (Utility needs to add correct RM equipment numbers.)  
References:  
ND-93.5-LP-1, Pre-TMI Radiation Monitoring System, Rev. 8  
0-AP-22.00, Fuel Handling Abnormal Conditions, Rev. 18  
Q-WM-B3, 1-RM-RI-153 HIGH, Rev. 4  
0-RM-B4, 1-RM-RI-152 HIGH, Rev 8  
Distractor Analysis: (maybe get Some help to provide a little better distractor analysis?)  
A. Incorrect because the Aux Bld Control Victoreen Area Radiation Monitor would not  
show an increased indication.  
B. Incorrect because the Aux Bld Control Victoreen Area Radiation Monitor would not  
show an increased indication.  
C. Correct because both monitors would show an increased indication.  
D. incorrect because a liquid waste process effluent monitor would not see the results  
of the failed fuel.  
061 ARM System Alarms  
AA2.QI : Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Area  
Radiation Monitoring (ARM) System Alarms: ARM panel displays.  
Surry Wequal Bank Question #I 18  


                                                        Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                        DRAFT Sa0 lnital Exam
DRAFT Sa0 lnital Exam  
  46.__
46. __  
      06241.01 001/1/2/EDG 1)IESELMEhI 3.413 8NSR04301IWMABISDR
06241.01  
r
~ 001/1/2/EDG 1)IESELMEhI 3.413 8NSR04301IWMABISDR  
              ~
~
                                                                                          I
~
                          ~      ~                                    ~    ~
~  
      The following conditions weie noted during the performance of 1-OPT-EG-001,
I  
      Number f Emergency Diesel Generator Monthly Start Exercise Test:
~  
      - The EBG was loaded at a rate sf 550 KW/MIN
r
      - The Maximum load attained was 2650 KW
The following conditions weie noted during the performance of 1 -OPT-EG-001,  
      .. The Maximum KVAR was 508 KVAR out
Number f Emergency Diesel Generator Monthly Start Exercise Test:  
      - The output voltage was stable at 4300 VAC
- The EBG was loaded at a rate sf 550 KW/MIN  
      Which ONE of the following was in violation of the EBG Precautions and Limitations
- The Maximum load attained was 2650 KW  
      per 1-0QV-EG-OOI ?
.. The Maximum KVAR was 508 KVAR out  
      A Load Rate
- The output voltage was stable at 4300 VAC  
      8. Maximum Load
Which ONE of the following was in violation of the EBG Precautions and Limitations  
I
per 1 -0QV-EG-OOI ?  
      C. Maximum KVAR out
A Load Rate  
      D. Output voltage
8. Maximum Load  
I
C. Maximum KVAR out  
      surry
D. Output voltage  
      References:
I  
      1-OPT-EG-001 Number 1 Emergency Diesel Generator Monthly Start Exercise Test,
I
                        I
surry  
          Rev. 24
References:  
      1-QP-EG-001, Number 1 Emergency Diesel Generator, Rev. 17
1 -OPT-EG-001  
      Distractor Analysis:
I Number 1 Emergency Diesel Generator Monthly Start Exercise Test,  
      A. Correct because the loading rate should not exceed 500 KW/MIN during normal
Rev. 24  
          operations.
1-QP-EG-001, Number 1 Emergency Diesel Generator, Rev. 17  
      B. Incorrect because rnax load rating is 2750 KW.
Distractor Analysis:  
      6. Incorrect because rnax KVAR out is 500 KVAR.
A. Correct because the loading rate should not exceed 500 KW/MIN during normal  
      D. Incorrect because output voltage shsuld be maintained between 4800 and 4400
operations.  
          VAC .
B. Incorrect because rnax load rating is 2750 KW.  
      062 A 6 Electrical Distribution
6. Incorrect because rnax KVAR out is 500 KVAR.  
      Al.01: Ability to predict and / or monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding
D. Incorrect because output voltage shsuld be maintained between 4800 and 4400  
      design limits) associated with operating the ac distribution system controls including:
VAC .  
      Significant D/G Isad limits.
062 A 6 Electrical Distribution  
Al.01: Ability to predict and / or monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding  
design limits) associated with operating the ac distribution system controls including:  
Significant D/G Isad limits.  


              -   -
-
                                                      Scerry Nuclear Plant 2004-301
-
                                                      DRAFT SRO lnital Exam
47.-~
Scerry Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
  062AA1 06 001/1/1/SERVICE
DRAFT SRO lnital Exam  
                _    ~    -
47. 062AA1 06 001/1/1/SERVICE WATER/MEM 2.9/2.9/U/SR~3301IRIMAU/SDR  
                              WATER/MEM
_
                                -  _
-
                                        2.9/2.9/U/SR~3301IRIMAU/SDR
-~ _
                                        _     .   _   _ -
~
                                                                        __    -      ~
-
  The following Unit 1 conditions exist:
-
    ~ Power = 100%
_
    - During testing, an Intake Canal Low Level Isolation Signal is inadvertently actuated
_
  Which ONE of the following correctly states the plant response caused by the Low
.
    Level lsolatisn Signal?
_
  A. 1-SW-MOV-l02A and B (CCHX and SW-P-4 Supply) will close and can only be
_
      reopened after 5 minutes.
-  
  B. l-SW-MQV-102A and B (CCHX and SW-P-4 Supply) will go to 25% open and can
~  
      be fully opened after 5 minutes.
The following Unit 1 conditions exist:  
  CY 1-SW-MOV-lWA and B (CCHX and SW-P-4 Supply) will close and can be
- During testing, an Intake Canal Low Level Isolation Signal is inadvertently actuated  
      reopened when the low level signal is reset.
Which ONE of the following correctly states the plant response caused by the Low  
  D. 1-SW-MOV-l02A and B (CCHX and SW-P-4 Supply) will go 25% open and can be
Level lsolatisn Signal?  
      fully opened when the low level signal is reset.
~
  Suvy (Utility needs to verify technical accuracy and provide any additional reference
Power = 100%
  material (electrical print?)).
A. 1 -SW-MOV-l02A and B (CCHX and SW-P-4 Supply) will close and can only be  
  References:
reopened after 5 minutes.  
  ND-89.5-LP-2, Sewice Water System, Rev. 20
B. l-SW-MQV-102A and B (CCHX and SW-P-4 Supply) will go to 25% open and can  
  Distractor Analysis:
be fully opened after 5 minutes.  
  A. Incorrect because the valves will C ~ Q S but
CY 1 -SW-MOV-lWA and B (CCHX and SW-P-4 Supply) will close and can be  
                                                  ~ , cannot be re-opened until Canal Low
reopened when the low level signal is reset.  
      bevel Isolation Signal is cleared. If the valves would have been closed due to a
D. 1 -SW-MOV-l02A and B (CCHX and SW-P-4 Supply) will go 25% open and can be  
      CLS, then they could have been re-opened after 5 minutes even without the CLS
fully opened when the low level signal is reset.  
      cleared.
Suvy (Utility needs to verify technical accuracy and provide any additional reference  
  B. Incorrect because the valves will go fully closed.
material (electrical print?)).  
  C. Correct because the valves will close, but cannot be re-opened until Calaal Low
References:  
      Level Isolation Signal is cleared. If the valves would have been closed due to a
ND-89.5-LP-2, Sewice Water System, Rev. 20  
      CLS, then they could be opened after five minutes without resetting CLS.
Distractor Analysis:  
  B. Incorrect because, as states above, the valves will close.
A. Incorrect because the valves will C ~ Q S ~ ,
  062 Loss of Nuclear Svc Water
but cannot be re-opened until Canal Low  
  AAl .06: Ability to operate and / or monitor the following as they apply lo the Loss of
bevel Isolation Signal is cleared. If the valves would have been closed due to a  
  Nuclear Sewice Water (SWS): Control of flow rates to components cooled by the
CLS, then they could have been re-opened after 5 minutes even without the CLS  
  SWS.
cleared.  
B. Incorrect because the valves will go fully closed.  
C. Correct because the valves will close, but cannot be re-opened until Calaal Low  
Level Isolation Signal is cleared. If the valves would have been closed due to a  
CLS, then they could be opened after five minutes without resetting CLS.  
B. Incorrect because, as states above, the valves will close.  
062 Loss of Nuclear Svc Water  
AAl .06: Ability to operate and / or monitor the following as they apply lo the Loss of  
Nuclear Sewice Water (SWS): Control of flow rates to components cooled by the  
SWS.  


                                                                  Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-381
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-381  
                                                                  DRAFT SRO Inital Exam
DRAFT SRO Inital Exam  
48.
48. 063A4.01 00112f
-063A4.01
~  
        ~
1IEREAKERSICIA  
                00112f 1IEREAKERSICIA
-  
                    ~      -     ~   28 / 3 . l C N i S R ~ O l ~ Y I l S U R _ -   __   -   __
~  
    Unit 1 was operating at 68% power when the following plant conditions developed:
2 8 / 3 . l C N i S R ~ O l ~ Y I l S U R _
    - I K-A7, BATB SYSTEM I A TROUBLE, alarm annunciates
- __ - __  
    - "A" SG PORV Indicating tights are not lit
Unit 1 was operating at 68% power when the following plant conditions developed:  
    - MSTV Indicating bights are not lit
- I K-A7, BATB SYSTEM I A TROUBLE, alarm annunciates  
    - POWV 1455C/1456 Indicating Lights are not lit
- "A" SG PORV Indicating tights are not lit  
    - "A", "D", and "H" Breaker Indicating Lights are not lit
- MSTV Indicating bights are not lit  
    - There is no indicated letdown flow
- POWV 1455C/1456 Indicating Lights are not lit  
    - The Turbine Driven AFW Pump is running
- "A", "D", and "H" Breaker Indicating Lights are not lit  
    Which ONE of the following describes the plant conditions assuming no other failures
- There is no indicated letdown flow  
    in addition to the cause of the above conditions?
- The Turbine Driven AFW Pump is running  
    A.' The reactor will automatically trip. The turbine will automatically trip when the
-
          reactor is manually tripped.
~
    B. The turbine will automatically trip. The reactor will automatically trip due to the
Which ONE of the following describes the plant conditions assuming no other failures  
          automatic turbine trip.
in addition to the cause of the above conditions?  
    C. The reactor must be manually tripped. The turbine must also be manually tripped.
A.' The reactor will automatically trip. The turbine will automatically trip when the  
    3. The reactor will automatically trip. The turbine will not automatically trip and must
reactor is manually tripped.  
          be manually tripped.
B. The turbine will automatically trip. The reactor will automatically trip due to the  
    Surly
C. The reactor must be manually tripped. The turbine must also be manually tripped.  
    ReBerences:
automatic turbine trip.
    ND-90.3-LP-6, 125 Vdc Distribution, Rev. 18
3. The reactor will automatically trip. The turbine will not automatically trip and must  
    Distractor Analysis:
be manually tripped.  
    A. Correct because the reactor will automatically trip on loss of voltage to the "A" RTB
Surly  
          UV coil to a loss of the "A" DC Bus (see ND-90.3-LP-6). The turbine will not trip
ReBe rences :  
          until the reactor is manually tripped in accordance with E-0.
ND-90.3-LP-6, 125 Vdc Distribution, Rev. 18  
    B. Incorrect because the reactor will automatically trip due to loss of voltage to the "A"
Distractor Analysis:  
          RTB UV coil due to the loss of the "A" dc Bus.
A. Correct because the reactor will automatically trip on loss of voltage to the "A" RTB  
    e.   lmcorrect because the reactor does not need to be manually tripped to trip the
UV coil to a loss of the "A" DC Bus (see ND-90.3-LP-6). The turbine will not trip  
          reactor and the turbine will automatically trip when the reactor is tripped per E-0.
until the reactor is manually tripped in accordance with E-0.  
    D. lncorrect because the turbine does not need lo be manually tripped. The turbine
B. Incorrect because the reactor will automatically trip due to loss of voltage to the "A"  
          will trip when the reactor is manually tripped in E-0 or when the other train of RPS
RTB UV coil due to the loss of the "A" dc Bus.  
          occurs due to low SG levels.
e. lmcorrect because the reactor does not need to be manually tripped to trip the  
    063 DC Electrical Distribution
reactor and the turbine will automatically trip when the reactor is tripped per E-0.  
    A4.01: Ability to manually operate and / or monitor in the control room: Major breakers
D. lncorrect because the turbine does not need lo be manually tripped. The turbine  
    and control power fuses.
will trip when the reactor is manually tripped in E-0 or when the other train of RPS  
occurs due to low SG levels.  
063 DC Electrical Distribution  
A4.01: Ability to manually operate and / or monitor in the control room: Major breakers  
and control power fuses.  


                                                  Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                  DRAFT SRO M a l Exam
DRAFT SRO M a l Exam  
The following plant conditions exist:
The following plant conditions exist:  
~ Bus 1J1 voltage drops to 407 volts and returns to 480 volts seven seconds later and
~ Bus 1J1 voltage drops to 407 volts and returns to 480 volts seven seconds later and  
  remains stable
- Bus 2J1-1 voltage is 441 volts and stable  
- Bus 2J1-1 voltage is 441 volts and stable
Which ONE of the following correctly states the source of power for Diesel Generator  
Which ONE of the following correctly states the source of power for Diesel Generator
#3's Air Compressors?  
#3'sAir Compressors?
remains stable
A. Bus 1J1 remained the power supply throughout the seven second voltage drop.
A. Bus 1 J1 remained the power supply throughout the seven second voltage drop.  
B. Six seconds after the voltage dropped on Bus tJ1, Bus 2J1-1 became the power
B. Six seconds after the voltage dropped on Bus tJ1, Bus 2J1-1 became the power  
  supply. Bus 2J1-1 will remain the power supply until manually transferred back to
supply. Bus 2J1-1 will remain the power supply until manually transferred back to  
  Bus 1J1
Bus 1J1  
CI Six seconds after the voltage dropped an Bus 4J1, Bus 2J1-1 became the power
CI Six seconds after the voltage dropped an Bus 4J1, Bus 2J1-1 became the power  
  supply. Bus 2J1-1 will remain the power supply for 30 minutes with Bus 1J1 greater
supply. Bus 2J1-1 will remain the power supply for 30 minutes with Bus 1J1 greater  
  than 440 volts, at which time it will automatically return to Bus 1J1.
than 440 volts, at which time it will automatically return to Bus 1 J1.  
5. Six seconds after the voltage dropped on Bus 1J1, Bus 2J1-1 became the power
5. Six seconds after the voltage dropped on Bus 1 J1, Bus 2J1-1 became the power  
  supply. Bus 2J1-I will remain the power supply for six seconds with Bus 1J1
supply. Bus 2J1-I will remain the power supply for six seconds with Bus 1 J1
  greater than 440 volts, at which time it will automatically return to Bus fJ1.
greater than 440 volts, at which time it will automatically return to Bus fJ1.  


                                                Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                DRAFT SRO lnital Exam
DRAFT SRO lnital Exam  
Surry
Surry  
References:
References:  
ND-90.3-LP-1, Emergency Diesel Generator, Rev. 14
ND-90.3-LP-1, Emergency Diesel Generator, Rev. 14  
P&IB 11448-FE-IAA, Appendix W Evaluation Electrical One Line Diagram Surry Power
P&IB 11448-FE-IAA, Appendix W Evaluation Electrical One Line Diagram Surry Power  
  Station Unit 1, Rev. 23
P&lB 11448-FE-1 P1,480V One Line Diagram MCC 1 J1 -lA Surry Power Station Unit 1,  
P&lB 11448-FE-1P1,480V One Line Diagram MCC 1J1-lA Surry Power Station Unit 1,
Station Unit 1, Rev. 23
  Rev. 4
Rev. 4  
Distractor Ana%ysis:
Distractor Ana%ysis:  
A. Incorrect because 1J1 voltage was less than 41Ov for greater than 6 seconds.
A. Incorrect because 1 J1 voltage was less than 41 Ov for greater than 6 seconds.  
  Therefore, 2J1-1 became the power supply after 6 seconds. The ABT will check for
Therefore, 2J1-1 became the power supply after 6 seconds. The ABT will check for  
  2J1-1 voltage greater than 440v prior to swapping to the alternate power supply.
2J1-1 voltage greater than 440v prior to swapping to the alternate power supply.  
B. Incorrect because this is the alternate power supply and the ABT is a
normal-seeking ABT. Therefore, at the beginning of this sequence, the power  
  normal-seeking ABT. Therefore, at the beginning of this sequence, the power
supply would have been 1 J1.  
  supply would have been 1J1.
Therefore, 2J1-1 became the power supply after six seconds. The ABB will check  
C. Correct because 1J1 voltage was less than 41 Ov for greater than 6 seconds.
for 2J1-I voltage greater than 44th prior to swapping to the alternate power supply.  
  Therefore, 2J1-1 became the power supply after six seconds. The ABB will check
When the normal power supply voltage is restored to > 44Ov, a 30 minute time delay  
  for 2J1-I voltage greater than 44th prior to swapping to the alternate power supply.
is started. If the vottage remains above 44Qv for 30 minutes, then it transfers back  
  When the normal power supply voltage is restored to > 44Ov, a 30 minute time delay
to the normal power supply (131).
  is started. If the vottage remains above 44Qv for 30 minutes, then it transfers back
B. Incorrect because this is the alternate power supply and the ABT is a
  to the normal power supply (131).
C. Correct because 1J1 voltage was less than 41 Ov for greater than 6 seconds.  
D. Incorrect because of the 30 minute time delay mentioned above.
D. Incorrect because of the 30 minute time delay mentioned above.  
064 Emergency Diesel Generator
064 Emergency Diesel Generator  
K2.01: Knowledge of bus power supplies to the following: Air Gompessors.
K2.01: Knowledge of bus power supplies to the following: Air Gompessors.  


                                                    Sur9 Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Sur9 Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                    DRAFT SRO lnital Exam
DRAFT SRO lnital Exam  
The following plant conditions exist:
The following plant conditions exist:  
- Unit 2 /s in intermediate shutdown
- Unit 2 /s in intermediate shutdown  
~ Operators are attempting to warm the RHR system
~ Operators are attempting to warm the RHR system  
- An instrument air leak has developed, but the location is yet to be determined
- An instrument air leak has developed, but the location is yet to be determined  
- An Operator reports the sound of compressed air leaking in the area of the RHR
- An Operator reports the sound of compressed air leaking in the area of the RHR  
  pump platform.
pump platform.  
- 1B-E6, IA LOW HDR PRESSAA COMPR 1 TRBL, has annunciated
- 1B-E6, IA LOW HDR PRESSAA COMPR 1 TRBL, has annunciated  
- Instrument air pressure is approximately stable at 60 psig
- Instrument air pressure is approximately stable at 60 psig  
Which ONE of the following correctly explains the potential effect on warming the RHR
Which ONE of the following correctly explains the potential effect on warming the RHR  
system?
system?  
A. If the air leak is a rupture upstream of the isolation valve for the air supply B o
A. If the air leak is a rupture upstream of the isolation valve for the air supply Bo
    HCV-1758 (RHR Heat Exchanger Outlet Valve), the valve will fail closed. The line
HCV-1758 (RHR Heat Exchanger Outlet Valve), the valve will fail closed. The line  
    may be crimped if the leak will not affect vital control instruments. Operators shoulc
may be crimped if the leak will not affect vital control instruments. Operators shoulc  
    use the portable air bottle, via quick disconnect, to operate the valve.
use the portable air bottle, via quick disconnect, to operate the valve.  
B. If the air leak is a rupture upstream of the isolation valve for the air supply to
B. If the air leak is a rupture upstream of the isolation valve for the air supply to  
    HCV-I 758 (RHR Heat Exchanger Outlet Vaive), the valve will fail open. The line
HCV-I 758 (RHR Heat Exchanger Outlet Vaive), the valve will fail open. The line  
    may be crimped if the leak will not affect vital control instruments. Operators shoulc
may be crimped if the leak will not affect vital control instruments. Operators shoulc  
    use the portable air bottle, via quick disconnect, to operate the valve.
use the portable air bottle, via quick disconnect, to operate the valve.  
CI' If the air Beak is a rupture upstream of the isolation valve for the air supply to
CI' If the air Beak is a rupture upstream of the isolation valve for the air supply to  
    HCV-1642 (CVCS Flow Regulator Control Valve), the valve will fail closed. The line
HCV-1642 (CVCS Flow Regulator Control Valve), the valve will fail closed. The line  
    may be crimped if the leak will not affect vital control instruments.
may be crimped if the leak will not affect vital control instruments.  
D. If the air leak is a rupture upstream of the isolation valve for the air supply to
D. If the air leak is a rupture upstream of the isolation valve for the air supply to  
    HCV-1142 (CVCS Flow Regulator Control Valve), the valve will fail open. The line
HCV-1142 (CVCS Flow Regulator Control Valve), the valve will fail open. The line  
    may be crimped if the leak will not affect vital control instruments.
may be crimped if the leak will not affect vital control instruments.  


                                                  Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                  DRAFT SRO lnital Exam
DRAFT SRO lnital Exam  
Susry
Susry  
Ref erences:
Ref e rences :  
ND-88.2-LP-1, Residual Heat Removal System Description, Rev. 8 (Pages 9, 10, 11)
ND-88.2-LP-1, Residual Heat Removal System Description, Rev. 8 (Pages 9, 10, 11)  
NB-88.2-LP-2, Operation of Residual Heat Removal System, Rev 15
NB-88.2-LP-2, Operation of Residual Heat Removal System, Rev 15  
P&ID 11448-FM-087A Sh 2 of 2, Residual Heat Removal System, Rev. 26
P&ID 11448-FM-087A Sh 2 of 2, Residual Heat Removal System, Rev. 26  
P&IB 11448-FM-075E Sh 1 of 2, Compressed Air System, Rev. 43
P&IB 11 448-FM-075E Sh 1 of 2, Compressed Air System, Rev. 43  
1B-E6, IA LOW HDR PRESS/IA COMPR 1 PRBL, Rev. 9
1B-E6, IA LOW HDR PRESS/IA COMPR 1 PRBL, Rev. 9  
Distractor Analysis:
Distractor Analysis:  
A. Incorrect because HCV-1758 fails open and cannot be operated with a portable air
A. Incorrect because HCV-1758 fails open and cannot be operated with a portable air  
    bottle. Plausible because the applicant may get consfused on which valve in this
bottle. Plausible because the applicant may get consfused on which valve in this  
    flowpath has the portable air bottle feature.
flowpath has the portable air bottle feature.  
B. Incorrect because HCV-1758 cannot be operated with a portable air bottle.
B. Incorrect because HCV-1758 cannot be operated with a portable air bottle.  
    Plausible because the applicant may get consfused OR which valve in this
Plausible because the applicant may get consfused OR which valve in this  
    flowpath has the portable air bottle feature.
flowpath has the portable air bottle feature.  
C. Correct because HCV-1142 is fail closed and this is the flow path for system
C. Correct because HCV-1142 is fail closed and this is the flow path for system  
    warmup. ARP states that leaks may be stopped via crimping if the leak will not
warmup. ARP states that leaks may be stopped via crimping if the leak will not  
    affect vital instrumentation.
affect vital instrumentation.  
D. Incorrect because HCV-1142 fails closed. Plausible because the applicant may get
D. Incorrect because HCV-1142 fails closed. Plausible because the applicant may get  
    confused on failure modes of HCV-1142,especially since it does have a backup air
confused on failure modes of HCV-1142,  
    bottle feature for App. R purposes.
especially since it does have a backup air  
065 Loss of Instrument Air
bottle feature for App. R purposes.  
AA2.01: Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the loss of
065 Loss of Instrument Air  
instrument air: Cause and effect of low pressure instrument air alarm.
AA2.01: Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the loss of  
instrument air: Cause and effect of low pressure instrument air alarm.  


                                                                Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                                DRAFT SRO lnital Exam
DRAFT SRO lnital Exam  
  51. 069G2.4.18 0 0 1 / 1 / 2 & ~KWST CChIEM
51. 069G2.4.18 0 0 1 / 1 / 2 & ~ KWST CChIEM  
                                            ~.2 7 / 3 6/B/SR04301/IP/MAB/SDR
~.  
r                                                                                                 ~
2 7/3 6/B/SR04301/IP/MAB/SDR  
        In FCA-8.00, Limiting Auxiliary Building Fire, if Charging Pump CC Pumps are not
~
        running, the operator is directed to shift charging pump suction to the WWST. Which
r  
        ONE of the following describes the basis for this step?
In FCA-8.00, Limiting Auxiliary Building Fire, if Charging Pump CC Pumps are not  
      A. Suction is shifted to the WWST to maximize boron injection before the charging
running, the operator is directed to shift charging pump suction to the WWST. Which  
            pumps overheat and are lost due to a time-overcurrent breaker trip.
ONE of the following describes the basis for this step?  
        B. Suction is shifted to the RWST to maximize boron injection before the charging
A. Suction is shifted to the WWST to maximize boron injection before the charging  
            pumps overheat and are lost due to a instantanesus-overcur~en~           breaker trip.
pumps overheat and are lost due to a time-overcurrent breaker trip.  
      6.The loss of Charging Pump CC will eventually result in a loss of VCT level due to a
B. Suction is shifted to the RWST to maximize boron injection before the charging  
            loss of makeup; therefore suction is shifted to the RWST.
pumps overheat and are lost due to a instantanesus-overcur~en~  
        D? The RWST supplies cooler water to the Charging Pumps; thereby minimizing the
breaker trip.  
          cooling requirements for the Charging Pumps.
6.  
~         ~           .~           ~~~                         ~~~
The loss of Charging Pump CC will eventually result in a loss of VCT level due to a  
      Surry (Utility needs to verify technical acuracy and supply additional supporting material
loss of makeup; therefore suction is shifted to the RWST.  
      if any is availble.)
D? The RWST supplies cooler water to the Charging Pumps; thereby minimizing the  
      Refernces:
cooling requirements for the Charging Pumps.  
      ND-95.6-LP-3, Safe Shutdown Fire FCAs, Rev. 5
~  
      0-FCA-8.00, Limiting Auxiliary Building Fire, Rev. 13
~  
      Distractor Analysis:
.~  
      A. Incorrect because the concern is with overheating the pump, not maximizing boron
~~~  
            injection prior to the pump overheating. Supplying cooler RWST water will reduce
~~~  
          the pump temperatures.
Surry (Utility needs to verify technical acuracy and supply additional supporting material  
      B. Incorrect because the concern is with overheating the pump, not maximizing boron
if any is availble.)  
            injection prior to the pump overheating. Supplying cooler RWST water will reduce
Refernces:  
          the pump temperatures.
ND-95.6-LP-3, Safe Shutdown Fire FCAs, Rev. 5  
      C. lncorrect because VCT level will not be reduced as a result of no E.
0-FCA-8.00, Limiting Auxiliary Building Fire, Rev. 13  
      B. Correct because cooler RWST water will help reduce pump temps when CC is lost.
Distractor Analysis:  
      069 Plant Fire On-Site
A. Incorrect because the concern is with overheating the pump, not maximizing boron  
      G2.4.18: Knowledge of specific bases for EOPs.
injection prior to the pump overheating. Supplying cooler RWST water will reduce  
the pump temperatures.  
B. Incorrect because the concern is with overheating the pump, not maximizing boron  
injection prior to the pump overheating. Supplying cooler RWST water will reduce  
the pump temperatures.  
C. lncorrect because VCT level will not be reduced as a result of no E.  
B. Correct because cooler RWST water will help reduce pump temps when CC is lost.  
069 Plant Fire On-Site  
G2.4.18: Knowledge of specific bases for EOPs.  


                                                            Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                            DRAFT SRO lnital Exam
DRAFT SRO lnital Exam  
    52._068134 01-__
52. 068134 01 001/212/RADIh?'ION MONITOR/C/A 3.4/4.I/R/SR093C)l~ABISDR  
  - _            001/212/RADIh?'ION
                          ~    _ MONITOR/C/A
                                      _    _    _                        ~
                                                  3.4/4.I/R/SR093C)l~ABISDR           ~    _ _
        The following Conditions exist:
        - Both Units are at 180% P0wer
        - Unit I Operators have discovered indication of a small tube leak in the "A" Steam
          Generator for their Unit
        - Spent Fuel is being moved in the Spent Fuel Storage Pool to facilitate rack
          inspections
        - O-RM-M4, 1-VG-Wl-104 HIGH, alarms
        - All Radiation Monitors appear to be operating satisfactorily
        - Ventilation and Radiation Monitors are in their normal alignment
I      Which ONE of the following could cause RM-VG-104 (#I Vent Stack RM) to detect
        higher than normal activity?
        A. A Steam Generator Tube Leak on Unit 1.
        BY A spill of high activity coolant in the Chemistry Hot Lab.
        C. A spill of high activity coolant in the High Rad Sample System Room.
        B. A dropped fuel assembly in the fuel building.
~
~
    ~   _     _   _ ~       -             -       _ _ _~   _ _     ~~~                -~
~
_
_
-__
~
_
_
_
_
- _ _ 
The following Conditions exist:
- Both Units are at 180% P0wer
- Unit I Operators have discovered indication of a small tube leak in the "A" Steam
Generator for their Unit
- Spent Fuel is being moved in the Spent Fuel Storage Pool to facilitate rack
inspections
- O-RM-M4, 1 -VG-Wl-104 HIGH, alarms
- All Radiation Monitors appear to be operating satisfactorily
- Ventilation and Radiation Monitors are in their normal alignment
Which ONE of the following could cause RM-VG-104 (#I Vent Stack RM) to detect
higher than normal activity?
I
A. A Steam Generator Tube Leak on Unit 1.
BY A spill of high activity coolant in the Chemistry Hot Lab.
C. A spill of high activity coolant in the High Rad Sample System Room.
B. A dropped fuel assembly in the fuel building.
~  
~~~
-~
-
-
~
_ _ _ _ _
~
_
_
_
~  


                                                Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                DRAFT SRO lnital Exam
DRAFT SRO lnital Exam  
Sur9
Sur9  
References:
References:  
O-RM-M4, I -VG-Rl-I 04 HIGH?Rev. 2
O-RM-M4, I -VG-Rl-I 04 HIGH? Rev. 2  
0-AP-22.00, Fuel Handling Abnormat Conditions, Rev. 18
0-AP-22.00, Fuel Handling Abnormat Conditions, Rev. 18  
ND-95.3-LP-1, $re-TMI Radiation Monitoring System, Rev. 8
ND-95.3-LP-1, $re-TMI Radiation Monitoring System, Rev. 8  
Distractor Analysis:
Distractor Analysis:  
A. Incorrect because the normal configuration for the ventilation system would not
A. Incorrect because the normal configuration for the ventilation system would not  
    have Main Condenser Air Ejector aligned to discharge to the Number 1 Vent Stack
have Main Condenser Air Ejector aligned to discharge to the Number 1 Vent Stack  
    upstream of Radiation Monitor 1-VG-RM-I 04.
upstream of Radiation Monitor 1 -VG-RM-I 04.  
B. Correct because O-RM-ld14 alarming could be caused by a coolant spill in the Chem
B. Correct because O-RM-ld14 alarming could be caused by a coolant spill in the Chem  
    Hot Lab according to the ARP.
Hot Lab according to the ARP.  
C. Incorrect a spill in the High Radiation Sample System Room would not cause this
C. Incorrect a spill in the High Radiation Sample System Room would not cause this  
    alarm according to the ARP.
alarm according to the ARP.  
D. Incorrect because fuel clad damage would not be detected by RM-VG-104 when in
D. Incorrect because fuel clad damage would not be detected by RM-VG-104 when in  
    its normal configuration. 0-AP-22.80 does not list WM-VG-104 as a potential means
its normal configuration. 0-AP-22.80 does not list WM-VG-104 as a potential means  
    of indication for damaged fuel clad.
of indication for damaged fuel clad.  
068 Liquid Wadwaste
068 Liquid Wadwaste  
K4.01: Knowledge of design feature@)and / or interlock(sj which provide for the
K4.01: Knowledge of design feature@) and / or interlock(sj which provide for the  
following: Safety and environmental precautions for handling hot, acidic, and
following: Safety and environmental precautions for handling hot, acidic, and  
radioactive liquids.
radioactive liquids.  
Sur9 Wequal Exam Bank Question #462 (ID:ARP0076)
Sur9 Wequal Exam Bank Question #462 (ID:ARP0076)  


                                                          S u n y Nuclear Plant 2064-301
Suny Nuclear Plant 2064-301  
                                                          DRAFT SRO lnital Exam
DRAFT SRO lnital Exam  
  53. 07 1K4.06 OOlI2I2iWASTE GAS GASEOUSiMEM
53.  
                                    ___          2.7/3.5:N/SRO4301/R/MA13/SDR
~ 07 1K4.06 OOlI2I2iWASTE  
                                                                          -_
~
r
GAS GASEOUSiMEM  
    ~            ~
~
                                            ~        ~
2.7/3.5:N/SRO4301/R/MA13/SDR  
                                                                                    ~
~
        A discharge of a waste gas decay tank is in progress when RM-GW-101 reaches the
-_  
        high alarm setpoint and alarm O-RM-M3, 1-GW-RI-I 01 HIGH, annunciates. Which
___
        ONE of the following is NOT an automatic action initiated by the high radiation fevets
~  
        from the waste gas decay tank release?
A discharge of a waste gas decay tank is in progress when RM-GW-101 reaches the  
t
high alarm setpoint and alarm O-RM-M3, 1 -GW-RI-I 01 HIGH, annunciates. Which  
        A. 1-GW-FCV-101,Decay Tank Bleed Isolation Valve, closes.
ONE of the following is NOT an automatic action initiated by the high radiation fevets  
        B. 1-GW-FCV-I60,CTMT Vacuum Pump Discharge Isolation Valve closes.
from the waste gas decay tank release?  
        C. 1-GW-FCV-260, CTMP Vacuum Pump Discharge Isolation Valve, closes.
r
        D l Associated vacuum pumps trip.
t  
      Surry (Utility needs to verify technical accuracy)
A. 1-GW-FCV-101, Decay Tank Bleed Isolation Valve, closes.  
        References:
B. 1 -GW-FCV-I 60,  
        ND-92.4-LP-1, Gaseous and Liquid Waste Processing Systems, Rev. 8
CTMT Vacuum Pump Discharge Isolation Valve closes.  
        ND-93.5-LP-1, Pre-TMI Radiation Monitoring System, Rev. 8
C. 1 -GW-FCV-260, CTMP Vacuum Pump Discharge Isolation Valve, closes.  
      0-RM-KS, 1-GW-81-181 HIGH, Rev. 0
D l Associated vacuum pumps trip.  
      Distractor Analysis:
Surry (Utility needs to verify technical accuracy)  
      A. Incorrect because according to ARP, this valve will close on reaching the high alarm
References:  
            setpoint.
ND-92.4-LP-1, Gaseous and Liquid Waste Processing Systems, Rev. 8  
      B. Incorrect because according to AWP,this valve will close QIB reaching the high alarm
ND-93.5-LP-1, Pre-TMI Radiation Monitoring System, Rev. 8  
            setpoint.
0-RM-KS, 1-GW-81-181 HIGH, Rev. 0  
      C. Incorrect because acording to ARP, this valve will close on reaching the high alarm
Distractor Analysis:  
            setpoint.
A. Incorrect because according to ARP, this valve will close on reaching the high alarm  
      B. Correct because the pumps must be manually secured if GW-160 or GW-260 are
B. Incorrect because according to AWP, this valve will close QIB reaching the high alarm  
            closed. This info is in a CAUTION in the AWP and a step is provided in the ARP to
C. Incorrect because acording to ARP, this valve will close on reaching the high alarm  
            secure the pumps following the closure of GW-I 60 / 260.
B. Correct because the pumps must be manually secured if GW-160 or GW-260 are  
      071 Gaseous and Liquid Waste Processing Systems
setpoint.
      K4.86: Knowledge of design(s) features and / 01 interlocks which provide for the
setpoint.
      following: Sampling and monitoring of waste gas release tanks.
setpoint.
closed. This info is in a CAUTION in the AWP and a step is provided in the ARP to  
secure the pumps following the closure of GW-I 60 / 260.  
071 Gaseous and Liquid Waste Processing Systems  
K4.86: Knowledge of design(s) features and / 01 interlocks which provide for the  
following: Sampling and monitoring of waste gas release tanks.  


                                          -
-  
                                                    Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-381
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-381  
                                                    DRAFT SRO lnital Exam
DRAFT SRO lnital Exam  
  Which ONE of the following is sufficient conclusive indication to warrant a correct entry
Which ONE of the following is sufficient conclusive indication to warrant a correct entry  
  into AP-16.08, Excessive RCS Leakage?
into AP-16.08, Excessive RCS Leakage?  
  A. Rising containment humidity, rising containment temperature, and rising
A. Rising containment humidity, rising containment temperature, and rising  
      containment pressure.
containment pressure.  
  B." Rising steam generator water level, rising charging flow, and rising Condenser Air
B." Rising steam generator water level, rising charging flow, and rising Condenser Air  
      Ejector Radiation Monitor reading.
Ejector Radiation Monitor reading.  
! C. Rising Condenser Air Ejector Radiation Monitor reading, rising steam generator
!  
      blowdown radiation monitor reading, and stable containment pressure.
C. Rising Condenser Air Ejector Radiation Monitor reading, rising steam generator  
  D. Rising containment sump level, lowering pressurizer pressure, and rising
blowdown radiation monitor reading, and stable containment pressure.  
      containment pressure.
D. Rising containment sump level, lowering pressurizer pressure, and rising  
  Surry
containment pressure.  
  References:
Surry  
  1-A$-1 6.00, Excessive RCS Leakage, Rev. 11
References:  
  1-A$-24.0(4, Minor SG Tube Leak, Rev. 8
1 -A$-1 6.00, Excessive RCS Leakage, Rev. 11  
  1- E O , Reactor Trip or Safety Injection, Rev. 46
1 -A$-24.0(4, Minor SG Tube Leak, Rev. 8  
  ND-93.5-LP-1, Pre-TMI Radiation Monitoring System, Rev. 8
1 - E O , Reactor Trip or Safety Injection, Rev. 46  
  Distractor Analysis:
ND-93.5-LP-1, Pre-TMI Radiation Monitoring System, Rev. 8  
  A. Incorrect because a steam line break can cause containment humidity, temperature,
Distractor Analysis:  
      and pressure to rise. Distractor is plausible because these are all possible for an
A. Incorrect because a steam line break can cause containment humidity, temperature,  
      RCS leak.
and pressure to rise. Distractor is plausible because these are all possible for an  
  B. Correct because SG water level is indication that there may be a tube leak or
RCS leak.  
      steam/feed mismatch. The charging flow and Air Ejector Wad monitor corroborates
steam/feed mismatch. The charging flow and Air Ejector Wad monitor corroborates  
      that the problem is tube leakage.
that the problem is tube leakage.  
  C. Incorrect because these parameters are indications that there may be a tube
C. Incorrect because these parameters are indications that there may be a tube  
      leak; however, these same indications may present themselves with a fuel failure or
leak; however, these same indications may present themselves with a fuel failure or  
      crud burst. Distractor is plausible because these parameters may indicate as
crud burst. Distractor is plausible because these parameters may indicate as  
      stated if RCS leakage actually exists. Distractor is incorrect because these
stated if RCS leakage actually exists. Distractor is incorrect because these  
      parameter trends may be caused by increased RCS activity.
parameter trends may be caused by increased RCS activity.  
  D. Incorrect because the Combination of these parameters may be caused by a
D. Incorrect because the Combination of these parameters may be caused by a  
      steam leaidbreak. Distractor is plausible because these parameters may actually
steam leaidbreak. Distractor is plausible because these parameters may actually  
      change as indicated during an 86% leak.
change as indicated during an 86% leak.  
  073 Process Radiation Monitoring
B. Correct because SG water level is indication that there may be a tube leak or
  62.12 3 : Ability to perform specific system and integrated plant procedures during all
073 Process Radiation Monitoring  
  modes of plant operation.
62.1 23: Ability to perform specific system and integrated plant procedures during all  
modes of plant operation.  


                                                  Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                  5 R A R SRO Inital Exam
5 R A R SRO Inital Exam  
Hydrogen peroxide has just been added to Unit 2 RCS resulting in an increase in the
Hydrogen peroxide has just been added to Unit 2 RCS resulting in an increase in the  
primary coolant activity. The first indication that the activity level has increased will be
primary coolant activity. The first indication that the activity level has increased will be  
seen on the                 and the team should
seen on the  
A. Containment particulate radiation monitor; increase flow through the letdown cation
and the team should  
    bed.
A. Containment particulate radiation monitor; increase flow through the letdown cation  
BY Letdown radiation monitor; monitor letdown filter differential pressure.
bed.  
C. Letdown radiation monitor; monitor seal return filter differential pressure.
BY Letdown radiation monitor; monitor letdown filter differential pressure.  
5. Containment particulate radiation monitor; decrease flow through the letdown cation
C. Letdown radiation monitor; monitor seal return filter differential pressure.  
    bed.
5. Containment particulate radiation monitor; decrease flow through the letdown cation  
Surry
bed.  
Ref@rences:
Surry  
ND-93.05-LP-1, Pre-TMI Radiation Monitoring System
Ref@ re nces :  
ND-88.3-LP-3, Seal Injection, Rev. 6
ND-93.05-LP-1, Pre-TMI Radiation Monitoring System  
Distractor Analysis:
ND-88.3-LP-3, Seal Injection, Rev. 6  
A. Incorrect because containment particulate radiation monitor would not change
Distractor Analysis:  
    significantly.
A. Incorrect because containment particulate radiation monitor would not change  
B. Correct because letdown radiation monitors would indicate quickly due to hydrogen
significantly.  
    peroxide increasing reactor coolant activity and letdown filter dP would also rise.
B. Correct because letdown radiation monitors would indicate quickly due to hydrogen  
C. Incorrect because the hydrogen peroxide should not affect the seal return dP, at
peroxide increasing reactor coolant activity and letdown filter dP would also rise.  
    least not as readily or as SOOR as the letdown filter dP. There is 8 gal of CVCS
C. Incorrect because the hydrogen peroxide should not affect the seal return dP, at  
    water that goes to each RCP for seal injection. Five ot these gallons flows down
least not as readily or as SOOR as the letdown filter dP. There is 8 gal of CVCS  
    the shaft past the thermal barrier and ends up in the WCS. The other three gallons
water that goes to each RCP for seal injection. Five ot these gallons flows down  
    eventually passes through the seal return filter. The CVCS water that enters the
the shaft past the thermal barrier and ends up in the WCS. The other three gallons  
    RCP seal area has already been filtered prior to getting to the RCP seals. This
eventually passes through the seal return filter. The CVCS water that enters the  
    prefiltesing is designed to protect the seals. The water corning from the
RCP seal area has already been filtered prior to getting to the RCP seals. This  
    RCP seal area should be relatively clean CVCS water. not RCS water; therefore
prefiltesing is designed to protect the seals. The water corning from the  
    making the seal return filter a relatively poor indicator of a crud burst.
RCP seal area should be relatively clean CVCS water. not RCS water; therefore  
D. Incorrect because containment particulate radiation monitor Would not change
making the seal return filter a relatively poor indicator of a crud burst.
    significantly.
significantly.  
Surry Bank 1L.T Exam Question #I 606
D. Incorrect because containment particulate radiation monitor Would not change  
076 High Reactor Coolant
Surry Bank 1L.T Exam Question #I 606  
AK2.01: Knowledge of the interrelations between the High Reactor Coolant Activity
076 High Reactor Coolant  
and the following: Process radiation monitors.
AK2.01: Knowledge of the interrelations between the High Reactor Coolant Activity  
and the following: Process radiation monitors.  


                                                            Sur9 Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Sur9 Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                            DRAFT SRO lnital Exam
DRAFT SRO lnital Exam  
  56. 046K2.04 001/211/SERVICE WATERICI.4
56. 046K2.04 001/211/SERVICE  
                                ___      2 5/2.6/NlSR04301/R/1C1.413/SDK
~
r-
WATERICI.4 2 5/2.6/NlSR04301/R/1C1.413/SDK  
      .~           ~                                                    ~
~
                                                                                ~
.~  
      The following Unit 1 conditions exist:
___
      - A Large Break LOCA occurred 45 minutes ags
~  
      - Recirculation Spray is operating
The following Unit 1 conditions exist:  
      - MCC 11-11-2 de-energizes
- A Large Break LOCA occurred 45 minutes ags  
      Which ONE of the following correctly describes the impact on Sewice Water to and
- Recirculation Spray is operating  
      from the Wecirc Spray Heat Exchangers?
- MCC 11-11 -2 de-energizes  
      A! Recirc Spray Heat Exchanger I-RS-E-1A Sewice Water Inlet (MQV-SW-104A) t
Which ONE of the following correctly describes the impact on Sewice Water to and  
          Outlet (MOV-SW-105641) Valves de-energize.
from the Wecirc Spray Heat Exchangers?  
      B. Wecirc Spray Heat Exchanger 1-RS-E-lB Service Water Inlet (MOV-SW-184B) i
r-
          Outlet (MOV-SW-1058) Valves de-energize.
A! Recirc Spray Heat Exchanger I-RS-E-1A Sewice Water Inlet (MQV-SW-104A) t  
      C. Recirc Spray Heat Exchanger Service Water lnlet (MOV-SW-103.4) and Recirc
Outlet (MOV-SW-105641) Valves de-energize.  
          Spray Heat Exchanger 1-RS-E-I A Sewice Water lnlet (MOV-SW-104A) Valves
B. Wecirc Spray Heat Exchanger 1 -RS-E-l B Service Water Inlet (MOV-SW-184B) i  
          de-energize.
Outlet (MOV-SW-1058) Valves de-energize.  
      D. Recirc Spray Heat Exchanger Service Water Inlet (MOV-SW-1033) and Recirc
C. Recirc Spray Heat Exchanger Service Water lnlet (MOV-SW-103.4) and Recirc  
          Spray Heat Exchanger 1-RS--I B Service Water Inlet (MOV-SW-IQ4B) Valves
Spray Heat Exchanger 1 -RS-E-I A Sewice Water lnlet (MOV-SW-104A) Valves  
          de-energize.
de-energize.  
      SUP9
D. Recirc Spray Heat Exchanger Service Water Inlet (MOV-SW-1033) and Recirc  
      References:
Spray Heat Exchanger 1 -RS--I B Service Water Inlet (MOV-SW-IQ4B) Valves  
      ND-91-LP-6, Recirculation Spray System, Rev. 9
de-energize.  
      ND-89.5-LP-2, Service Water System, Rev. 20
S U P 9 
      P&ID 1 1448-FE-1M, Sh 1 of 1, 48OV Qne Line Diagram Surry Power Station - Unit 1
References:  
          Rev. 59
ND-91 -LP-6, Recirculation Spray System, Rev. 9  
      $&ID 11448-FE-1L, Sk 1 of 1 480V One Line Diagram Surry Power Station - Unit 1,
ND-89.5-LP-2, Service Water System, Rev. 20  
                                    I
P&ID 1 1448-FE-1 M, Sh 1 of 1, 48OV Qne Line Diagram Surry Power Station - Unit 1  
          Rev. 52
$&ID 1 1448-FE-1 L, Sk 1 of 1 I 480V One Line Diagram Surry Power Station - Unit 1,  
      Bistractor Analysis:
Rev. 59
      A. Correct because MBV-SW-104A and 1Q5A are both powered from 1HI-2.
Rev. 52  
      3. Incorrect because MOV-SW-IQ4Band 185B are both powered from 1J1-2.
Bistractor Analysis:  
      C. Incorrect because MOV-SW-103A is powered from 1H1-1.
A. Correct because MBV-SW-104A and 1Q5A are both powered from 1 HI-2.  
      5. Encorrect because MOV-SW-103B is powered from 1J1-1 and MOV-SW-I045 is
3. Incorrect because MOV-SW-IQ4B and 185B are both powered from 1J1-2.  
          powered from 1J1-2.
C. Incorrect because MOV-SW-103A is powered from 1 H1-1.  
      676 Service Water
5. Encorrect because MOV-SW-103B is powered from 1J1-1 and MOV-SW-I045 is  
      K2.04: Knowledge of bus power supplies to the following: Reactor building closed
powered from 1J1-2.  
    coo Iin g water .
676 Service Water  
K2.04: Knowledge of bus power supplies to the following: Reactor building closed  
coo I i n g water .  


                                                    Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                    DRAFT SRO inital Exam
DRAFT SRO inital Exam  
57.
57.  
__075.44.01
__
          __001/2/1/INSTRUhIENT
075.44.01  
                  ~      __    ALIP/C/A
__ 001/2/1/INSTRUhIENT  
                                -      - 3-1/3.1/B/SW04301RMBB/SDR
ALIP/C/A 3 1/3.1/B/SW04301RMBB/SDR  
                                              ~       ~.               -     -
~  
    Unit 1 is at 50% power and the team is experiencing problems controlling feedwater
~.  
    flow. An Instrument Air Low Pressure Alarm is received in the Control Room. White
- -
    monitoring Instrument Air pressure, the 80 notes pressure is 50 psig and slowly
~
    Iswering.
__
    Which ONE of the following actions should be taken?
- --  
    A. Commence a SIOW     power reduction to Hot Shutdown.
Unit 1 is at 50% power and the team is experiencing problems controlling feedwater  
    3. Commence a fast power reduction to Cold Shutdown.
flow. An Instrument Air Low Pressure Alarm is received in the Control Room. White  
    Ca' Trip the Reactor and go to 1-E-O, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection.
monitoring Instrument Air pressure, the 80 notes pressure is 50 psig and slowly  
    B. Isolate Sewice Air frsm instrument Air and start the Scrllair Diesel.
Iswering.  
    References:
Which ONE of the following actions should be taken?  
    ND-92.1-LQ-1,Station Air Systems, Rev. 13
A. Commence a SIOW  
    f B-E6,IA LOW HBR PRESS / IA COMPR 1 TRBL, Rev. 9
power reduction to Hot Shutdown.  
    0-AP-40.00, Non-recoverable Loss of instrument Air, Rev. 17
3. Commence a fast power reduction to Cold Shutdown.  
    Distractor Analysis:
Ca' Trip the Reactor and go to 1 -E-O, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection.  
    A. Incorrect because 1B-E6 and AP-40.00 directs rx trip, not power reduction.
B. Isolate Sewice Air frsm instrument Air and start the Scrllair Diesel.  
    3. Incorrect because 1B-E6 and AP-40.00 directs rx trip, mot power reduction. (Initial
References :  
        distractor from exam bank was changed because it may have been a second
ND-92.1-LQ-1, Station Air Systems, Rev. 13  
        correct answer).
f B-E6,  
    C. Correct because this is the guidance provided by 1B-E6 and AQ-40.00.
IA LOW HBR PRESS / IA COMPR 1 TRBL, Rev. 9  
    B. Incorrect because 1 B E 6 and AP-40.00 directs rx trip, not power reduction when
0-AP-40.00, Non-recoverable Loss of instrument Air, Rev. 17  
        pressure reaches 50 psig.
Distractor Analysis:  
    078 Instrument Air
A. Incorrect because 1B-E6 and AP-40.00 directs rx trip, not power reduction.  
    A4.01 : Ability to manually operate and / 0 8 monitor in the control room: Pressure
3. Incorrect because 1 B-E6 and AP-40.00 directs rx trip, mot power reduction. (Initial  
    gauges.
distractor from exam bank was changed because it may have been a second  
    Surry Requal Exam Bank Question 428
correct answer).  
C. Correct because this is the guidance provided by 1 B-E6 and AQ-40.00.  
B. Incorrect because 1 B E 6 and AP-40.00 directs rx trip, not power reduction when  
pressure reaches 50 psig.  
078 Instrument Air  
A4.01 : Ability to manually operate and / 08 monitor in the control room: Pressure  
gauges.  
Surry Requal Exam Bank Question 428  


                                                  Sw-y Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Sw-y Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                  DRAFT SRO lnital Exam
DRAFT SRO lnital Exam  
  With ALL air systems aligned in the automatic mode, which ONE of the following
I  
  describes the operation of the Station instrument Air (IA) System for Unit I ?
A. Instrument Air is normally supplied by the Service Air System and the system is  
  (Assume no operator action is taken.)
backed up by IA when IA pressure reaches 95 psig.  
I
B. Instrument Air is normally supplied by IA Compressors and the system is manually  
  A. Instrument Air is normally supplied by the Service Air System and the system is
backed up by the Sullair Diesel.  
      backed up by IA when IA pressure reaches 95 psig.
With ALL air systems aligned in the automatic mode, which ONE of the following
  B. Instrument Air is normally supplied by IA Compressors and the system is manually
describes the operation of the Station instrument Air (IA) System for Unit I ? 
      backed up by the Sullair Diesel.
(Assume no operator action is taken.)
  CY Instrument Air is normally supplied by the Service Air System and is backed up by
CY Instrument Air is normally supplied by the Service Air System and is backed up by  
      the IA System when IA pressure reaches 90 psig.
the IA System when IA pressure reaches 90 psig.  
  D. Instrument Air is normally supplied by the Service Air System and is backed up by
D. Instrument Air is normally supplied by the Service Air System and is backed up by  
      the Condensate Polishing Instrument Air System when IA pressure reaches 98
the Condensate Polishing Instrument Air System when IA pressure reaches 98  
      psig.
psig.  
  References
References  
  ND-92.1-LP-I , Station Air Systems, Rev. 13
ND-92.1-LP-I , Station Air Systems, Rev. 13  
  Distraetsr Analysis:
Distraetsr Analysis:  
  A. Incorrect because pressure must drop below 98 psig for IA to backup Service Air.
A. Incorrect because pressure must drop below 98 psig for IA to backup Service Air.  
  B. Incorrect because the IA System is normally supplied by Sewice Air.
B. Incorrect because the IA System is normally supplied by Sewice Air.  
  C. Correct because Service Air is the normal supply and IA is the backup when
C. Correct because Service Air is the normal supply and IA is the backup when  
      pressure drops below 90 psig.
pressure drops below 90 psig.  
  B. Incorrect because IA is not backed up by the Condensate Polishing Instrument Air
B. Incorrect because IA is not backed up by the Condensate Polishing Instrument Air  
      System when pressure drops to 98 psig. It is backed up by the IA System when
System when pressure drops to 98 psig. It is backed up by the IA System when  
      pressure drops below 90 psig.
pressure drops below 90 psig.  
  078 Instrument Air
078 Instrument Air  
  K4.02: Knowledge of the IAS design feature(s) and or interlock(s) which provide for the
K4.02: Knowledge of the IAS design feature(s) and or interlock(s) which provide for the  
  following: Cross-over to other air systems.
following: Cross-over to other air systems.  
  Surry Requal Bank Question #512
Surry Requal Bank Question #512  


                                                  Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                  DRAFT SRO lnital Exam
DRAFT SRO lnital Exam  
  The following Unit 1 conditions exists:
I
  - A steam line rupture in Containment occurred several minutes ago
i
  ~ Maximum Containment Pressure reached 24 psia
The following Unit 1 conditions exists:  
  - Containment Pressure Transmitters now read:
- A steam line rupture in Containment occurred several minutes ago  
    ~   PT-LM-I OOA = 17.7 psia
~ Maximum Containment Pressure reached 24 psia  
    - PT-LM-10OB = 17.8 psia
- Containment Pressure Transmitters now read:  
    - PT-LM-1006 = 17.6 psis
~  
    - PT-LM-1OOD = 17.9 psia
PT-LM-I OOA = 17.7 psia  
  Which ONE of the following correctly describes resetting of Consequence Limiting
- PT-LM-10OB = 17.8 psia  
  Safeguards (CLS) given the above conditions?
- PT-LM-1 OOD = 17.9 psia
I
- PT-LM-1006 = 17.6 psis
  A. The CLS TWAlN A/B) RESET PERMISSIVE annunciator is lit. CLS HI and CLS
Which ONE of the following correctly describes resetting of Consequence Limiting  
      HI-HI may be reset at this time. Upon reset, the multiplying relays will energize.
Safeguards (CLS) given the above conditions?  
  B! Neither CLS Hl or CLS HI-HI may be reset at this time. The multiplying relays are
A. The CLS TWAlN A/B) RESET PERMISSIVE annunciator is lit. CLS HI and CLS  
      de-energized.
HI-HI may be reset at this time. Upon reset, the multiplying relays will energize.  
  C. The CLS Hl-HI RESET PERMISSIVE annunciator is lit. CLS HI-HI may be reset at
B! Neither CLS Hl or CLS HI-HI may be reset at this time. The multiplying relays are  
      this time. Upon reset the multiplying relays will de-energize.
de-energized.  
  D. Neither CLS HI or CLS Hl-HI may be reset at this time. The multiplying relays are
C. The CLS Hl-HI RESET PERMISSIVE annunciator is lit. CLS HI-HI may be reset at  
      energized.
this time. Upon reset the multiplying relays will de-energize.  
i
D. Neither CLS HI or CLS Hl-HI may be reset at this time. The multiplying relays are  
energized.  


                                              Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                              DRAFT SRO lnital Exam
DRAFT SRO lnital Exam  
Surry
Surry  
References:
References:  
NB-88.4-LP-2, Containment Vessel, Rev. 8
NB-88.4-LP-2, Containment Vessel, Rev. 8  
ND-91-LP-5, Containment Spray System, Rev. 13
ND-91 -LP-5, Containment Spray System, Rev. 13  
Distractor Analysis:
Distractor Analysis:  
A. Incorrect because pressure must be reduced to less than 14.2 psia on 2/4 channels
A. Incorrect because pressure must be reduced to less than 14.2 psia on 2/4 channels  
  to reset both Hi and Hi-Hi subsystems.
B. Correct because pressure must be reduced to less than 14.2 psia on 2/4 channels  
B. Correct because pressure must be reduced to less than 14.2 psia on 2/4 channels
to reset both Hi and Hi-Hi subsystems.
  to reset both Hi and Hi-Hi subsystems. Also, when CLS is actuated, the multiplying
to reset both Hi and Hi-Hi subsystems. Also, when CLS is actuated, the multiplying  
    relays are de-energized.
relays are de-energized.  
C. Incorrect because pressure must be reduced to less than 14.2 psia on 2/4 channels
C. Incorrect because pressure must be reduced to less than 14.2 psia on 2/4 channels  
  to reset both Hi and Hi-Hi subsystems. Also, when CLS is actuated, the multiplying
to reset both Hi and Hi-Hi subsystems. Also, when CLS is actuated, the multiplying  
    relays are de-energized.
relays are de-energized.  
B. Incorrect because when CLS is actuated, the multiplying relays art? de-energized.
B. Incorrect because when CLS is actuated, the multiplying relays art? de-energized.  
103 Containment
103 Containment  
A4.04: Ability to manually operate and / or monitor in the control room: Phase A and
A4.04: Ability to manually operate and / or monitor in the control room: Phase A and  
Phase B resets.
Phase B resets.  


                                                      Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-381
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-381  
                                                      DRAFT SRO lnital Exam
DRAFT SRO lnital Exam  
68. (32.1 11 001/3NTbCH SPECSICIA-~
68. (32.1 11 001/3NTbCH SPECSICIA -~  
                                  3 0/3.8/N/SR0~301~?UM~/SDK
3 0/3.8/N/SR0~301~?UM~/SDK  
                                                                                          ,
,  
    The following Unit 1 conditions exist:
The following Unit 1 conditions exist:  
    - Plant is at 74% power after just completing a rapid power reduction due to Heater
- Plant is at 74% power after just completing a rapid power reduction due to Heater  
      Brain Pump problems
- Axial Flux Difference was outside of the Parget Band on 11/03/2803 from 0800 hours  
    - Axial Flux Difference was outside of the Parget Band on 11/03/2803 from 0800 hours
- Axial Flux Difference was outside of the Target Band on 11/04/2003 from 0940 hours  
      to 0845 hours
to 8840 hours  
    - Axial Flux Difference was outside of the Target Band on 11/04/2003 from 0940 hours
- The Axial Flux Difference has remained within the Technical Specification Limits sf  
      to 8840 hours
Figure 3.12-3, Axial Flux Difference Limits As A Function Of Rated Power: for the  
    - The Axial Flux Difference has remained within the Technical Specification Limits sf
entire time  
      Figure 3.12-3, Axial Flux Difference Limits As A Function Of Rated Power: for the
Brain Pump problems
      entire time
to 0845 hours
    Which ONE of the following actions are required by Technical Specifications?
Which ONE of the following actions are required by Technical Specifications?  
    W Reactor power was required to be less than 58% by 0825 hours on 1/04/2003.
W Reactor power was required to be less than 58% by 0825 hours on  
    B. Reactor power was required to be less than 58% by 8855 hours on 1/04/2008.
B. Reactor power was required to be less than 58% by 8855 hours on  
    C. Reactor power was required to be less than 58% by 0910 hours on 11/04/2003
1 /04/2003.
    D. No power reduction was required, but power should not have been raised above
1 /04/2008.  
        75% until Axial Flux Difference was within the Target Band.
C. Reactor power was required to be less than 58% by 091 0 hours on 1 1/04/2003  
D. No power reduction was required, but power should not have been raised above  
75% until Axial Flux Difference was within the Target Band.  


                                                Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                DRAFT SRO lnital Exam
DRAFT SRO lnital Exam  
Reference:
Reference:  
Technical Specification 3.12.B.4.b.(1), Amendment No. 186
Technical Specification 3.1 2.B.4.b.(1), Amendment No. 186  
Technical Specification 3.12.5.4.b.(2), Amendment No. 186
Technical Specification 3.12.5.4.b.(2), Amendment No. 186  
DistractoIAnalysis:
D ist racto I
A. Correct because AFD may deviate from its target band for one hour within a 24 hour
Analysis:  
    period. When this is violated, then power must be reduced to less than 50% within
A. Correct because AFD may deviate from its target band for one hour within a 24 hour  
    30 minutes. From 11/03 8 (4880hrs to 11/04 Q 0755 hrs a total of ome hour
period. When this is violated, then power must be reduced to less than 50% within  
    outside of target band was accumulated. Therefore, by 0825 hrs (30 minutes later)
30 minutes. From 11/03 8 (4880 hrs to 11/04 Q 0755 hrs a total of ome hour  
    power must be less than 50%.
outside of target band was accumulated. Therefore, by 0825 hrs (30 minutes later)  
B. Incorrect because because the correct answer is as described in above analysis.
power must be less than 50%.  
    Plausible because 0855 hours is 60 minutes after 0755 hrs, which is when the 30
B. Incorrect because because the correct answer is as described in above analysis.  
    minute clock starts to have power less than 50%.
Plausible because 0855 hours is 60 minutes after 0755 hrs, which is when the 30  
C. Incorrect because the correct answer is as described in above analysis. Plausible
minute clock starts to have power less than 50%.  
    because 0910 hrs is 30 minutes after 0840 hrs, which was given as the second time
C. Incorrect because the correct answer is as described in above analysis. Plausible  
    frame where AFD was outside of its target band.
because 091 0 hrs is 30 minutes after 0840 hrs, which was given as the second time  
D. incorrect because because the correct answer is as described in above analysis.
frame where AFD was outside of its target band.  
    Plausible because candidate may confuse 50% and 75% power restrictions.
D. incorrect because because the correct answer is as described in above analysis.  
G2.1.11
Plausible because candidate may confuse 50% and 75% power restrictions.  
Knowledge of less than 1 hour technical specification action statements for systems.
G2.1.11  
Knowledge of less than 1 hour technical specification action statements for systems.  


                                                Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                DRAFT S R 6 Bnital Exam
DRAFT S R 6 Bnital Exam  
The following conditions exist:
The following conditions exist:  
- Unit 1 has been shutdown for 10 days for SG tube plugging
- Unit 1 has been shutdown for 10 days for SG tube plugging  
- RCS water level is being maintained at 12.4 feet as indicated on 1-RC-hl-?00A
- RCS water level is being maintained at 12.4 feet as indicated on 1 -RC-hl-? 00A  
- The "B"and "C" loops are isolated with the primary and secondary SG manways
- The "B" and "C" loops are isolated with the primary and secondary SG manways  
  removed for SG tube plugging
removed for SG tube plugging  
  The reactor vessel head is tensioned
The reactor vessel head is tensioned  
= The "A" RWW pump is in operation with oscilrating amperage indications
= The "A" RWW pump is in operation with oscilrating amperage indications  
= Flow indication 1-RH-FI-I 605 is oscillating between 2500 and 2760 gpm.
= Flow indication 1 -RH-FI-I 605 is oscillating between 2500 and 2760 gpm.  
Which ONE of the following actions is appropriate for the SRO to direct in accordance
Which ONE of the following actions is appropriate for the SRO to direct in accordance  
with AP-27.08, boss of Decay Heat Removal Capability?
with AP-27.08, boss of Decay Heat Removal Capability?  
(A$-29.00 Attachments 1 and 2 provided)
(A$-29.00 Attachments 1 and 2 provided)  
A. Raise RCS level to 12.5 feet as indicated on 1-RC-Ll-l OOA and stabilize flow at
A. Raise RCS level to 12.5 feet as indicated on 1 -RC-Ll-l OOA and stabilize flow at  
    2600 gprn.
2600 gprn.  
B. Throttle open 1-RH-HCV-175%and throttle close 1-RH-FCV-I605 to reduce RHR
B. Throttle open 1 -RH-HCV-175% and throttle close 1 -RH-FCV-I 605 to reduce RHR  
    flow to 2200 gprn.
flow to 2200 gprn.  
C. Throttle close 1-RH-HCV-I 758 and throttk open I -RH-FCV-I605 to reduce WHR
C. Throttle close 1 -RH-HCV-I 758 and throttk open I -RH-FCV-I 605 to reduce WHR  
    flow to 1200 gpm.
flow to 1200 gpm.  
DY Throttle close 1-RH-FCV-1605 to reduce WHR Blow to 2200 gpm and raise level to
DY Throttle close 1-RH-FCV-1605 to reduce WHR Blow to 2200 gpm and raise level to  
    12.5 feet as indicated un 7 -RC-LI-1OOA.
12.5 feet as indicated un 7 -RC-LI-1 OOA.  


                                                  Sur9 Nuclear Plant 2084-301
Sur9 Nuclear Plant 2084-301  
                                                  DRAFT SRO lnitai Exam
DRAFT SRO lnitai Exam  
sur9
sur9  
References:
References:  
1-AP-27.00, Loss of Decay Heal Removal Capability, Rev. 10
1 -AP-27.00, Loss of Decay Heal Removal Capability, Rev. 10  
ND-88.2-LP-1I Residual Heat Removal System Description, Rev. 8
ND-88.2-LP-1
ND-88.2-LP-02, Operation of Residual Heat Removal System, Rev. 15
I Residual Heat Removal System Description, Rev. 8  
NB-95.2-LP-12, Loss of RHW Events, Rev. 9
ND-88.2-LP-02, Operation of Residual Heat Removal System, Rev. 15  
Distractor Analysis:
NB-95.2-LP-12, Loss of RHW Events, Rev. 9  
A. Incorrect because AP-27 Att. 2 indicates that 12.5 Beet is in the unacceptable region
Distractor Analysis:  
    of operation for 2600 gpm RHR flow rate.
A. Incorrect because AP-27 Att. 2 indicates that 12.5 Beet is in the unacceptable region  
B. Incorrect because AP-27 Att. 2 indicates that 2200 gpm RHR flow rate is in the
of operation for 2600 gpm RHR flow rate.  
    unacceptable region of operation for 12.4 feet.
B. Incorrect because AP-27 Att. 2 indicates that 2200 gpm RHR flow rate is in the  
C. incorrect because AB-27 Att. 1 indicates that 12W gpm W H W Row rate is less than
unacceptable region of operation for 12.4 feet.  
    the required Blow rate of 2200 gpm.
C. incorrect because AB-27 Att. 1 indicates that 12W gpm WHW Row rate is less than  
D. Correct because these actions place the plant in an acceptable region of AP-27 AH.
the required Blow rate of 2200 gpm.  
    1 and 2 for required flow rate for 10 days after shutdown.
D. Correct because these actions place the plant in an acceptable region of AP-27 AH.  
AP-27 Att. 1 and 2 will need to be provided to the applicant.
1 and 2 for required flow rate for 10 days after shutdown.  
G2.1.25: Ability to obtain and interpret station reference materials such as graphs,
AP-27 Att. 1 and 2 will need to be provided to the applicant.  
monographs, and tables which contain performance data.
G2.1.25: Ability to obtain and interpret station reference materials such as graphs,  
monographs, and tables which contain performance data.  


                                                    Surly Nuclear Plant 2884-301
Surly Nuclear Plant 2884-301  
                                                    DRAFT SRO hital Exam
DRAFT SRO hital Exam  
Which ONE of the following is correct with respect to Technical Specifications?
Which ONE of the following is correct with respect to Technical Specifications?  
A. The Safety Limit for core thermal power is 109% sf Rated Thermal Power and tht
A. The Safety Limit for core thermal power is 109% sf Rated Thermal Power and tht  
    RCS pressure limit is 2735 p i g .
RCS pressure limit is 2735 pig.  
3. The Safety Limit for core thermal power is 109% of Rated Thermal Power and the
3. The Safety Limit for core thermal power is 109% of Rated Thermal Power and the  
    single loop loss of flow reactor trip shall be unblocked when power range nuclear
single loop loss of flow reactor trip shall be unblocked when power range nuclear  
    flux is greater than or equal to 50% of Rated Thermal Power.
flux is greater than or equal to 50% of Rated Thermal Power.  
C. The reactor trip on low pressurizer pressure, high pressurizer level, turbine trip, ai
C. The reactor trip on low pressurizer pressure, high pressurizer level, turbine trip, ai  
    low reactor coolant flow for two or more loops shall be unblocked when power is
low reactor coolant flow for two or more loops shall be unblocked when power is  
    greater than or equal to 10% or Rated Thermal Power.
greater than or equal to 10% or Rated Thermal Power.  
D. The source range high flux, high setpoint trip shall be unblocked when the
D. The source range high flux, high setpoint trip shall be unblocked when the  
    intermediate range nuclear flux is less than or equal to ~ X I Uamperes.
intermediate range nuclear flux is less than or equal to ~ X I U  ~ 
                                                                        ~
amperes.  
Surly
Surly  
References:
References:  
Technical Specification 2.1 (Amendments 116); 2.2 (Amendments 203);2.3
Technical Specification 2.1 (Amendments 11 6); 2.2 (Amendments 203); 2.3  
    (Amendments 175, 176,206)
(Amendments 175, 176,206)  
Distractor Analysis:
Distractor Analysis:  
A. Incorrect because the safety limit for core thermal power is I t %%.
A. Incorrect because the safety limit for core thermal power is I t %%.  
B. Incorrect because the safety limit tor core thermal power is 11%%.
B. Incorrect because the safety limit tor core thermal power is 11 %%.  
C. Correct because this is the correct statement taken from Tech Specs.
C. Correct because this is the correct statement taken from Tech Specs.  
8. Incorrect because source range high flux, high setpoint trip shall be unblocked when
8. Incorrect because source range high flux, high setpoint trip shall be unblocked when  
    the intermediate range nuclear flux is less than or equal to 5x10- amperes.
the intermediate range nuclear flux is less than or equal to 5x10- amperes.  
Generic K/A 2.2.22
Generic K/A 2.2.22  
Knowledge of limiting conditions for operations and safety limits.
Knowledge of limiting conditions for operations and safety limits.  


                                                      Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                      DRAFT SRO lnital Exam
DRAFT SRO lnital Exam  
  63.62.2
63.  
        -                -~
62.2 -  
          27 001/3/~F;trELINC;lMEM                   ___
27 001/3/~F;trELINC;lMEM  
                                  2.6/3 5/NISR04301iWMARISUK
-~
                                              ~             ~             -   ~-
2.6/3 5/NISR04301iWMARISUK  
1 - Which O N E f the following c o L l y states the level of authorization needed for
~  
    bypassing the Manipulator Crane Overload Interlock?
___
    A. Refueling SRO or Fuel Handling Supervisor
~  
    B. Refueling SRQ and Shift Supervisor
- ~-  
    CY SNSOC and Refueling S R 8
1 - Which O N E f the following c o L l y states the level of authorization needed for  
    5. SNSBConly
bypassing the Manipulator Crane Overload Interlock?  
    k f e leRCBS:
A. Refueling SRO or Fuel Handling Supervisor  
    VPAP-1401, Conduct of Operations, Rev. 11 (Section 6.5)
B. Refueling SRQ and Shift Supervisor  
    Distractor Analysis:
CY SNSOC and Refueling S R 8
    A. Incorrect because SNSOC pre-approval is needed per l-OP-Ft-i-Od5Step 4.62.
5. SNSBConly  
    B. incorrect because SNSOC pre-approval is needed per 1-OP-FH-015 Step 4.12.
k f e leRCBS:  
    C. Correct because SRO approval is needed per 1-OQ-FH-015 Step 4.1 0 AND
VPAP-1401, Conduct of Operations, Rev. 11 (Section 6.5)  
        SNSOC pre-approval is needed per 1-QP-FH-Oi5 Step 4.12.
Distractor Analysis:  
    El. Incorrect because SWO approval is needed per 1-OQ-FH-015Step 4.10.
A. Incorrect because SNSOC pre-approval is needed per l-OP-Ft-i-Od5 Step 4.62.  
    G2.2.27
B. incorrect because SNSOC pre-approval is needed per 1-OP-FH-015 Step 4.12.  
    Knowledge of the refueling process.
C. Correct because SRO approval is needed per 1 -OQ-FH-015 Step 4.1 0 AND  
El. Incorrect because SWO approval is needed per 1 -OQ-FH-015 Step 4.1 0.  
SNSOC pre-approval is needed per 1-QP-FH-Oi5 Step 4.12.  
G2.2.27  
Knowledge of the refueling process.  


                                                  Surrgr Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Surrgr Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                  DRAFT SRO lnital Exam
DRAFT SRO lnital Exam  
  The following conditions exists:
guard against personnel exposure.
  - Unit 2 is at full power
The following conditions exists:  
  ~ Unit 1 is in refueling
- Unit 2 is at full power  
  ~ Fuel repair is being performed
~ Unit 1 is in refueling  
  - A damaged fuel rod is raised loo close to the surface of the water
~  
  - Area radiation monitors alarm in the vicinity of the fuel movements
Fuel repair is being performed  
  - Operators enter Q-AP-22.00,Fuel Handling Abnormal Conditions
- A damaged fuel rod is raised loo close to the surface of the water  
    All components operate as designed
- Area radiation monitors alarm in the vicinity of the fuel movements  
Which ONE of the following are immediate actions of AQ-22.00?
- Operators enter Q-AP-22.00, Fuel Handling Abnormal Conditions  
A! Stop fuel handling operations, Secure Normal MCR Ventilation by closing
All components operate as designed  
    1-VS-MOD-103C and 1-VS-MOD-l83D, Dump Cable Vault Air Bottles by closing
Which ONE of the following are immediate actions of AQ-22.00?  
    1-VS-MOD-l03B.
A! Stop fuel handling operations, Secure Normal MCR Ventilation by closing  
E. Stop fuel handling operations, Secure Normal MCR Ventilation by closing
1-VS-MOD-103C and 1 -VS-MOD-l83D, Dump Cable Vault Air Bottles by closing  
    l-VS-MBD-103C and I-VS-MOD-l03D, Bump MER 3 Air Bottles by closing
1 -VS-MOD-l03B.  
    1-VS-MBD-I Q3A.
E. Stop fuel handling operations, Secure Normal MCR Ventilation by closing  
C. Evacuate the affected areas, Secure Normal MCR Ventilation by closing
l-VS-MBD-103C and I-VS-MOD-l03D, Bump MER 3 Air Bottles by closing  
    1-VS-MOD-1Q3C and 1-VS-MQB-I 03D, Dump MEW 3 Air Bottles by closing
1 -VS-MBD-I Q3A.  
    1-VS-MOD-l038.
C. Evacuate the affected areas, Secure Normal MCR Ventilation by closing  
D. Stop fuel handling operations, Evacuate the affected areas, Stop Main Control
1 -VS-MOD-1 Q3C and 1 -VS-MQB-I 03D, Dump MEW 3 Air Bottles by closing  
-~   R O ~Fans
1 -VS-MOD-l038.  
        O  ~-     1-VS-F-Xand -~1-VS-AC-4.-       -       -     ~         -   ~ -
D. Stop fuel handling operations, Evacuate the affected areas, Stop Main Control  
  SLsrry
-~  
References:
R O O ~
0-AP-22.00, Fuel Handling Abnormal Conditions, Rev. 18
Fans  
Distractor Analysis:
~-  
A. Correct these are all listed as immediate actions of AQ-22.00.
1 -VS-F-Xand -~  
B. Incorrect because I -VS-MOD1Q3A is in the RNO column to be performed if 103B
1 -VS-AC-4.-  
    does not CIOS~.   However, the stem states that all equipment operates as designed,
-
    so the operator would not go to the RNO column.
-
e. Incorrect because 1-VS-MOB-I 0314 is in the RNO column to be performed if 1038
~
    does not close.
-
S. Incorrect because stopping MCR Ventilation Fans is not an immediate action.
-
(32.3.1 0: Ability to perform procedures to reduce excessive levels of radiation and
   
guard against personnel exposure.
~
SLsrry  
References:  
0-AP-22.00, Fuel Handling Abnormal Conditions, Rev. 18  
Distractor Analysis:  
A. Correct these are all listed as immediate actions of AQ-22.00.  
B. Incorrect because I -VS-MOD1 Q3A is in the RNO column to be performed if 103B  
does not CIOS~.  
However, the stem states that all equipment operates as designed,  
so the operator would not go to the RNO column.  
does not close.
e. Incorrect because 1 -VS-MOB-I 0314 is in the RNO column to be performed if 1038  
S. Incorrect because stopping MCR Ventilation Fans is not an immediate action.  
(32.3.1 0: Ability to perform procedures to reduce excessive levels of radiation and  


                                                          Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                          DRAFT SWO inital Exam
DRAFT SWO inital Exam  
  65. 6 2 3 2 001/3//RADIATIe)N
65. 6 2 3 2 001/3//RADIATIe)N RESPIR TORfC/A 2
                            ~ RESPIR_ TORfC/A_2
~
  I
_
      Work in a radiation area must be performed. The following conditions exist:
_
      ~ A point source is present and emits 50 rnrem/hour at 1 foot
   
      - The air has a Derived Air Concentration (DAC) of 10
I  
      Which O N E of the following methods will result in the lowest amount of awumulated
Work in a radiation area must be performed. The following conditions exist:  
      dose?
~ A point source is present and emits 50 rnrem/hour at 1 foot  
      A. Two workers using hand tools can perform the work in one hour at a distance of two
- The air has a Derived Air Concentration (DAC) of 10  
            feet wearing no respirator.
Which ONE of the following methods will result in the lowest amount of awumulated  
      5. Three workers using remote tools perform the work in two hours at a distance of six
dose?  
            feet wearing no respirator.
A. Two workers using hand tools can perform the work in one hour at a distance of two  
I
feet wearing no respirator.  
      C. Two workers using hand tools perform the work in four hours at a distance of two
5. Three workers using remote tools perform the work in two hours at a distance of six  
            Beet wearing a respirator with a protection factor of 50.
feet wearing no respirator.  
I
I  
      D I Three workers using remote tools perform the work in 10 hours at a distance of six
C. Two workers using hand tools perform the work in four hours at a distance of two  
            feet wearing a respirator with a protection factor of 50.
Beet wearing a respirator with a protection factor of 50.  
      References:
I  
      Dominion Nuclear Employee Training Manual Volume Ii BWWT, RPT, CSET, SCAT,
D I Three workers using remote tools perform the work in 10 hours at a distance of six  
        FWT, Rev. 11, January, 2003.
feet wearing a respirator with a protection factor of 50.  
      Distractor Analysis:
References:  
      A. Incorrect: 75 mrem z 56.7 rnrem. {[(2men)(l hr)(58mrem/hr)(d/2)2J+[(10DAG)
Dominion Nuclear Employee Training Manual Volume Ii BWWT, RPT, CSET, SCAT,  
            (2 men)(l hrl(2.5 mremlDAC-HR)] = 75 rnrern}
FWT, Rev. 11, January, 2003.  
      5. Incorrect: 158.3 mrem 1 56.7 rnrem. {[(3men)(2 kr)(50rrtrem/hr)(1/6)2]+[(10DAC)
Distractor Analysis:  
            (3 rnen)(2 hrI(2.5 mrem/DAC-HRj] = 158.3 rnrem)
A. Incorrect: 75 mrem z 56.7 rnrem. {[(2 men)(l hr)(58mrem/hr)(d/2)2J+[(10 DAG)  
      C. incorrect: 104 mrem 1 56.7 rnrern. {[(2 menl(4 hr)(50mrern/hr)(l/6)*]+[(le) DAC)
5. Incorrect: 158.3 mrem 1 56.7 rnrem. {[(3 men)(2 kr)(50rrtrem/hr)(1/6)2]+[(10 DAC)  
            (1/50)(2 rnen)(4 hr)(2.5 mrem/BAC-HW)] = 104 rnrem}
C. incorrect: 104 mrem 1 56.7 rnrern. {[(2 menl(4 hr)(50mrern/hr)(l/6)*]+[(le) DAC)  
      B. Correct: [(3men)(lO hrs)(50 rnrem/hr)(1/6)*]+ [(IO BAC)(I/50)(3 menj(l0 hrs)(2.5
B. Correct: [(3 men)(lO hrs)(50 rnrem/hr)(1/6)*] + [(IO BAC)(I/50)(3 menj(l0 hrs)(2.5  
            mrern/l BAC-HR)] = 41.7 + 15 = 56.7 mrem.
(2 men)(l hrl(2.5 mremlDAC-HR)] = 75 rnrern}
      G2.3.2
(3 rnen)(2 hrI(2.5 mrem/DAC-HRj] = 158.3 rnrem)
      Knowledge of facility ALARA program.
(1/50)(2 rnen)(4 hr)(2.5 mrem/BAC-HW)] = 104 rnrem}
mrern/l BAC-HR)] = 41.7 + 15 = 56.7 mrem.  
G2.3.2  
Knowledge of facility ALARA program.  
 
Surry Nuclear Plant 2804-301
DRAFT SRO lnital Exam
66. 62.3.9 00 1 / 3 N c ' O ~ " H . ~ ~ ~ , ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ / A 
2&33.4/N/SKO43Ol /R/MAR/SDR
1
- - 
~-
- - - 
The following Unit 1 conditions exist:
- The WCS temperature is 190 O F . 
- Operators are performing Section 5.2 of 1 -8P-VS-001, Containment Ventilation, to
place the Containment Purge System in service using 1 -VS-F-58A or 1 -VS-F-58B,
Filter Exhaust Fans.
- The Containment Purge Form requires 5080 cfm purge flow.
Which ONE of the following correctly states selection criteria, in accordance with
1-OP-VS-001, for choosing which valve to use for obtaining the correct purge flow
rate?
A!
1 -VS-MBV-I OOD (Ctrnt Purge Exh) should be throttled instead of 1 -VS-MOV-1 01
(Ctmt Purge B/P) due to the high flow rate required by the Containment Purge
Form.
B. 1 -VS-MOV-l 01 (Ctmt Purge B/P) should be throttled instead of 1 -VS-MOV-I 80D
(Ctmt Purge Exh). This is due to the need to open the supply breaker to
1 -VS-MOV-l OOD in order to throttle it. Opening the breaker will prevent automatic
CTMT Purge isolation.
C. 1 -VS-MOV-I 01 (Ctrnt Purge B/P) should be throttled instead of 1-VS-MOV-I OOD
(Ctmt Purge Exh) due to the low flow rate required by the Containment Purge
Form.
B. I-VS-MOV-IOOB (Ctrnt Purge Exh) should be throttled instead of I-VS-MOV-181
(Ctrnt Purge BP). This is due to the need to open the supply breaker to
1 -VS-MOV-I 01 in order to throttle it. Opening the breaker will prevent automatic
CTMT Purge isolation.
i
- - - - - -  -


                                                      Surry Nuclear Plant 2804-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                      DRAFT SRO lnital Exam
DRAFT SRQ lnital Exam  
  66. 62.3.9
Surry
  -    - 00 1- / 3 N-    O ~ " H . ~ ~ 2&33.4/N/SKO43Ol
References:  
                      c ' -                ~ , ~ ~ ~ ~~- ~/R/MAR/SDR
1 -0P-VS-801, Containment Ventilation, Rev. 20
                                                            ~ ~ / A
Distractor Anaiysis:
      The following Unit 1 conditions exist:
A. Correct because 1008 should be throttled due to the Containment Purge Form
      - The WCS temperature is 190 O F .
allowing more than 3000 cfm. The bypass will not have enough capacity at this
      - Operators are performing Section 5.2 of 1-8P-VS-001, Containment Ventilation, to
flow rate.  
        place the Containment Purge System in service using 1-VS-F-58A or 1-VS-F-58B,
B. Incorrect because even though auto containment purge isolation will not occur with
        Filter Exhaust Fans.
the breaker open, the procedure still directs the use of 180D due to the high flow
                                                                                          1
rate. Plausible because applicant may think it logical to not intentionally
      - The Containment Purge Form requires 5080 cfm purge flow.
incapacitate auto containment isolation.  
      Which ONE of the following correctly states selection criteria, in accordance with
6. !ncorrect because with the Blow rate greater than 3000 gpm, 1 00D should be used.
      1-OP-VS-001, for choosing which valve to use for obtaining the correct purge flow
Plausible because 3000 gpm is not a very high flow rate.  
      rate?
D. Incorrect because the bkr does not need to be opened and at 5000 gpm, the  
      A! 1-VS-MBV-I OOD (Ctrnt Purge Exh) should be throttled instead of 1-VS-MOV-101
procedure directs 101 to be used for fine tuning the flow rate. Plausible because
          (Ctmt Purge B/P) due to the high flow rate required by the Containment Purge
preventing auto ctmt purge isolation is a concern when using 100D.  
          Form.
G2.3.9: Knowledge of the process for performing a containment purge.
      B. 1-VS-MOV-l 01 (Ctmt Purge B/P) should be throttled instead of 1-VS-MOV-I 80D
          (Ctmt Purge Exh). This is due to the need to open the supply breaker to
          1-VS-MOV-lOOD in order to throttle it. Opening the breaker will prevent automatic
          CTMT Purge isolation.
      C. 1-VS-MOV-I 01 (Ctrnt Purge B/P) should be throttled instead of 1-VS-MOV-IOOD
          (Ctmt Purge Exh) due to the low flow rate required by the Containment Purge
          Form.
      B. I-VS-MOV-IOOB (Ctrnt Purge Exh) should be throttled instead of I-VS-MOV-181
          (Ctrnt Purge BP). This is due to the need to open the supply breaker to
          1-VS-MOV-I 01 in order to throttle it. Opening the breaker will prevent automatic
i        CTMT Purge isolation.
                                                          - - - - - -                  -


                                                Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2884-301  
                                                  DRAFT SRQ lnital Exam
DRAFT SRO lnital Exam  
Surry
B. Immediate action steps may be performed in any order, except for the first four
References:
immediate action steps of E-0, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection. which must be
1-0P-VS-801, Containment Ventilation, Rev. 20
performed in the order in which they appear in the procedure.
Distractor Anaiysis:
CY Immediate action steps may be performed in any order except for the first four
A. Correct because 1008 should be throttled due to the Containment Purge Form
immediate action steps of E-Q, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection, and the immediate
    allowing more than 3000 cfm. The bypass will not have enough capacity at this
action steps of FR-S.1, Response to Nuclear Generation / ATWS, which must be
    flow rate.
performed in the order in which they appear in the procedure.
B. Incorrect because even though auto containment purge isolation will not occur with
D. immediate action steps may be performed in any order except for the immediate
    the breaker open, the procedure still directs the use of 180D due to the high flow
~
    rate. Plausible because applicant may think it logical to not intentionally
References:  
    incapacitate auto containment isolation.
ND-95.3-LP-2, Emergency Procedure Writer's Format, Rev. 8
6. !ncorrect because with the Blow rate greater than 3000 gpm, 100D should be used.
(Have Utility add any addional references that may support answer.)
    Plausible because 3000 gpm is not a very high flow rate.
Distractor Analysis:  
D. Incorrect because the bkr does not need to be opened and at 5000 gpm, the
A. Incorrect because only immediate actions of E-0 and FR-&sect;.I must be performed in
    procedure directs 101 to be used for fine tuning the flow rate. Plausible because
B. lncurrect because only immediate actions of E-8 and FR-S.1 must be performed in
    preventing auto ctmt purge isolation is a concern when using 100D.
C. Correct because immediate actions of E-0 and FR-S. 1 must be perfurmed in the
G2.3.9: Knowledge of the process for performing a containment purge.
the order in which they appear in the procedure.
the order in which they appear in the procedure.  
order in which they appear in the procedure. This requirement / expectation is
stated in ND-95.3-LP-2 Page 12.  
D. Incorrect because ECA-0.0 are not required to be performed in any specific order.  
G2.4.11: Knowledge of abnormal condition procedures.  


                                                Surry Nuclear Plant 2884-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                DRAFT SRO lnital Exam
DRAFT SRO M a l  Exam  
B. Immediate action steps may be performed in any order, except for the first four
A situation presents itself that requires a Reactor Operator (BO)
    immediate action steps of E-0, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection. which must be
to take quick decisive
    performed in the order in which they appear in the procedure.
action to ensure Station Safety. Personnel are not in immediate danger and the action
CY Immediate action steps may be performed in any order except for the first four
requires no reactivity manipulations.  
    immediate action steps of E-Q, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection, and the immediate
Which ONE of the following correctly describes the requirements for performing the  
    action steps of FR-S.1, Response to Nuclear Generation / ATWS, which must be
actions?
    performed in the order in which they appear in the procedure.
A.' The 80 may take necessary action without prior approval from another licensed
D. immediate action steps may be performed in any order except for the immediate
operator.
                                                                                      ~
B. The WO must immediately request approval from the Unit SRQ to perform the  
References:
action and only take action a b r  approval is granted.
ND-95.3-LP-2, Emergency Procedure Writer's Format, Rev. 8
C. The RO may take action only after another licensed operator has been notified and
(Have Utility add any addional references that may support answer.)
concurs with the action.  
Distractor Analysis:
D. The RO may take action only after obtaining a peer check to concur with the action.
A. Incorrect because only immediate actions of E-0 and FR-&sect;.I must be performed in
Surly
    the order in which they appear in the procedure.
References:  
B. lncurrect because only immediate actions of E-8 and FR-S.1 must be performed in
OPAP-0006, Shift Operating Practices, Rev. 4
    the order in which they appear in the procedure.
Bistractor Analysis:  
C. Correct because immediate actions of E-0 and FR-S.1 must be perfurmed in the
A. Correct because OPAP-0806 Step 6.1 0.3 states, "During emergencies, Shift Team
    order in which they appear in the procedure. This requirement / expectation is
members may take necessary immediate actions required to ensure personnel and  
    stated in ND-95.3-LP-2 Page 12.
Station safety without prior approval. The Shift Supervisor shall be promptly
D. Incorrect because ECA-0.0 are not required to be performed in any specific order.
informed of these actions."
G2.4.11: Knowledge of abnormal condition procedures.
B. Incorrect because action may be taken prior to obtaining permission.  
6. Incorrect because action may be taken prior to notifying or obtaining permission
D. Incorrect because immediate action is authorized to protect the Station.  
from another Team Member.  
G2.4.12: Knowledge of general operating crew responsibilities during emergency
QperatiQnS.  


                                                Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                DRAFT SRO M a l Exam
5RAFT SRO lnital Exam  
A situation presents itself that requires a Reactor Operator (BO)to take quick decisive
69. G2.4.49
action to ensure Station Safety. Personnel are not in immediate danger and the action
-~
requires no reactivity manipulations.
O O Z i 3 / l K O ~ ~ ~ N T R ~ ~ / A ~ / 4 . ~ ~ ~ R ~ ~ O ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ R 
Which ONE of the following correctly describes the requirements for performing the
__ - -
actions?
~
A.' The 80 may take necessary action without prior approval from another licensed
Given the following conditions:
    operator.
~
B. The WO must immediately request approval from the Unit SRQ to perform the
Reactor Power = 85%
    action and only take action a b r approval is granted.
- Control Rods are in automatic
C. The RO may take action only after another licensed operator has been notified and
- Control Bank D begins to insert without a turbine runback
    concurs with the action.
- Pave and Tref are matched within 0.5 O F 
D. The RO may take action only after obtaining a peer check to concur with the action.
r
Surly
-
References:
OPAP-0006, Shift Operating Practices, Rev. 4
Which ONE of the following describes the correct immediate operator response to
Bistractor Analysis:
these conditions?  
A. Correct because OPAP-0806 Step 6.1 0.3 states, "During emergencies, Shift Team
A. Verify quadrant power tilt and axial flux difference within limits.  
    members may take necessary immediate actions required to ensure personnel and
B! Place ROD CONT MODE SEL switch in MANUAL.  
    Station safety without prior approval. The Shift Supervisor shall be promptly
I
    informed of these actions."
C. Manually trip the reactor.  
B. Incorrect because action may be taken prior to obtaining permission.
1
6. Incorrect because action may be taken prior to notifying or obtaining permission
D. Verify lWPl operating properly.  
    from another Team Member.
Surry
D. Incorrect because immediate action is authorized to protect the Station.
References:  
G2.4.12: Knowledge of general operating crew responsibilities during emergency
0-AP-1 .OO, Rod Control System Malfunction, Rev. 9.
QperatiQnS.
Distractor Analysis:  
A. Incorrect because the initial response is to place ROD CONP MODE SEL switch in
MANUAL.  
B. Correct per AP-1 .QO.  
6. lncorrect because this would not be performed until 805 CQNT MODE SEL switch
S. Incorrect because AP-I .00 directs placing ROD CONT MODE SEL switch in
was placed to MANUAL and rod motion had slopped.  
MANUAL as an immediate action.  
G2.4.49
Ability to perform without reference to procedures those actions that require immediate
operation of system components and controls.  


                                                          Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                          5RAFT SRO lnital Exam
DRAFT SRB lnital Exam  
    69. G2.4.49
90. WEWEK3.2
          -~   O O Z i 3 / l K O ~ ~ ~ N T R ~ ~ / A ~ _          / 4_  ~ ~ ~-
__
                                                                        . -    R ~ ~ O ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ R
00111iULOCA
r -
~
                                                                                    ~
~ OUTSIDEIC'IA 3.W4.OIMISK0430 1I7UIVIABISDR
        Given the following conditions:
I
        ~ Reactor Power = 85%
.__
        - Control Rods are in automatic
~~  
        - Control Bank D begins to insert without a turbine runback
I
        - Pave and Tref are matched within 0.5 O F
Which ONE of the following correctly states actions contained in I-ECA-1.2, LOCA
        Which ONE of the following describes the correct immediate operator response to
Outside Containment, and the reasons for those actions?  
        these conditions?
A. Open l-SI-MOV-189BA (LHSl to Hot Leg) or l-SI-MOV-1890B (LHSI to Hot Leg) to
        A. Verify quadrant power tilt and axial flux difference within limits.
provide a flow path for Low Head Safety Injection. Then close 1 -SI-MOV-I 8906
        B! Place ROD CONT MODE SEL switch in MANUAL.
(LHSI to Cold Legs) and monitor RCS pressure.  
I      C. Manually trip the reactor.
I
        D. Verify lWPl operating properly.
t
1
B. If closing 1 -SI-MOV-1 890C (LHSI to Cold Legs) does not result in an RCS pressure
        Surry
rise then allow it to remain closed because this will give operators time to check AUX
        References:
Building alarms while the flow path is isolated.  
        0-AP-1 .OO,Rod Control System Malfunction, Rev. 9.
C. If the leak is not identified and isolated then transition to 1451, boss of Reactor or
        Distractor Analysis:
Secondary Coolant, because RCS inventory is continued to be lost outside of
        A. Incorrect because the initial response is to place ROD CONP MODE SEL switch in
containment.  
            MANUAL.
j
        B. Correct per AP-1 .QO.
83: If closing 1-SI-MOV-1890C (LHSI to Cold Legs) results in an RCS pressure rise,
        6. lncorrect because this would not be performed until 805 CQNT MODE SEL switch
then place the LHSl pumps in PTL because their suction valves from the RWST will
            was placed to MANUAL and rod motion had slopped.
be closed to isolate potential leak paths.
        S. Incorrect because AP-I .00directs placing ROD CONT MODE SEL switch in
Surry  
            MANUAL as an immediate action.
References:  
        G2.4.49
ND-95.3-LP-21, ECA-I .2 LOCA Outside Containment, Rev. 7
        Ability to perform without reference to procedures those actions that require immediate
ECA-I 2,  
        operation of system components and controls.
LOCA Outside Containment, Rev. 5
Bistracto r Analysis:  
A. incorrect because ECA-I .2 does not give any direction to open I-SI-MOV-189OA &
B. These valves should be left in the closed position. This distractor is plausible
because ECA-1.2 does give guidance to close 189OC.
decreasing, then the leak was not isolated and the valve needs to be re-opened.  
This is the normal SI flow path and it is important to re-establish this path if closing
the valve did not isolate the leak.  
C. hmrrect because if the leak is not iso(ated, then the correct transition would be to
go to 1 -ECA-l. 1, boss of Emergency Coolant Recirculation.  
D. Correct because if WCS pressure rises upon closure of 1 -Sl-MOV-l89OC, then the
leak was isolated and 1 -ECA-1.2 directs the LHSB pumps to be placed it7 PTL and
the suction valves from the RWST to be closed.  
B. incorrect because if 1 -SI-MOV-1890@ is closed and RCS pressure is still
w EO4
EK3.2: Knowiedge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the
(LOCA Outside Containment): Normal, abnormal, and emergency operating
procedures associated with &OCA Outside Containment).  


                                                          Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                          DRAFT SRB lnital Exam
DRAFT SRO Inital Exam  
  90. WEWEK3.2
~
          __      00111iULOCA OUTSIDEIC'IA 3.W4.OIMISK0430
~
                    ~         ~                           1I7UIVIABISDR
~
                                                        .__
.~
I
~  
                                                                    ~~
71
      Which ONE of the following correctly states actions contained in I-ECA-1.2, LOCA
~ WE06LK3.1 001/1/2/CORE COOLINGblEM 3 W3,8/5/SR04301ITQIM~HISDR
      Outside Containment, and the reasons for those actions?
-~
I
~-
      A. Open l-SI-MOV-189BA (LHSl to Hot Leg) or l-SI-MOV-1890B (LHSI to Hot Leg) to
- -~  
          provide a flow path for Low Head Safety Injection. Then close 1-SI-MOV-I 8906            I
I-
                                                                                                    t
1-FR-6.1, Response to Inadequate Core Cooling, is being performed. Which ONE of
          (LHSI to Cold Legs) and monitor RCS pressure.
the following is the reason RCPs are stopped prior to depressurizing the SGs to less
      B. If closing 1-SI-MOV-1890C (LHSI to Cold Legs) does not result in an RCS pressure
than 150 psig during an inadequate core cooling event?  
          rise then allow it to remain closed because this will give operators time to check AUX
A. RCP operation with the SGs at atmospheric pressure is prohibited due to excessive
          Building alarms while the flow path is isolated.
hydraulic stress on the SG kl-tubes.  
j      C. If the leak is not identified and isolated then transition to 1451, boss of Reactor or
B. The SGs will depressurize more quickly if no Forced Circulation RCS flow exists.  
          Secondary Coolant, because RCS inventory is continued to be lost outside of
C. To minimize heat input to the RCS.  
          containment.
D:' The SG depressurization will lead to a loss of RCP suppod conditions.  
      83: If closing 1-SI-MOV-1890C (LHSI to Cold Legs) results in an RCS pressure rise,
Sursy
          then place the LHSl pumps in PTL because their suction valves from the RWST will
References:  
          be closed to isolate potential leak paths.
ND-95.3-LP-38, Response to Inadequate Core Cooling, Rev. 8
      Surry
FR-C. 1
      References:
~ Response to Inadequate Core Cooling, Rev. 18
      ND-95.3-LP-21, ECA-I .2 LOCA Outside Containment, Rev. 7
Distractor Analysis:  
      ECA-I 2,LOCA Outside Containment, Rev. 5
A. Incorrect because securing RCPs is necessary because the depressurization will
      Bistractor Analysis:
result in losing the RCP seal support conditions, which could damage the RCPs.  
      A. incorrect because ECA-I .2 does not give any direction to open I-SI-MOV-189OA &
B. Incorrect because the basis for securing RCPs is not associated with heat input into
          B. These valves should be left in the closed position. This distractor is plausible
the wcs or forced Blow.  
          because ECA-1.2 does give guidance to close 189OC.
C. Incorrect because the basis for securing RCPs is not associated with heat input into
      B. incorrect because if 1-SI-MOV-1890@is closed and RCS pressure is still
the 86s.  
          decreasing, then the leak was not isolated and the valve needs to be re-opened.
D. Correct because this is the stated reason in NB-95.3-LP-38. Losing #1 Seal
          This is the normal SI flow path and it is important to re-establish this path if closing
s~app~rt
          the valve did not isolate the leak.
conditions could result in damage to the RCPs.  
      C. hmrrect because if the leak is not iso(ated,then the correct transition would be to
074 Inad. Core Cooling
          go to 1-ECA-l. 1, boss of Emergency Coolant Recirculation.
E06EK3.1: Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to  
      D. Correct because if WCS pressure rises upon closure of 1-Sl-MOV-l89OC, then the
(Degraded Core Cooling): Facility operating characteristics during transient conditions,
          leak was isolated and 1-ECA-1.2 directs the LHSB pumps to be placed it7 PTL and
including coolant chemistry and the effects of temperature, pressure, and reactivity
          the suction valves from the RWST to be closed.
changes and operating limitations and reasons for these operating characteristics.
      w EO4
Surry Wequal Exam Bank Question #467
      EK3.2: Knowiedge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the
      (LOCA Outside Containment): Normal, abnormal, and emergency operating
    procedures associated with &OCA Outside Containment).


                                                            Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2884-301  
                                                            DRAFT SRO Inital Exam
DRAFT SWO lnital Exam  
I-
The following Unit 1 conditions exist:
  71 WE06LK3.1
- Reactor power is 58% and rising
    ~
- RCS pressure is at 221 0 psig and slowly lowering
        ~-       001/1/2/CORE COOLINGblEM
- Tavg is 557 O F  and slowly lowering
                    ~        ~      -     -~ 3 W3,8/5/SR04301ITQIM~HISDR
- Pressurizer level is slowly lowering
                                                        -~      ~      .~      ~
~ Turbine load is stable at 400 MW
      1-FR-6.1, Response to Inadequate Core Cooling, is being performed. Which ONE of
- SG levels are at 46% NR
      the following is the reason RCPs are stopped prior to depressurizing the SGs to less
- SG pressures are at 970 psig and slowly lowering
      than 150 psig during an inadequate core cooling event?
- Containment pressure is 9.5 psia and slowly rising
      A. RCP operation with the SGs at atmospheric pressure is prohibited due to excessive
- Condenser Air Ejector RM reads 113 cpm
          hydraulic stress on the SG kl-tubes.
Which ONE of the following correctly diagnoses the event?  
      B. The SGs will depressurize more quickly if no Forced Circulation RCS flow exists.
A. Ruptured and faulted steam line break inside containment.  
      C. To minimize heat input to the RCS.
B:' Steam line break inside containment.  
      D:' The SG depressurization will lead to a loss of RCP suppod conditions.
C. LOCA inside containment.  
      Sursy
3. Steam line break outside containment.  
      References:
      ND-95.3-LP-38, Response to Inadequate Core Cooling, Rev. 8
      FR-C.1 Response to Inadequate Core Cooling, Rev. 18
              ~
      Distractor Analysis:
      A. Incorrect because securing RCPs is necessary because the depressurization will
          result in losing the RCP seal support conditions, which could damage the RCPs.
      B. Incorrect because the basis for securing RCPs is not associated with heat input into
          the  wcs  or forced Blow.
      C. Incorrect because the basis for securing RCPs is not associated with heat input into
          the 86s.
      D. Correct because this is the stated reason in NB-95.3-LP-38. Losing #1 Seal
          s~app~rt  conditions could result in damage to the RCPs.
      074 Inad. Core Cooling
      E06EK3.1: Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to
      (Degraded Core Cooling): Facility operating characteristics during transient conditions,
      including coolant chemistry and the effects of temperature, pressure, and reactivity
      changes and operating limitations and reasons for these operating characteristics.
      Surry Wequal Exam Bank Question #467


                                              Surry Nuclear Plant 2884-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                              DRAFT SWO lnital Exam
DRAFT SRO lnital Exam  
The following Unit 1 conditions exist:
References:  
- Reactor power is 58% and rising
General operator knowledge.
- RCS pressure is at 2210 psig and slowly lowering
Distractor Analysis:
- Tavg is 557 O F and slowly lowering
A. Incorrect because although there are parameters to support the steam line break,
- Pressurizer level is slowly lowering
there are no parameters to support a SGTR. Plausible because Condenser Air
~ Turbine load is stable at 400 MW
Ejector RM reading is given, but the value is not representative of a SGTR.
- SG levels are at 46% NR
B. Correct because reactor power and ctmt pressure are rising; RCS pressure, Tavg,
- SG pressures are at 970 psig and slowly lowering
and SG pressures are lowering. These are all indicative of a steam line break
- Containment pressure is 9.5 psia and slowly rising
inside ctrnt.
- Condenser Air Ejector RM reads 113 cpm
C. Incorrect because reactor power would not be rising during a h0CA as it would
Which ONE of the following correctly diagnoses the event?
during a steam line break. Plausible because many of the parameters coincide with
A. Ruptured and faulted steam line break inside containment.
a LOGA.
B:' Steam line break inside containment.
B. Incorrect because ctmt pressure is rising. Plausible because of the aforementioned
C. LOCA inside containment.
parameters that are indicative of a steam line break.  
3. Steam line break outside containment.
WE08 RCS Overcooling
G2.1.7: Ability to evaluate plant performance and make operational judgements based
on operating characteristics, reactor behavior, and instrument interpretation.  
Surry Recgual Bank Question #I 77 (ID: EOP6076)


                                                Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                DRAFT SRO lnital Exam
DRAFT SRO Cnital Exam  
References:
73.
General operator knowledge.
__
Distractor Analysis:
WE1 lEhl
A. Incorrect because although there are parameters to support the steam line break,
~
  there are no parameters to support a SGTR. Plausible because Condenser Air
2 001/1/2LWSI
    Ejector RM reading is given, but the value is not representative of a SGTR.
~
B. Correct because reactor power and ctmt pressure are rising; RCS pressure, Tavg,
LOCA
  and SG pressures are lowering. These are all indicative of a steam line break
~ RWST' IIISVC/A 3,5/3mSK1)430I/R/MAB/SDR
    inside ctrnt.
I
C. Incorrect because reactor power would not be rising during a h0CA as it would
The following conditions exist:  
  during a steam line break. Plausible because many of the parameters coincide with
- LOCA has occurred.
  a LOGA.
- RWST level = 13% and decreasing.
B. Incorrect because ctmt pressure is rising. Plausible because of the aforementioned
- Recirculation Mode Transfer (RMT) keyswitch is in WMT Mode.
    parameters that are indicative of a steam line break.
- White RMT Status Light is lit.
WE08 RCS Overcooling
- Amber RMT Status Light is lit.
G2.1.7: Ability to evaluate plant performance and make operational judgements based
1 -SI-MOV-l868,4 (LHSI Suction from Sump) opens fully and 1 -SI-MOV-I 8608 (LHS
on operating characteristics, reactor behavior, and instrument interpretation.
Suction from Sump) strokes to 50% open where it trips on thermal overload. Which
Surry Recgual Bank Question #I 77 (ID: EOP6076)
ONE of the following gives the correct status of Safety Injection?
A." LHSl from the RWST is injecting into the cold legs and HHSl from LHSl pump
discharge is injecting into the cold legs.
B. No Safety Injection is injecting water to the cold legs.  
C. HHSl directly from the RWST (not from LHSl discharge) is injecting into the cold
legs, but no LHSl is injecting into the cold legs.
D. hHSl from the RWST and HHSl directly from the RWST (not from LHSl dischargi
is being injected into the cold legs.  
Sur9
Wefe re nces:
ND-91.3-LP-3, Safety Injection System Operations, Rev. 15
1 -ES-I 3,  
Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation, Rev. 1 1
Distractor Analysis:
A. Correct because 1 -SI-MBV-l862A&B will not close until 1 -Sl-MOV-l860A&B open
due to an interlock.
B. Incorrect because RWST is still the suction source to the LHSl pumps.  
6. Incorrect because LHSl Pumps are taking suction from the RWST and injecting into
the cold legs and HHSl is not taking suction directly from the WWSP.  
3 ~  Incorrect because HHSl is not taking suction directly from the RWST. HHSl is
taking suction on the discharge of the LHSl Pumps.  
WE1 t
EA1 2: Ability to operate and / or monitor the following as they apply to the (Loss of
Emergency Coolant Recirculation): Operating behavior characteristics of the facility.  


                                                          Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                          DRAFT SRO Cnital Exam
DRAW SR8 lnital Exam  
  73.
74. WE12EK2.2 001/l/I/A1W&EM
  __ WE1 l E h l 2 001/1/2LWSI LOCA RWST' IIISVC/A 3,5/3mSK1)430I/R/MAB/SDR
._ ~-
              ~            ~      ~
3.6/?.9Ml4301/R/MAU!SL&
I
~  
      The following conditions exist:
- __
      - LOCA has occurred.
A steam break has occurred and all Steam Generators are faulted.  
      - RWST level = 13% and decreasing.
Which ONE of the follo~ing is the basis for maintaining a minimum of 60 gpm AFW
      - Recirculation Mode Transfer (RMT) keyswitch is in WMT Mode.
flow to each Steam Generator per ECA-2.1, Uncontrolled Depressurization of All
      - White RMT Status Light is lit.
Steam Generators?  
      - Amber RMT Status Light is lit.
A. 60 gpm is needed to meet minimum heat sink flow requirements.  
      1-SI-MOV-l868,4 (LHSI Suction from Sump) opens fully and 1-SI-MOV-I 8608 (LHS
5. 60 gpm to each Steam Generator will ensure even thermal hydraulic distribution
      Suction from Sump) strokes to 50% open where it trips on thermal overload. Which
across the core.  
      ONE of the following gives the correct status of Safety Injection?
6:' 60 gpm is the minimum indicated flow rate to prevent Steam Generator dryout.  
      A." LHSl from the RWST is injecting into the cold legs and HHSl from LHSl pump
D. 68 gpm is the minimum indicated flow that will ensure the feed lines stay warm to
          discharge is injecting into the cold legs.
prevent excessive thermal shock to the feed lines during recovery actions.  
      B. No Safety Injection is injecting water to the cold legs.
References:  
      C. HHSl directly from the RWST (not from LHSl discharge) is injecting into the cold
ND-95.3-LP-22, ECA-2.1 Uncontrolled Depressurization of All Steam Generators,  
          legs, but no LHSl is injecting into the cold legs.
1 -E-3, ECA-2.1, Uncontrolled Depressurization of All Steam Generators, Rev. 16
      D. hHSl from the RWST and HHSl directly from the RWST (not from LHSl dischargi
Rev. 9
          is being injected into the cold legs.
Distractor Analysis:  
      Sur9
A. lncorrect because this requirement is not based on minimum heat sink flow
      Wefe rences:
B. incorrect because this requirement is not based on thermal hydraulic distribution
      ND-91.3-LP-3, Safety Injection System Operations, Rev. 15
C. Correct because 66 ggm is the minimum verifiable flow rate to a steam generator.  
      1-ES-I 3,Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation, Rev. 11
requirements, it is based on SG dryout.  
      Distractor Analysis:
across the core. It is based on S/G dayout.
      A. Correct because 1-SI-MBV-l862A&B will not close until 1-Sl-MOV-l860A&B open
This ensures 8 nominal flow rate of 25 gpm to the S/G, considering detector
          due to an interlock.
uncertainties, to prevent dryout and thermal shock to the S/G.  
      B. Incorrect because RWST is still the suction source to the LHSl pumps.
D. Incorrect because the concern is with thermal shock to the SG if AFW flow rates are
      6. Incorrect because LHSl Pumps are taking suction from the RWST and injecting into
rasied.  
          the cold legs and HHSl is not taking suction directly from the WWSP.
840 (W/E12) Steam tine Rupture
      3 ~Incorrect because HHSl is not taking suction directly from the RWST. HHSl is
~ Excessive Heat Transfer
          taking suction on the discharge of the LHSl Pumps.
EK2.2: Knowledge of the interrelations between the (Uncontrolled Depressurization of  
    WE1 t
All Steam Generators) and the following: Facility's heat removal systems, including
      EA1 2: Ability to operate and / or monitor the following as they apply to the (Loss of
primary coolant, emergency coolant, the decay heat removal systems, and relations
      Emergency Coolant Recirculation): Operating behavior characteristics of the facility.
between the proper operation of these systems to the operation of the facility.  
Modified Surry ILT Bank Question #1 Of 0


                                                      Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Sur9 Nuclear Plant 2004-3Qf
                                                      D R A W S R 8 lnital Exam
DRAFT SRO lnital Exam  
74. WE12EK2.2 001/l/I/A1W&EM
~
                ._      ~-     3.6/?.9Ml4301/R/MAU!SL&      ~      -      __
__
    A steam break has occurred and all Steam Generators are faulted.
~  
    Which ONE of the follo~ingis the basis for maintaining a minimum of 60 gpm AFW
1 -E-3, Steam Generator Tube Rupture, has been entered due to a ruptured tube in the  
    flow to each Steam Generator per ECA-2.1, Uncontrolled Depressurization of All
"A" Steam Generator. The Team is performing Step 4, which directs "A" Steam  
    Steam Generators?
Generator Narrow Range SG Level to be greater than 12% prior to stopping feed flow.  
    A. 60 gpm is needed to meet minimum heat sink flow requirements.
I - 
    5. 60 gpm to each Steam Generator will ensure even thermal hydraulic distribution
Surly
        across the core.
References:  
    6:'60 gpm is the minimum indicated flow rate to prevent Steam Generator dryout.
1453, Steam Generator Tube Rupture, Rev. 25
    D. 68 gpm is the minimum indicated flow that will ensure the feed lines stay warm to
ND-95.3-LP-13, E-3 Steam Generator Tube Rupture, Rev. 11
        prevent excessive thermal shock to the feed lines during recovery actions.
Distractor Analysis:  
    References:
A. Correct because this is the basis as stated in NB-95.3-LP-13.  
    ND-95.3-LP-22, ECA-2.1 Uncontrolled Depressurization of All Steam Generators,
3. Incorrect because the concern is not thermal gradients across the tubes. The
        Rev. 9
concern is to cover the tubes for thermal stratification and then stop AFW flow as
    1-E-3, ECA-2.1, Uncontrolled Depressurization of All Steam Generators, Rev. 16
soon as the tubes are covered to give margin to overfili, while mitigating release to  
    Distractor Analysis:
the public.
    A. lncorrect because this requirement is not based on minimum heat sink flow
C. Incorrect because this SG will not be used for the RCS cooldown.  
        requirements, it is based on SG dryout.
8. Incorrect because the dP is still going to induce leakage even at 12% SG level.  
    B. incorrect because this requirement is not based on thermal hydraulic distribution
WE1 3 Steam Generator Over-pressure
        across the core. It is based on S/G dayout.
EK2.1: Knowledge of the interrelations between the (Steam Generator Overpressure)  
    C. Correct because 66 ggm is the minimum verifiable flow rate to a steam generator.
and the following: Components, and functions of control and safety systems, including  
        This ensures 8 nominal flow rate of 25 gpm to the S/G, considering detector
instrumentation, signals, interlocks, failure modes, and automatic and manual features.  
        uncertainties, to prevent dryout and thermal shock to the S/G.
Question is modified from a Braidwood Question.
    D. Incorrect because the concern is with thermal shock to the SG if AFW flow rates are
        rasied.
    840 (W/E12) Steam tine Rupture Excessive Heat Transfer
                                          ~
    EK2.2: Knowledge of the interrelations between the (Uncontrolled Depressurization of
    All Steam Generators) and the following: Facility's heat removal systems, including
    primary coolant, emergency coolant, the decay heat removal systems, and relations
    between the proper operation of these systems to the operation of the facility.
    Modified Surry ILT Bank Question #1Of 0


                                                      Sur9 Nuclear Plant 2004-3Qf
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004301
                                                      DRAFT SRO lnital Exam
DRAFT SRO lnital Exam  
      ~       __      ~
~  
I-
~
    1-E-3, Steam Generator Tube Rupture, has been entered due to a ruptured tube in the
~
    "A" Steam Generator. The Team is performing Step 4, which directs "A" Steam
76. 00 1 G2.4 30
    Generator Narrow Range SG Level to be greater than 12% prior to stopping feed flow.
~- 00 1 /2/2/REPBKTABII .ITY&IEM
  Surly
____
  References:
2 2/3 .AIB/SR0430 I/S/MABISLlR
  1453, Steam Generator Tube Rupture, Rev. 25
-
  ND-95.3-LP-13, E-3 Steam Generator Tube Rupture, Rev. 11
- _ _ _ 
  Distractor Analysis:
--  
  A. Correct because this is the basis as stated in NB-95.3-LP-13.
Which ONE of the following states an event that is required to be reported to the NRC
  3. Incorrect because the concern is not thermal gradients across the tubes. The
within 1 hour of discovery?
        concern is to cover the tubes for thermal stratification and then stop AFW flow as
A. An inadvertant Safety injection due to an instrument surveillance error.
        soon as the tubes are covered to give margin to overfili, while mitigating release to
B: The Shift Supervisor authorizes the individual insertion of control rods into the core
        the public.
without bank overlap to shutdown the reactor in an emergency.
  C. Incorrect because this SG will not be used for the RCS cooldown.
C. A hypochlorite spill outside the Polishing Building of which the EPA has been
  8. Incorrect because the dP is still going to induce leakage even at 12% SG level.
notified.
  WE13 Steam Generator Over-pressure
D. A radioactive release such that if an individual had been present for 24 hours, they
  EK2.1: Knowledge of the interrelations between the (Steam Generator Overpressure)
could have received an intake in excess of one occupational annual limit on intake.  
  and the following: Components, and functions of control and safety systems, including
I
  instrumentation, signals, interlocks, failure modes, and automatic and manual features.
References:  
  Question is modified from a Braidwood Question.
VPAP-2802, Notifications and Reports, Rev. 17.  
Distractor Analysis:  
A. incorrect because this is a 4 hour reportable event. Plausible because the applicant
may think that inadvertant safety injection is important enough to require reporting
to the NRC within one hour.
B. Correct per VPAP-2802 Section 6.3.3 for deviation from Tech Specs. (VPAP-2802
C. incorrect because this is a 4 hour reportable event. Plausible because the applicant
Page 77.)
may think that a hypochlorite spill with EPA motification is imporitant enough to
require reporting to the NRC within one hour.
applicant may think that a large radioactive release is important enough to require
reporting to the NRC within one hour.  
B. incorrect because this is a 24 hour reportable event. Plausible because the  
001 Control Rod Drive
G2.4.38 Knowledge of which events related to system operations / status should be
reported to outside agencies.  


                                                              Surry Nuclear Plant 2004301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301
                                                              DRAFT SRO lnital Exam
DRAFT SWO lnital Exam  
  ~
- 77.  
    76.00 1G2.4 30          ~      ~
-_ 004G2
                                              ____
~  
                ~- 00 1/2/2/REPBKTABII .ITY&IEM 2 2/3.AIB/SR0430I/S/MABISLlR
1.32 002/211iC~VCS/bZEM 3 3/3.61N/SRC)1301ISIMABISDR
                                                                    -       - _ _ _        --
~
      Which ONE of the following states an event that is required to be reported to the NRC
-.
      within 1 hour of discovery?
- _
      A. An inadvertant Safety injection due to an instrument surveillance error.
_
      B: The Shift Supervisor authorizes the individual insertion of control rods into the core
~
            without bank overlap to shutdown the reactor in an emergency.
      C. A hypochlorite spill outside the Polishing Building of which the EPA has been
-
            notified.
During Unit 1 REFUELING SHUTDOWN and COLD SHUTDOWN operations, the
      D. A radioactive release such that if an individual had been present for 24 hours, they
following valves shall be locked, sealed, or otherwise secured in the closed position
            could have received an intake in excess of one occupational annual limit on intake.
except during planned dilution or makeup activities.
I
- 1-CH-223, or
      References:
- 1-CH-212, 1-CH-215,
      VPAP-2802, Notifications and Reports, Rev. 17.
and 1-CH-218
      Distractor Analysis:
Which ONE of the following correctly describes the time requirement and reason for
      A. incorrect because this is a 4 hour reportable event. Plausible because the applicant
locking, sealing, or othetwise securing these valves following a planned dilution or
            may think that inadvertant safety injection is important enough to require reporting
makeup activity in accordance with Technical Specifications?  
            to the NRC within one hour.
A:' 15 minutes to prevent inadvertant boron dilution of the RCS.  
      B. Correct per VPAP-2802 Section 6.3.3for deviation from Tech Specs. (VPAP-2802
B. 68 minutes to ensure the proper safety system alignment.  
            Page 77.)
6. 15 minutes to ensure the proper safety system alignment.  
      C. incorrect because this is a 4 hour reportable event. Plausible because the applicant
D. 60 minutes to prevent inadvertant boron dilution of the RCS.  
            may think that a hypochlorite spill with EPA motification is imporitant enough to
References:  
            require reporting to the NRC within one hour.
Technical Specification 3.2.E.3, Amendment 199
      B. incorrect because this is a 24 hour reportable event. Plausible because the
Bistractor Analysis:  
            applicant may think that a large radioactive release is important enough to require
A. Correct per Technical Specifications and Basis.
            reporting to the NRC within one hour.
B. Incorrect because Technical Specifications require within 15 minutes.  
      001 Control Rod Drive
C. Incorrect because Technical Specifications Basis states that these valves shall be
      G2.4.38Knowledge of which events related to system operations / status should be
closed to provide assurance that an inadvertant boron dilution will not occur.  
      reported to outside agencies.
D. Incorrect because Technical Specifications require within 15 minutes.  
004 Chemical and Volume Control  
G2.1.32: Ability to explain and apply all system limits and precautions.  


                                                        Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                        DRAFT SWO lnital Exam
DRAFT SRO lnital Exam  
- 77.
98. 009Eh2 39 001/l/~iNATUKA%.
  -_ 004G2 1.32 002/211iC~VCS/bZEM3 3/3.61N/SRC)1301ISIMABISDR
CIRCUI,ATION/C/A 4.33 7/MiSR04301/SIR1ARISDR
          ~                                              ~    -.   -      _      _    - ~
- .
      During Unit 1 REFUELING SHUTDOWN and COLD SHUTDOWN operations, the
Given the following Unit 1 conditions:
      following valves shall be locked, sealed, or otherwise secured in the closed position
- A small break LOCA has occurred
      except during planned dilution or makeup activities.
= As directed by the EOPs, the RCPs have been tripped
      - 1-CH-223, or
- 1 -ES-1.2, Post-LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization, Step 20, "Verify Natural
      - 1-CH-212, 1-CH-215,     and 1-CH-218
- RCS pressure is 1490 p i g 
      Which ONE of the following correctly describes the time requirement and reason for
~ Wide Range T-Coid indications are 505 O F  and slowly decreasing
      locking, sealing, or othetwise securing these valves following a planned dilution or
- Wide Range T-Hot indications are 515 O F  and slowly decreasing
      makeup activity in accordance with Technical Specifications?
- CETCs are 581 O F  and stable
      A:' 15 minutes to prevent inadvertant boron dilution of the RCS.
~ Containment Pressure is 18 psia
      B. 68 minutes to ensure the proper safety system alignment.
- Containment Radiation Levels are: 5.0 x 1 O5 Whr
      6. 15 minutes to ensure the proper safety system alignment.
I SG Narrow Range Levels are: A=22%, B=24%, C=22%, and slowly decreasing
      D. 60 minutes to prevent inadvertant boron dilution of the RCS.
- SG Pressures are 715 psig and stable
      References:
- RVLlS Full Range = 50%
      Technical Specification 3.2.E.3, Amendment 199
According to 1-ES-1.2,
      Bistractor Analysis:
which ONE of the following correctly states the status of Natural
      A. Correct per Technical Specifications and Basis.
Circulation and the correct operator actions?
      B. Incorrect because Technical Specifications require within 15 minutes.
Circulation?" is being performed
      C . Incorrect because Technical Specifications Basis states that these valves shall be
A. Natural Circulation criteria are met. Begin depressurizing when subcooling is
          closed to provide assurance that an inadvertant boron dilution will not occur.
9 85 O F . 
      D. Incorrect because Technical Specifications require within 15 minutes.
B. Natural Circulation criteria are not met due to CETCs not decreasing. Depressurize
      004 Chemical and Volume Control
the SGs by raising steam flow rate through the steam dumps. Then depressurize
      G2.1.32: Ability to explain and apply all system limits and precautions.
when subcooling is > 95 O F .
C. Natural Circulation criteria are not met due to SG pressure parameters not satisfied.  
Depressurize the SGs by raising steam flow rate through the steam dumps. Then
depressurize when subcooling is 9 $5 O F .
WCS by raising steam flow rate through the steam dumps. Then depressurize wher
subcooling is > 95 O F .
D:' Natural Circulation criteria are not met due to inadequate subcooling. Cool the


                                                            Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                            DRAFT SRO lnital Exam
DRAFT SRO lnital Exam  
98. 009Eh2 39 001/l/~iNATUKA%.    CIRCUI,ATION/C/A 4 . 3 3 7/MiSR04301/SIR1ARISDR      - .
References:  
      Given the following Unit 1 conditions:
1 -ES-I 2, Post LOCA C o o I d ~ ~ n 
      - A small break LOCA has occurred
and Depressurization, Rev. 21
    =  As directed by the EOPs, the RCPs have been tripped
Distractor Analysis:
    - 1-ES-1.2, Post-LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization, Step 20, "Verify Natural
A. Incorrect because there is not adequate subcooling.
        Circulation?"is being performed
B. Incorrect because CETCs do not need to be decreasing.
    - RCS pressure is 1490 p i g
C. Incorrect because SG parameters are satisfied.
    ~  Wide Range T-Coid indications are 505 O F and slowly decreasing
B. Correct because there is inadequate subcooling (16 O F e 85 OF). ES-1.2 Step 20
    - Wide Range T-Hot indications are 515 O F and slowly decreasing
RN8 directs dumping of more steam. The basis for Step 21 of dumping steam until
    - CETCs are 581 O F and stable
subcooling is < 95 O F  is to ensure that the 85 O F natural circ criteria is not violated.  
    ~  Containment Pressure is 18 psia
The Degraded Containment numbers were used due to the
    - Containment Radiation Levels are: 5.0 x 1O5 Whr
CETC = 581'F; P = 1490 psig = 1505 psia; Psat(l505 psia) = 597
    I  SG Narrow Range Levels are: A=22%, B=24%, C=22%, and slowly decreasing
O F ; 
    - SG Pressures are 715 psig and stable
Subcsoling = 59% - 581 = 16 O F
    - RVLlS Full Range = 50%
Surry IbT Bank Exam Question #I 869
    According to 1-ES-1.2,    which ONE of the following correctly states the status of Natural
009 Small Break LQCA
    Circulation and the correct operator actions?
EA2.39: Ability to determine or interpret the following as they apply to a small break
    A. Natural Circulation criteria are met. Begin depressurizing when subcooling is
LOCA: Adequate core cooling.  
        9 85 O F .
    B. Natural Circulation criteria are not met due to CETCs not decreasing. Depressurize
        the SGs by raising steam flow rate through the steam dumps. Then depressurize
        when subcooling is > 95 O F .
    C. Natural Circulation criteria are not met due to SG pressure parameters not satisfied.
          Depressurize the SGs by raising steam flow rate through the steam dumps. Then
        depressurize when subcooling is 9 $5 O F .
    D:' Natural Circulation criteria are not met due to inadequate subcooling. Cool the
        WCS by raising steam flow rate through the steam dumps. Then depressurize wher
        subcooling is > 95 O F .


                                                  Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                  DRAFT SRO lnital Exam
DRAFT SRO M a l  Exam  
References:
The following Unit 1 conditions exist:  
1-ES-I 2, Post LOCA C o o I d ~ ~  and
RCS is not pressurized
                                    n Depressurization, Rev. 21
- RCS level is 16.00 feet as read on 4 -RC-LI-1 OOA
Distractor Analysis:
Which ONE of the following specifies the mimimum mandatory backup cooling
A. Incorrect because there is not adequate subcooling.
method@) required to be available before entering the above plant conditions, in
B. Incorrect because CETCs do not need to be decreasing.
accordance with OSP-ZZ-804, Unit 1 Safety Systems Status List For Cold Shutdown /
C. Incorrect because SG parameters are satisfied.
Refueling Conditions?
B. Correct because there is inadequate subcooling (16 O F e 85 O F ) . ES-1.2 Step 20
A. Reflux Boiling AND Gravity Feed and Bleed.
    R N 8 directs dumping of more steam. The basis for Step 21 of dumping steam until
B. Gravity Feed and Bleed ONLY.
    subcooling is < 95 O F is to ensure that the 85 O F natural circ criteria is not violated.
C. Forced Feed and Bleed AND Gravity Feed and Bleed.
  The Degraded Containment numbers were used due to the
D:' F ~ r ~ e d  
  CETC = 581'F; P = 1490 psig = 1505 psia; Psat(l505 psia) = 597 O F ;
Feed and Bleed ONLY.
  Subcsoling = 59%- 581 = 16 O F
References:
Surry IbT Bank Exam Question #I 869
1 -0SP-ZZ-0644, Unit 1 Safety Systems Status List For Cold Shutdown / RefUelit7g
009 Small Break LQCA
I -AP-27.00, Loss of Decay Heat Removal Capability, Rev. 10
EA2.39: Ability to determine or interpret the following as they apply to a small break
ND-95.2-LP-12, Loss of WHR Events, Rev. 9
LOCA: Adequate core cooling.
Conditions, Rev. 27
Distractor Analysis:  
A. Incorrect: Per 4 -OS$-ZZ-004, Step 6.1 2, Forced Feed and Bleed is the only
B. Incorrect: Per 1 -0SP-ZZ-004, Step 6.1 2,
Forced Feed and Bleed is the only
C. Incorrect: Per 1-OSP-ZZ-0434, Step 6.1.2, Forced Feed and Bleed is the only
D. Correct: Per 1 -OS$-ZZ-604, Step 6.1 2,
Forced Feed and Bleed is the only
Mandatory Backup method required.  
Mandatory Backup method required.  
Mandatory Backup method required.  
Mandatory Backup method required.
025 LO&sect;&sect; of RHB
G2.4.7: Knowledge of event based EQP mitigation strategy


                                              Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                              DRAFT SRO M a l Exam
DRAFT SRO lnitai Exam  
The following Unit 1 conditions exist:
The following conditions exist:  
  RCS is not pressurized
- A loss of all AC power has occurred.
- RCS level is 16.00 feet as read on 4 -RC-LI-1OOA
- The STA reports the status of the CSFs are as follows:
Which ONE of the following specifies the mimimum mandatory backup cooling
- Subcriticality - RED
method@)required to be available before entering the above plant conditions, in
- Core Cooling - RED
accordance with OSP-ZZ-804, Unit 1 Safety Systems Status List For Cold Shutdown /
- Heat Sink - RED
Refueling Conditions?
- Integrity - GREEN
A. Reflux Boiling AND Gravity Feed and Bleed.
- Containment - GREEN
B. Gravity Feed and Bleed ONLY.
~
C. Forced Feed and Bleed AND Gravity Feed and Bleed.
Inventory - YELLOW
D:' F ~ r ~ Feed
Which ONE of the following proceures should be used to mitigate these conditions?
            e d and Bleed ONLY.
A. 1 -FW-S.1 , Response to Nuclear Power Generation / ATWS
References:
B.' 1-ECA-8.0, LOSS of All A 6  Power
1-0SP-ZZ-0644, Unit 1 Safety Systems Status List For Cold Shutdown / RefUelit7g
6. 1-FR-H.1~
    Conditions, Rev. 27
Response to Loss of Secondary Heat Sink
I -AP-27.00, Loss of Decay Heat Removal Capability, Rev. 10
D. 1-FR-@.I, Response to Inadequate Core Cooling
ND-95.2-LP-12, Loss of WHR Events, Rev. 9
Refe re nees:
Distractor Analysis:
1 -ECA-0.0, Loss of All AC Power, Rev. 21
A. Incorrect: Per 4 -OS$-ZZ-004, Step 6.1 2 , Forced Feed and Bleed is the only
Distractor Analysis:  
    Mandatory Backup method required.
A. Incorrect because FR's should not be implemented while in ECA-0.0. (see NOTE
B. Incorrect: Per 1-0SP-ZZ-004, Step 6.1 2,Forced Feed and Bleed is the only
B. Correct because this is the correct procedure to mitigate the loss of ac power.  
    Mandatory Backup method required.
6. incorrect because FR's should not be implemenkd while in ECA-0.63.  
C. Incorrect: Per 1-OSP-ZZ-0434,Step 6.1.2, Forced Feed and Bleed is the only
3. Incorrect because FR's should not be implemented while in ECA-0.0.  
    Mandatory Backup method required.
Susry IbT Exam Bank Question #899
D. Correct: Per 1-OS$-ZZ-604, Step 6.1 2,Forced Feed and Bleed is the only
prior to step 1 of ECA-0.0)
    Mandatory Backup method required.
855 Station Blackout
025 LO&sect;&sect; of RHB
EA2.03: Ability to determine or interpret the following as they apply to Station Blackout:
G2.4.7: Knowledge of event based EQP mitigation strategy
Actions necessary to restore power.  


                                                  Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                  DRAFT SRO lnitai Exam
DRAFT SRO lnital Exam  
The following conditions exist:
81 . 056G2.4 45 001/2/1/CONDENSATEi(3/A
- A loss of all AC power has occurred.
3 ~ M 2 ~ 3 0 l / S l M A B / s I I R 
- The STA reports the status of the CSFs are as follows:
~
    - Subcriticality - RED
-
    - Core Cooling - RED
~
    - Heat Sink - RED
- - _ _ _ 
    - Integrity - GREEN
~
    - Containment - GREEN
-
  ~  Inventory - YELLOW
-
Which ONE of the following proceures should be used to mitigate these conditions?
A. 1-FW-S.1, Response to Nuclear Power Generation / ATWS
The following Unit 1 conditions exist:  
B.' 1-ECA-8.0, LOSS of All A 6 Power
- Condenser vacuum is lowering slowly.  
6. 1-FR-H.1~Response to Loss of Secondary Heat Sink
- Steam Generator Bevels are 45% and lowering.
D. 1-FR-@.I,Response to Inadequate Core Cooling
- Several alarms have annunciated, including:  
Referenees:
- PQWW = 180%
1-ECA-0.0, Loss of All AC Power, Rev. 21
~
Distractor Analysis:
1 H-G8, FW PP DISCH HDW LO PRESS
A. Incorrect because FR's should not be implemented while in ECA-0.0. (see NOTE
- 1J-G4, CN PPS DISCH HDR LO PRESS
      prior to step 1 of ECA-0.0)
- 1 C-AI, RCP 1 A CC RETURN LO FLOW
B. Correct because this is the correct procedure to mitigate the loss of ac power.
1C-B1, we19 1B cc RETURN LO FLOW
6. incorrect because FR's should not be implemenkd while in ECA-0.63.
- 1 C-CI
3. Incorrect because FR's should not be implemented while in ECA-0.0.
I RCP 1 C CC RETURN LO FLOW
Susry IbT Exam Bank Question #899
-  
855 Station Blackout
Which ONE of the following states the SWO's correct prioritization of the above
EA2.03: Ability to determine or interpret the following as they apply to Station Blackout:
conditions as indicated by the procedures and actions chosen to mitigate or correct the
Actions necessary to restore power.
conditions?  
A. Trip the Reactor followed by tripping the Reactor Coolant Pumps. Enter  4 ,
Reactor Trip or Safety Injection.
B.J Enter AP-10.05, LOSS of Semi-vital Bus. Verify that the standby condensate pump
has started and reduce turbine load.  
C. Enter AP-21 .00,  
Loss of Main Feedwater Flow. Maintain full power operation and
manually control Steam Generator levels by placing Feedwater Regulating Valves
in MANUAL control.  
D. Enter Ab)-23.00, Rapid Load Reduction, to bring the unit offline, followed by tripping
the Reactor Coolant Pumps.  


                                                    Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Sur9 Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                    DRAFT SRO lnital Exam
DRAFT SRO lnital Exam  
  - ._056G2.4
Sur9
- 81    _ _ 45 001/2/1/CONDENSATEi(3/A
References:
                    ~              -3~M2~3    -0l/SlMAB/sIIR      ~      -     ~
ND-90.3-LP-5, Vital and Semi-Vital Bus Bistribution, Rev. 11
      The following Unit 1 conditions exist:
1 -AP-l0.05, Loss of Semi-Vital Bus, Rev. I 6 
      - PQWW = 180%
I -A$-21 .00, Loss of Main Feedwater Flow, Rev. 5
      - Condenser vacuum is lowering slowly.
1 -AP-23.00, Rapid Load Reduction, Rev. 15
      - Steam Generator Bevels are 45% and lowering.
1 H-G8, FW PP DlSCH HDW LO PRESS, Rev. 6
      - Several alarms have annunciated, including:
1 J-G4, CN PPS DISCH HBW LO PRESS, Rev. 0
        ~  1H-G8, FW PP DISCH HDW LO PRESS
16-141, RCP I A  CC RETURN LO FLOW, Rev. 2
        - 1J-G4, CN PPS DISCH HDR LO PRESS
1 C-B1, RCP 1 B CC RETURN LO FLOW, Rev. 2
        - 1C-AI, RCP 1A CC RETURN LO FLOW
IC-C1,
        - 1C-B1,   we19 1B cc RETURN LO FLOW
RCP 1C CC RETURN LO FLOW, Rev. 2
        - 1C-CI RCP 1C CC RETURN LO FLOW
Distractor Analysis:
                I
A. Incorrect because loss of SVB causes indication to be lost for RCP CC Flow
      Which ONE of the following states the SWO's correct prioritization of the above
Indication. RCPs should not be tripped. Plausible because if RCPs actually had no
      conditions as indicated by the procedures and actions chosen to mitigate or correct the
cooling, the Rx should be tripped and RCPs should be secured.
      conditions?
B. Correct because a11 indications in the stern are caused by a loss of SVB. Verifying
      A. Trip the Reactor followed by tripping the Reactor Coolant Pumps. Enter  4 ,
S/B Condensate Pump starts and turbine load reduction are correct per AP-I 0.05.  
          Reactor Trip or Safety Injection.
@. Bncorrect because maintaining load at 100% will cause SG levels to continue to go
      B.J Enter AP-10.05, LOSS of Semi-vital Bus. Verify that the standby condensate pump
down. The F\\M and Condensate Recircs have Bailed open on the loss of the SVB,  
          has started and reduce turbine load.
thus making a load reduction a necesity. Plausible because SG levels are lowering
      C. Enter AP-21 .00,Loss of Main Feedwater Flow. Maintain full power operation and
and an Applicant may think that opening a FRV may help to mitigate the condition.  
          manually control Steam Generator levels by placing Feedwater Regulating Valves
B. lncsrrect because the unit should not be taken off line using AP-23.00 and RCPs
          in MANUAL control.
should not be tripped due to the loss of the SVB. Plausible because rapidly
      D. Enter Ab)-23.00, Rapid Load Reduction, to bring the unit offline, followed by tripping
bringing the unit off line and securing RCPs, given the stated conditions, may
          the Reactor Coolant Pumps.
appear logical to the applicant.
Modified Sur9 ILT Exam Bank Question #224 (maybe it could be considered a new
question?)
856 Condensate
G2.4.45: Ability to prioritize and interpret the significance of each annunciator or alarm.  


                                                    Sur9 Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2084-301  
                                                    DRAFT SRO lnital Exam
DRAFT SRO M a l  Exam  
Sur9
The following Unit 1 conditions exist:  
References:
- Reactor Power = 30%
ND-90.3-LP-5, Vital and Semi-Vital Bus Bistribution, Rev. 11
- Plant is in a Chemistry hold during a power ascension
1-AP-l0.05, Loss of Semi-Vital Bus, Rev. I 6
- A loss of Vital Bus Ill occurs and operators enter I-AP-10.03, Loss of Vital Bus Ill
I -A$-21 .00, Loss of Main Feedwater Flow, Rev. 5
- Electricians quickly find a fault on Vital Bus 1-118 and believe that it will take 10 hours
1-AP-23.00, Rapid Load Reduction, Rev. 15
- 1 -CC-TV-I 154, CCW TV for the A Reactor Coolant Pump (RCP), has closed and
1H-G8, FW PP DlSCH HDW LO PRESS, Rev. 6
- WCP temperatures are starting to slowly rise.  
1J-G4, CN PPS DISCH HBW LO PRESS, Rev. 0
to repair.  
16-141, RCP I A CC RETURN LO FLOW, Rev. 2
cannot be reopened.  
1C-B1, RCP 1B CC RETURN LO FLOW, Rev. 2
Which ONE of the following set of actions should the Senior Reactor Operator (SRO)
IC-C1,RCP 1C CC RETURN LO FLOW, Rev. 2
direct given the above conditions?
Distractor Analysis:
A. The SRO should direct the securing of the A RGP. Reactor power may be
A. Incorrect because loss of SVB causes indication to be lost for RCP CC Flow
maintained at 38% for the duration of the 18 hour pepair to re-energize Vital Bus
    Indication. RCPs should not be tripped. Plausible because if RCPs actually had no
1-111.  
    cooling, the Rx should be tripped and RCPs should be secured.
B. The SRO should direct the securing of the A RCP. Reactor power may be
B. Correct because a11 indications in the stern are caused by a loss of SVB. Verifying
maintained at 30% for two hours, at which time the SRO should direct preparation
    S/B Condensate Pump starts and turbine load reduction are correct per AP-I 0.05.
to bring the unit to hot shutdown within the following six hours.  
@. Bncorrect because maintaining load at 100% will cause SG levels to continue to go
C: The SRO should direct a Reactor Trip, followed by the securing of the A RCP.  
    down. The F\M and Condensate Recircs have Bailed open on the loss of the SVB,
The SWO should then direct performance of 1 -E-Q Reactor Trip or Safety Injection,  
    thus making a load reduction a necesity. Plausible because SG levels are lowering
and continue with applicable actions of I -AP-I 8.03.  
    and an Applicant may think that opening a FRV may help to mitigate the condition.
B. The SRO should direct a controlled plant shutdown. If RCP temperatures exceed
B. lncsrrect because the unit should not be taken off line using AP-23.00 and RCPs
action level limits, the pump should be secured and the SWO should direct
    should not be tripped due to the loss of the SVB. Plausible because rapidly
continuation of the controlled plant shutdown.  
    bringing the unit off line and securing RCPs, given the stated conditions, may
    appear logical to the applicant.
Modified Sur9 ILT Exam Bank Question #224 (maybe it could be considered a new
question?)
856 Condensate
G2.4.45: Ability to prioritize and interpret the significance of each annunciator or alarm.


                                                    Surry Nuclear Plant 2084-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                    DRAFT SRO M a l Exam
DRAFT SRO lnital Exam  
The following Unit 1 conditions exist:
Surry
- Reactor Power = 30%
References:  
- Plant is in a Chemistry hold during a power ascension
NB-93.3-LP-16, Permissiv~//Bypass?Vrip
- A loss of Vital Bus Ill occurs and operators enter I-AP-10.03, Loss of Vital Bus Ill
Staters bights, Rev. 8
- Electricians quickly find a fault on Vital Bus 1-118 and believe that it will take 10 hours
NB-93.3-LP-10, Reactor Protection - General, Rev. 5
  to repair.
MD-90.3-LP-5, Vital and Semi-vital Bus Distribution, Rev. I1
- 1-CC-TV-I 154,CCW TV for the A Reactor Coolant Pump (RCP), has closed and
1 -AP-f0.03, Loss of Vital Bus IIi, Rev. 8
  cannot be reopened.
Distractor Analysis:
- WCP temperatures are starting to slowly rise.
A. Incorrect because TS 3.16 and commitments made in GL-91-11 (also located in
Which ONE of the following set of actions should the Senior Reactor Operator (SRO)
Note prior to Step 17 in AP-I 0.83). The VB must be re-powered within 2 hours, or
direct given the above conditions?
the unit must be in HSB within the next 6 hours. Also incorrect because AP-1 0.03
A. The SRO should direct the securing of the A RGP. Reactor power may be
will require a reactor trip. Plausible because the loss of VB causes a loss sf cooling
    maintained at 38% for the duration of the 18 hour pepair to re-energize Vital Bus
to "A" RCP. It may appear OK to continue operation because the power is K P-8.
    1-111.
3. Incorrect because AQ-10.03 requires a reactor trip and securing of RCP if CCW will
B. The SRO should direct the securing of the A RCP. Reactor power may be
not be restored prior to RCP temperatures reaching action level limits. Plausible
    maintained at 30% for two hours, at which time the SRO should direct preparation
because of the NOTE mentioned in the previous distractor analysis.  
    to bring the unit to hot shutdown within the following six hours.
C. Correct because AP-10.83 directs Wx Trip and securing of RCP if CCW will not be
C:The SRO should direct a Reactor Trip, followed by the securing of the A RCP.
restored prior to getting cooling back Bo that pump. The stem states that the TV is
    The SWO should then direct performance of 1-E-Q Reactor Trip or Safety Injection,
closed and cannot be re-opened, thus preventing cooling to be restored to the
    and continue with applicable actions of I -AP-I 8.03.
RCP.
B. The SRO should direct a controlled plant shutdown. If RCP temperatures exceed
D. Incorrect because AP-I 0.03 directs Wx Trip, not a controlled shutdown. Plausible
    action level limits, the pump should be secured and the SWO should direct
because power is < $43, which may allow the applicant to incorrectly believe that a
    continuation of the controlled plant shutdown.
shutdown is accepatble.
057 Loss of Vital AC lnst Bus
G2.1.6: Ability to supervise and assume a management role during plant transients
and upset conditions.  


                                                    Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2804-301  
                                                    DRAFT SRO lnital Exam
DRAFT &sect;BO lnital Exam  
Surry
The following Unit 1 conditions exist:  
References:
- Unit 1 power is 100%
NB-93.3-LP-16, Permissiv~//Bypass?Vrip      Staters bights, Rev. 8
- No annunciators are lit
NB-93.3-LP-10, Reactor Protection - General, Rev. 5
- Annunciator 1 K-H1 has just extinguished
MD-90.3-LP-5, Vital and Semi-vital Bus Distribution, Rev. I 1
Which ONE of the foilswing is the correct Abnormal Procedure to enter and correct
1-AP-f0.03, Loss of Vital Bus IIi, Rev. 8
Event Classification?
Distractor Analysis:
(Reference provided)
A. Incorrect because TS 3.16 and commitments made in GL-91-11 (also located in
A. Enter 8-AP-10.13, Loss of Main Control Room Annunciators, due to the loss of OR@
    Note prior to Step 17 in AP-I 0.83).The VB must be re-powered within 2 hours, or
of the power supplies to Unit 1 annunciators. Enter the Emergency Plan and
    the unit must be in HSB within the next 6 hours. Also incorrect because AP-10.03
deciare a Notification sf Unusual Event if the loss of annunciators lasts for greater
    will require a reactor trip. Plausible because the loss of VB causes a loss sf cooling
than 15 minutes.  
    to "A" RCP. It may appear OK to continue operation because the power is K P-8.
B:' Enter O-AP-I 0.1 3: Loss of Main Control Room Annunciators, due to the loss of both
3. Incorrect because AQ-10.03 requires a reactor trip and securing of RCP if CCW will
power supplies to Unit 1 annunciators. Enter the Emergency Plan and declare a
    not be restored prior to RCP temperatures reaching action level limits. Plausible
Notification of Unusual Event if the loss of annunciators lasts for greater than 15
    because of the NOTE mentioned in the previous distractor analysis.
minutes.  
C. Correct because AP-10.83 directs Wx Trip and securing of RCP if CCW will not be
C. Enter 1 -AP-l8.@6, Loss of BC Power, and O-AP-10.13, Loss of Main Control Room
    restored prior to getting cooling back Bo that pump. The stem states that the TV is
Annunciators, due to a loss of DC power and loss of one of the power supplies to
    closed and cannot be re-opened, thus preventing cooling to be restored to the
Unit 1 annunciators. Enter the Emergency Pian and declare an Alert if the loss of
    RCP.
annunciators lasts for greater than 15 minutes.  
D. Incorrect because AP-I 0.03 directs Wx Trip, not a controlled shutdown. Plausible
D. Enter 1 -AP-l0.06, Loss OB BC Power, and O-AP-10.13, Loss of Main Control W Q O ~ 
    because power is < $43, which may allow the applicant to incorrectly believe that a
Annunciators, due to a loss of B@ power and loss of both power supplies to Unit 1
    shutdown is accepatble.
annunciators.  
057 Loss of Vital AC lnst Bus
annunciators lasts for greater than 15 minutes.  
G2.1.6: Ability to supervise and assume a management role during plant transients
Enter the Emergency Plan and declare an Alert if the loss of
and upset conditions.


                                                  Surry Nuclear Plant 2804-301
Sway Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                  DRAFT &sect;BO lnital Exam
DRAFT SRO lnital Exam  
The following Unit 1 conditions exist:
References:  
- Unit 1 power is 100%
0-AP-18.13, Loss of Main Control Board Room Annunciators, Rev. 4
- No annunciators are lit
EPIP-I .01, Emergency Manager Controliing Procedure, Rev. 43
- Annunciator 1K-H1 has just extinguished
Distractor Analysis:
Which ONE of the foilswing is the correct Abnormal Procedure to enter and correct
A. Incorrect because 1 K-HI not lit is indication of both power supplies to Unit 1  
Event Classification?
annunciator Panels having been lost.  
(Reference provided)
3. Correct because 1 K-H1 not lit is indication of both power supplies to Unit 1  
A. Enter 8-AP-10.13, Loss of Main Control Room Annunciators, due to the loss of OR@
annunciator Panels having been lost. EPIP-I .01 Page 6 states that if safety system
    of the power supplies to Unit 1 annunciators. Enter the Emergency Plan and
annunciators are lost for greater than 15 minutes while above CSD, then a NOUE
    deciare a Notification sf Unusual Event if the loss of annunciators lasts for greater
shall be declared.  
    than 15 minutes.
annunciator Panels having been lost. Since the plant is still at 100% power, there is
B:' Enter O-AP-I 0.13: Loss of Main Control Room Annunciators, due to the loss of both
ne, indication that any BC Bus has been Isst; therefore 1 -AP-lO.86 should not be
    power supplies to Unit 1 annunciators. Enter the Emergency Plan and declare a
entered. An Alert classification based on the loss of DC would be incorrect. As
    Notification of Unusual Event if the loss of annunciators lasts for greater than 15
stated above, a NQUE is the correct cfassificatisn.  
    minutes.
Bus has been Isst; therefore 1-AP-10.06 should not be entered. An Alert
C. Enter 1-AP-l8.@6,Loss of BC Power, and O-AP-10.13, Loss of Main Control Room
classification based on the loss of DC would be incorrect. As Stated abOVe, a  
    Annunciators, due to a loss of DC power and loss of one of the power supplies to
NOW is the correct classification.
    Unit 1 annunciators. Enter the Emergency Pian and declare an Alert if the loss of
C. Incorrect because 1 K-HI not lit is iRdkatiQR of both power supplies to Unit 1  
    annunciators lasts for greater than 15 minutes.
D. Incorrect because the plant is still at 188% power, there is no indication that any DC
D. Enter 1-AP-l0.06, Loss OB BC Power, and O-AP-10.13, Loss of Main Control W Q O ~
Provide EPIP-1.01 Pages 6 and 27
    Annunciators, due to a loss of B@ power and loss of both power supplies to Unit 1
058 Loss of BC Power
    annunciators. Enter the Emergency Plan and declare an Alert if the loss of
G2.4.32: Knowledge of operator response to a loss of all annunciators  
    annunciators lasts for greater than 15 minutes.


                                                Sway Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2084-301  
                                                DRAFT SRO lnital Exam
DRAFT Sa0 lnital Exam  
References:
84.
0-AP-18.13, Loss of Main Control Board Room Annunciators, Rev. 4
062A2.12 001/2/1/VITAL
EPIP-I .01, Emergency Manager Controliing Procedure, Rev. 43
~. AC RUS/C/A 3.2/3.b/N/SR0330I/S/M~/SI>K
Distractor Analysis:
-~
A. Incorrect because 1K-HI not lit is indication of both power supplies to Unit 1
___
    annunciator Panels having been lost.
~
3. Correct because 1K-H1 not lit is indication of both power supplies to Unit 1
1 I
    annunciator Panels having been lost. EPIP-I .01 Page 6 states that if safety system
~
    annunciators are lost for greater than 15 minutes while above CSD, then a NOUE
Uni;
    shall be declared.
at 100% p ~ ~ e J t 
C. Incorrect because 1K-HI not lit is iRdkatiQR of both power supplies to Unit 1
exzences a loss of V i z u s  I at 1200 hours on Monday.
    annunciator Panels having been lost. Since the plant is still at 100% power, there is
1
    ne, indication that any BC Bus has been Isst; therefore 1-AP-lO.86 should not be
Operators enter 1-AP-10.01, Loss of Vital Bus I, and re-energize the Vital Bus from its
    entered. An Alert classification based on the loss of DC would be incorrect. As
alternate source at f 21 5 hours on Monday.  
    stated above, a NQUE is the correct cfassificatisn.
Which ONE of the foliowing correctly states the required actions based on the above
D. Incorrect because the plant is still at 188% power, there is no indication that any DC
condition?
    Bus has been Isst; therefore 1-AP-10.06 should not be entered. An Alert
I  
    classification based on the loss of DC would be incorrect. As Stated abOVe, a
I
    N O W is the correct classification.
A. In accordance with 1-AP-10.01, Vital Bus I must be reenergized from its primary
Provide EPIP-1.01 Pages 6 and 27
source by 1400 hours on Monday, or be in Hot Shutdown by 2000 hours on
058 Loss of BC Power
Monday.  
G2.4.32: Knowledge of operator response to a loss of all annunciators
B. In accordance with 1 -AP-10.01, Vital Bus I must be re-energized from its primary
source by 1415 hours 081 Monday, Or be in HQt ShU~dOWn by 2815 hQUrS Qn
Monday.  
C.J In accordance with 1-AP-10.01, Vital Bus I must be re-energized from its primary
source by 1200 hours on Tuesday, or be in Hot Shutdown by 1880 hours on
Tuesday.  
D. No shutdown requirements are in effect as long as Vital Bus B is energized.  
i
I


                                                            Surry Nuclear Plant 2084-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                            DRAFT Sa0 lnital Exam
DRAFT SRO lnital Exam  
    84.062A2.12 001/2/1/VITAL
References:
                        ~.    AC RUS/C/A 3.2/3.b/N/SR0330I/S/M~/SI>K
1 -AP-l0.01, Loss of Vital Bus I , Rev. 13
                                                      -~                    ___    ~
NB-90.3-LP-5, Vital and Semi-vital Bus Distribution, Rev. 11
1I
Distractor Analysis:
1
A. Incorrect because per AP-10.01 Step 16 c, the VB must be powered from its  
  ~    ;U
normal source within 24 hours or the unit must be placed in HSD within the next 6
        in        at 100% p ~ ~ ee xJz e  t n c e s a loss of V i z u s I at 1200 hours on Monday.
hours (also see MD-90.3-LP-5 Page 15). Plausible because if the bus is not
        Operators enter 1-AP-10.01, Loss of Vital Bus I, and re-energize the Vital Bus from its
energeized, it must be repowered within 2 hours and 1400 hours is 2 hours after
        alternate source at f 215 hours on Monday.
12010 hours.
I
B. Incorrect because per AP-10.01 Step 16 c, the VB must be powered from its  
        Which ONE of the foliowing correctly states the required actions based on the above
normal source within 24 hours or the unit must be plamd in HSD within the next 6
        condition?
hours (also see ND-90.3-LP-5 Page 15). Plausible because if the bus is not
I
energeized, it must be repowered within 2 hours and f 41 5 hours is 2 hours after
        A. In accordance with 1-AP-10.01, Vital Bus I must be reenergized from its primary
121 5 hours.
            source by 1400 hours on Monday, or be in Hot Shutdown by 2000 hours on
normal source within 24 hours or the unit must be placed in MSD within the rIext 6
            Monday.
hours (also see ND-96.3-LP-5 Page 15). The consequences sf having VB-I not
        B. In accordance with 1-AP-10.01, Vital Bus I must be re-energized from its primary
energized by it5 primary source are mitigated, or corrected, by ensuring that it is
            source by 1415 hours 081 Monday, Or be in HQtShU~dOWnby 2815 hQUrS Qn
energized from its primary source within the specified time requirement.  
            Monday.
B. Incorrect because per AP-10.01 Step 16 c, the VB must be powered B~om its  
        C.J In accordance with 1-AP-10.01, Vital Bus I must be re-energized from its primary
normal source within 24 hours or the unit must be placed in HSD within the next 6
            source by 1200 hours on Tuesday, or be in Hot Shutdown by 1880 hours on
hours (also see ND-98.3-LP-5 Page 15). Plausible because the Vital Bus is
            Tuesday.
energized and the plant would be operating satisfactorily.  
i
C. Correct because per AP-10.01 Step 16 c, the VB must be powered from its  
        D. No shutdown requirements are in effect as long as Vital Bus B is energized.
062 AC Electrical Distribution
I
A2.12: Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on  
the ac distribution system; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to
correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
Restoration of power to 8 system with a fault on it.  


                                                  Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                  DRAFT SRO lnital Exam
DRAFT SRO lnital Exam  
References:
~ 85. 062AA2 04 00111/1/SERVICE -~
1-AP-l0.01, Loss of Vital Bus I , Rev. 13
WA1'EWC/A 2 512
NB-90.3-LP-5, Vital and Semi-vital Bus Distribution, Rev. 11
~.
Distractor Analysis:
9/N/SR04301fSMABISDR
A. Incorrect because per AP-10.01 Step 16 c, the VB must be powered from its
~
    normal source within 24 hours or the unit must be placed in HSD within the next 6
-
    hours (also see MD-90.3-LP-5 Page 15). Plausible because if the bus is not
The following Unit 1 conditions exist:  
    energeized, it must be repowered within 2 hours and 1400 hours is 2 hours after
- 1 -CH-P-1 A Charging Pump is operating
    12010 hours.
- 1 -SW-P-1 0A Charging Pump Service Water Pump is operating
B. Incorrect because per AP-10.01 Step 16 c, the VB must be powered from its
- 1 -SW-P-1 OB Charging Pump Service Water Pump is in standby
    normal source within 24 hours or the unit must be plamd in HSD within the next 6
- 1 D-G5, SW OW CC PPS DISCH TO CHG BPS LO PRESS, alarms
    hours (also see ND-90.3-LP-5 Page 15). Plausible because if the bus is not
~
    energeized, it must be repowered within 2 hours and f 415 hours is 2 hours after
1 -CH-P-1 A Charging Pump Bearing Temperature = 175 O F 
    1215 hours.
- 1 -CH-P-1 A Charging Pump Oil Cooler Outlet Temperature = 150 O F 
C. Correct because per AP-10.01Step 16 c, the VB must be powered from its
Power = 100%
    normal source within 24 hours or the unit must be placed in MSD within the rIext 6
The Pressure Indication on the discharge of f-SW-P-10A Charging Pump Sewice
    hours (also see ND-96.3-LP-5 Page 15). The consequences sf having VB-I not
Water Pump (SW-Pl-26) reached a minimum value of 10 psig where it remains
    energized by it5 primary source are mitigated, or corrected, by ensuring that it is
stable.  
    energized from its primary source within the specified time requirement.
- The Operator in the field reports back to the Control Room that 1-SW-P-10A
B. Incorrect because per AP-10.01 Step 16 c, the V B must be powered B~omits
Charging Pump Service Water Pump is noisy and has high vibrations.  
    normal source within 24 hours or the unit must be placed in HSD within the next 6
Which ONE of the following correctly states the appropriate assessment of the above
    hours (also see ND-98.3-LP-5 Page 15). Plausible because the Vital Bus is
conditions and appropriate operator action based on that assessment?
    energized and the plant would be operating satisfactorily.
A. Bearing Temperature is not within limits. The "A" Charging Bump is INOPERABLE.  
062 AC Electrical Distribution
Direct starting standby Charging Pump Service Water Pump, direct securing the  
A2.12: Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on
"A" Charging Pump Service Water Pump, and notify the System Engineer.
the ac distribution system; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to
B. Bearing Temperature is not within limits. 1-CH-P-IA Charging Pump is
correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:
INOPERABLE. Verify auto start of 1 -SW-P-1 OB Charging Pump Sewice Water
Restoration of power to 8 system with a fault on it.
Pump, and notify the System Engineer.  
C:' Oil Cooler Outlet Temperature is not within normal operating band. 1 -CH-P-1 A
Charging Pump is OPERABLE. Direct starting standby Charging Pump Service
Water Pump, direct securing the "A" Charging Pump Service Water Pump, and
notify the System Engineer.
D. Oil Cooler Outlet Temperature is not within normal operating band. Performance of  
Charging Pump Operability and Performance Test for 1 -CH-P-1 A Charging Pump
must be directed to determine OPERABILITY.  


                                                        Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                        DRAFT SRO lnital Exam
DRAFT SRO lnital Exam  
~ 85.062AA2 04 00111/1/SERVICE
Surry
                        -      WA1'EWC/A 2 512
References :  
                              -~          ~.  9/N/SR04301fSMABISDR  ~
I D-G5, SW OR CC PPS DISCH PO CHG PPS LO PRESS, Rev. 3
    The following Unit 1 conditions exist:
11448-FM-071 B, Sh. 1 of 2, Flow / Valve Operating Numbers Diagram, Circulating and
        Power = 100%
ND-89.5-LP-2, Service Water System, Rev. 20
    - 1-CH-P-1A Charging Pump is operating
1 -0P-CH-002, Charging Pump A Operations, Rev. 13
    - 1-SW-P-10A Charging Pump Service Water Pump is operating
1 -OPT-CH-001, Charging Pump Operability and Performance Test For 1 -CH-P-IA,
    - 1-SW-P-1OB Charging Pump Service Water Pump is in standby
Service Water System, Surry Power Station Unit 1, Virginia Power, Rev. 50.  
    - 1D-G5, SW OW CC PPS DISCH TO CHG BPS LO PRESS, alarms
Rev. 33
    ~  1-CH-P-1A Charging Pump Bearing Temperature = 175 O F
Distractor Analysis:
    - 1-CH-P-1A Charging Pump Oil Cooler Outlet Temperature = 150 O F
A. Incorrect because Bearing Temperature is less than 180 OF. OPT-CH-001 Pg 9
        The Pressure Indication on the discharge of f-SW-P-10A Charging Pump Sewice
B. Incorrect because Bearing Temperature is less than 180 O F . OPT-CH-OB1 Pg 9
      Water Pump (SW-Pl-26) reached a minimum value of 10 psig where it remains
states that the upper adrnin limit is 180 O F .  The Charging Pump is still OPERABLE.
        stable.
states that the upper admin limit is 180 O F . The standby pump will not start until 8
    - The Operator in the field reports back to the Control Room that 1-SW-P-10A
@. Correct because Oil Cooler Outlet Temperature is not within the normal operating  
        Charging Pump Service Water Pump is noisy and has high vibrations.
band (80 - 120 OF) as states in OPT-CH-001. However, the problem is not with the
    Which ONE of the following correctly states the appropriate assessment of the above
Charging Pump, but with the Service Water flow, so swapping Charging Pump  
    conditions and appropriate operator action based on that assessment?
Service Water Pumps is the correct initial action based on the ARP.
    A. Bearing Temperature is not within limits. The "A" Charging Bump is INOPERABLE.
5. Incorrect because there is no indication that the Charging Pump has a problem.  
          Direct starting standby Charging Pump Service Water Pump, direct securing the
Given the above alarm, all indications suggest that the problem is with the Service
        "A" Charging Pump Service Water Pump, and notify the System Engineer.
Water flow. Therefore, performance of the Operability and Performance Test for  
    B. Bearing Temperature is not within limits. 1-CH-P-IA Charging Pump is
the Charging Pump would serve 690 purpose.
        INOPERABLE. Verify auto start of 1-SW-P-1OB Charging Pump Sewice Water
psig.
        Pump, and notify the System Engineer.
062 boss of Svc Water
    C:' Oil Cooler Outlet Temperature is not within normal operating band. 1-CH-P-1A
AA2.04: Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Loss of
        Charging Pump is OPERABLE. Direct starting standby Charging Pump Service
Nuclear Service Water: The normal values and upper limits for the temperatures of the
        Water Pump, direct securing the "A" Charging Pump Service Water Pump, and
components cooled by SWS.  
        notify the System Engineer.
    D. Oil Cooler Outlet Temperature is not within normal operating band. Performance of
        Charging Pump Operability and Performance Test for 1-CH-P-1A Charging Pump
        must be directed to determine OPERABILITY.


                                                    Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                    DRAFT SRO lnital Exam
DRAFT SWO lnital Exam  
Surry
The following Unit 1 conditions exist:  
References:
- Reactor Power = 188%
I D-G5, SW OR CC PPS DISCH PO CHG PPS LO PRESS, Rev. 3
- A loss of Containment Instrument Air has occurred
11448-FM-071B, Sh. 1 of 2, Flow / Valve Operating Numbers Diagram, Circulating and
- 1 B-F6, CPMT INSP AIR HDR LO PRESSURE, annunciates
  Service Water System, Surry Power Station Unit 1, Virginia Power, Rev. 50.
~
ND-89.5-LP-2, Service Water System, Rev. 20
1 B-C6, PRZR PWR RELIEF VV LO AlR PRESS, annunciates
1-0P-CH-002, Charging Pump A Operations, Rev. 13
- Containment Instrument Air Pressure = 75 psig
1-OPT-CH-001, Charging Pump Operability and Performance Test For 1-CH-P-IA,
~ Containment instrument Air was crosstied with Instrument Air
  Rev. 33
Which ONE of the following operator actions is required?
Distractor Analysis:
A. Both Pressurizer PQWVs are operable following the crosstie. Verify the operability
A. Incorrect because Bearing Temperature is less than 180 OF. OPT-CH-001 Pg 9
by closing POWV Block Valves, stroking PORVs, then re-opening the PORV Block
    states that the upper adrnin limit is 180 O F . The Charging Pump is still OPERABLE.
Valves.  
B. Incorrect because Bearing Temperature is less than 180 O F . OPT-CH-OB1 Pg 9
5. Both Pressurizer PBWVs are operable following the crosstie. No further action
    states that the upper admin limit is 180 O F . The standby pump will not start until 8
associated with the PORVs is required.
    psig.
C:' Declare both Pressurizer PORVs inoperable. Close and remove power from both
@. Correct because Oil Cooler Outlet Temperature is not within the normal operating
PQRV block valves within one hour and be in HSD within 6 hours.  
    band (80- 120 OF) as states in OPT-CH-001. However, the problem is not with the
D. Declare both Pressurizer PORVs inoperable. Close, but leave energized, both
    Charging Pump, but with the Service Water flow, so swapping Charging Pump
POWV block valves within one hour and be in HSB within 6 hours.  
    Service Water Pumps is the correct initial action based on the ARP.
5. Incorrect because there is no indication that the Charging Pump has a problem.
    Given the above alarm, all indications suggest that the problem is with the Service
    Water flow. Therefore, performance of the Operability and Performance Test for
    the Charging Pump would serve 690 purpose.
062 boss of Svc Water
AA2.04: Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Loss of
Nuclear Service Water: The normal values and upper limits for the temperatures of the
components cooled by SWS.


                                                Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                DRAFT SWO lnital Exam
DRAFT SRO lnital Exam  
The following Unit 1 conditions exist:
Surry
  - Reactor Power = 188%
References:  
- A loss of Containment Instrument Air has occurred
ND-92.1-LP-1, Station Air Systems, Rev. 13
- 1B-F6, CPMT INSP AIR HDR LO PRESSURE, annunciates
ND-88.1-LP-3, Pressurizer and Pressure Relief, Rev. 12
~  1B-C6, PRZR PWR RELIEF VV LO AlR PRESS, annunciates
1 3433, CTMT lNSB AIR HDR LO PRESS, Rev. 1
- Containment Instrument Air Pressure = 75 psig
1 D-C6, PRZW PWR RELIEF VV LO AIR PRESS, Rev. 4
~  Containment instrument Air was crosstied with Instrument Air
Technical Specification 3.1 .A.6.c, Reactor Coolant System / Relief Valves
Which ONE of the following operator actions is required?
Distractor Analysis:
A. Both Pressurizer PQWVs are operable following the crosstie. Verify the operability
A. Incorrect because (per 1 3-CGJ with CTMT lnst Air P e 80 psig, the PORVs are
    by closing POWV Block Valves, stroking PORVs, then re-opening the PORV Block
inoperable.  
    Valves.
B. Incorrect because (per 1 D-@Gj with CTMT lnst Air P 6 80 psig, the PORVs ale
5. Both Pressurizer PBWVs are operable following the crosstie. No further action
inoperable.  
    associated with the PORVs is required.
C. Correct because POWVs are not capable of being m ~ ~ u a l l y 
C:' Declare both Pressurizer PORVs inoperable. Close and remove power from both
cycled with CTMT lnst
    PQRV block valves within one hour and be in HSD within 6 hours.
Air P < 80 pig. Therefore, within 1 hour, the CTMT lnst Air pressure must be > 80
D. Declare both Pressurizer PORVs inoperable. Close, but leave energized, both
psig or the block valves must be closed and de-energized. Furthermore, the plant
    POWV block valves within one hour and be in HSB within 6 hours.
must be in HSD within the next 6 hours.  
D. Incorrect because, as stated in "C"
above, power must be removed from the block
valves.
Surry Requal Bank Question #394 (ARP0001)
079 Station Air
G2.4.48: Ability to interpret control room indications to verify the status and operation
of system, and understand how operator actions and directives affect plant and system
conditions.  


                                                  Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Sur9 Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                  DRAFT SRO lnital Exam
DRAFT SRO lnital Exam  
Surry
The following Unit 1 conditions exist:  
References:
- Plant is in Mode 1  
ND-92.1-LP-1, Station Air Systems, Rev. 13
- Personnel Airlock Seal Leakage Testing has just been completed
ND-88.1-LP-3, Pressurizer and Pressure Relief, Rev. 12
- The Personnel Airlock lnner Boor Seal exceeded Technical Specifications leakage
13433,CTMT lNSB AIR HDR LO PRESS, Rev. 1
- Earlier in the year the Personnel Airlock lnner Door exceeded Technical
1D-C6, PRZW PWR RELIEF VV LO AIR PRESS, Rev. 4
limits
Technical Specification 3.1 .A.6.c, Reactor Coolant System / Relief Valves
Specifications leakage limits and the Personnel Airlock Outer Door was opened for a
Distractor Analysis:
total of 59 minutes during the inoperability of the Personnel Airlock Inner Door
A. Incorrect because (per 1 3-CGJwith CTMT lnst Air P e 80 psig, the PORVs are
Which ONE of the following actions would satisfy required Technical Specification  
    inoperable.
Actions for the Personnel Airlock Doors?
B. Incorrect because (per 1 D-@Gjwith CTMT lnst Air P 6 80 psig, the PORVs ale
A. The Personnel Airlock Outer Door may not be opened to pursue the repair and
    inoperable.
retest. The plant must be shutdown and cooled down per Plant General Operating
C. Correct because POWVs are not capable of being m ~ ~ u a lcycled  ly    with CTMT lnst
Procedures. The plant must be in Hot Shutdown within 6 hours and Cold Shutdown
    Air P < 80 p i g . Therefore, within 1 hour, the CTMT lnst Air pressure must be > 80
Within the following 30 hours.
    psig or the block valves must be closed and de-energized. Furthermore, the plant
B:' The Personnel Airlock Outer Door may be opened for 10 minutes to pursue the
    must be in HSD within the next 6 hours.
repair and retest of the Personnel Airlock lwner Door Seal. Per VPAP-0106,  
D. Incorrect because, as stated in "C"above, power must be removed from the block
Subatmospheric Containment Entry, the Shift Supervisor shall supervise the
    valves.
containment ent9 and exit process.  
Surry Requal Bank Question #394 (ARP0001)
C. The Personnel Airlock Outer Door may be opened for 15 minutes to pursue the  
079 Station Air
repair and retest of the Personnel Airlock lnner Boor Seal. Per VPAP-0106,  
G2.4.48: Ability to interpret control room indications to verify the status and operation
Subatmospheric Containment Entry, the Unit SRO shall supervise the containment
of system, and understand how operator actions and directives affect plant and system
entry and exit process.  
conditions.
D. The Personnel Airlock Outer Door may be opened for 1 how to pursue the repair
and retest of the Personnel Airlock Inner Door Seal. Per VPAP-0106,
Subatmospheric Containment Entry, the Unit SRO shall supervise the containment
ent9 and exit process.  


                                                  Sur9 Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2804-301  
                                                  DRAFT SRO lnital Exam
DRAFT SRO lnital Exam  
The following Unit 1 conditions exist:
References:  
- Plant is in Mode 1
VPAP-0106, Subatmospheric Containment Entry, Rev. 5
- Personnel Airlock Seal Leakage Testing has just been completed
Technical Specifications 3.8, Containment (Amendments 172 and 171 1; 1.6.G,
- The Personnel Airlock lnner Boor Seal exceeded Technical Specifications leakage
Definitions (Amendment 180)
    limits
Distractor Analysis:
- Earlier in the year the Personnel Airlock lnner Door exceeded Technical
A. Incorrect because the Outer Door may be opened for 10 minutes since it has
    Specifications leakage limits and the Personnel Airlock Outer Door was opened for a
already been opened 50 minutes this year while the inner door was inoperable.  
  total of 59 minutes during the inoperability of the Personnel Airlock Inner Door
B. Correct because per Tech Specs, the Outer Door may be opened for I5 minutes or
Which ONE of the following actions would satisfy required Technical Specification
60 minutes for the year (which leaves 10 more minutes for this instance).  
Actions for the Personnel Airlock Doors?
Furthermore, the SS must supervise the containment entry and exit process pes
A. The Personnel Airlock Outer Door may not be opened to pursue the repair and
VPAP-0106 Section 5.6.  
      retest. The plant must be shutdown and cooled down per Plant General Operating
C. Incorrect because the Outer Door may be opened for 10 minutes and the SS must
      Procedures. The plant must be in Hot Shutdown within 6 hours and Cold Shutdown
supervise the containment entry and exit per VPAP-0106 Section 5.1.  
    Within the following 30 hours.
B. Incorrect because the Outer Door may be opened for 10 minutes.
B:' The Personnel Airlock Outer Door may be opened for 10 minutes to pursue the
103 Containment
      repair and retest of the Personnel Airlock lwner Door Seal. Per VPAP-0106,
A2.01: Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on
    Subatmospheric Containment Entry, the Shift Supervisor shall supervise the
the containment system; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct,  
    containment ent9 and exit process.
control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations: Integrated
C. The Personnel Airlock Outer Door may be opened for 15 minutes to pursue the
Leak Rate Tests.  
      repair and retest of the Personnel Airlock lnner Boor Seal. Per VPAP-0106,
    Subatmospheric Containment Entry, the Unit SRO shall supervise the containment
    entry and exit process.
D. The Personnel Airlock Outer Door may be opened for 1 how to pursue the repair
    and retest of the Personnel Airlock Inner Door Seal. Per VPAP-0106,
    Subatmospheric Containment Entry, the Unit SRO shall supervise the containment
    ent9 and exit process.


                                                  Surry Nuclear Plant 2804-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                  DRAFT SRO lnital Exam
DRAFT SRO lnital Exam  
References:
The following Unit 1 conditions exist:
VPAP-0106, Subatmospheric Containment Entry, Rev. 5
- Chemistry has just provided the following results from a Reactor Coolant System
Technical Specifications 3.8, Containment (Amendments 172 and 1711; 1.6.G,
The Unit has been operating at 100% power for the past two weeks
  Definitions (Amendment 180)
sample that was taken 1 hour ago:  
Distractor Analysis:
- RCS Chloride = 0. I 5 ppm
A. Incorrect because the Outer Door may be opened for 10 minutes since it has
- RCS Fluoride = 0.1 5 ppm
    already been opened 50 minutes this year while the inner door was inoperable.
- RCS Oxygen = 0.1 5 ppm
B. Correct because per Tech Specs, the Outer Door may be opened for I5 minutes or
Which ONE of the following describes the above conditions and appropriate operator
    60 minutes for the year (which leaves 10 more minutes for this instance).
action?
    Furthermore, the SS must supervise the containment entry and exit process pes
A. Oxygen concentration is above the allowable Technical Specification limit. Per
    VPAP-0106 Section 5.6.
Technical Specifications, corrective action must be taken immediately to bring the
C. Incorrect because the Outer Door may be opened for 10 minutes and the SS must
plant to cold shutdown conditions.  
    supervise the containment entry and exit per VPAP-0106 Section 5.1.
B:' Oxygen concentration is above the allowable Technical Specification limit. Per
B. Incorrect because the Outer Door may be opened for 10 minutes.
Technical Specifications, corrective action must be taken immediately to bring the  
103 Containment
oxygen concentration within limits. If the oxygen concentration is outside of the limil
A2.01: Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on
after 24 hours, then the plant must be taken to cold shutdown.  
the containment system; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct,
C. Chloride concentration is above the allowable Technical Specification limit. Per
control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations: Integrated
Technical Specifications, corrective action must be taken immediately to bring the  
Leak Rate Tests.
plant to cold shutdown conditions.  
D. Chloride concentration is above the allowable Technical Specification limit. Per
Technical Specifications, corrective action must be taken immediately to bring the
chloride concentration within limits. If the chloride concentration is outside of the  
limit after 24 hours, then the plant must be taken to cold shutdown.  


                                                  Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2084-301  
                                                  DRAFT SRO lnital Exam
DRAFT SRO M a l  Exam  
The following Unit 1 conditions exist:
Surry
  The Unit has been operating at 100% power for the past two weeks
References:  
- Chemistry has just provided the following results from a Reactor Coolant System
Technical Specifications 3.1 F.1 and Basis
  sample that was taken 1 hour ago:
Distractor Analysis:
    - RCS Chloride = 0. I 5 ppm
A. Incorrect because, according to the Tech Spec Basis, the plant has 24 hours to see
    - RCS Fluoride = 0.15 ppm
if their corrective actions will bring the parameter within spec. If after 24 hours the
    - RCS Oxygen = 0.15 ppm
parameter is not within spec, then the plant must be taken to cold shutdown using
Which ONE of the following describes the above conditions and appropriate operator
normal plant procedures.  
action?
B. Correct because, according to the Tech Spec Basis, the plant has 24 hours to see if
A. Oxygen concentration is above the allowable Technical Specification limit. Per
their corrective actions will bring the parameter within spec. If after 24 hours the  
    Technical Specifications, corrective action must be taken immediately to bring the
parameter is not within spec, then the plant mush be taken to cold shutdown using
    plant to cold shutdown conditions.
normal plant procedures.  
B:' Oxygen concentration is above the allowable Technical Specification limit. Per
6. incorrect because Chloride concentration is within limits.  
    Technical Specifications, corrective action must be taken immediately to bring the
D. Incorrect because Chloride concentration is within limits.  
    oxygen concentration within limits. If the oxygen concentration is outside of the limil
G2.1.34: Ability to maintain primary and secondary plant chemistry within allowabk
    after 24 hours, then the plant must be taken to cold shutdown.
limits.  
C. Chloride concentration is above the allowable Technical Specification limit. Per
    Technical Specifications, corrective action must be taken immediately to bring the
    plant to cold shutdown conditions.
D. Chloride concentration is above the allowable Technical Specification limit. Per
    Technical Specifications, corrective action must be taken immediately to bring the
    chloride concentration within limits. If the chloride concentration is outside of the
    limit after 24 hours, then the plant must be taken to cold shutdown.


                                                    Surry Nuclear Plant 2084-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2804-301  
                                                    DRAFT SRO M a l Exam
DRAFT SRO lnital Exam
Surry
~
References:
-
Technical Specifications 3.1 F.1 and Basis
89. G2.1.4 001/3NTECH
Distractor Analysis:
~. SPEC STAIjl:ING/C/A 2.3/3.4/NISR~301/S/M[AB/SDIP_
A. Incorrect because, according to the Tech Spec Basis, the plant has 24 hours to see
~
    if their corrective actions will bring the parameter within spec. If after 24 hours the
~
    parameter is not within spec, then the plant must be taken to cold shutdown using
~
    normal plant procedures.
~
B. Correct because, according to the Tech Spec Basis, the plant has 24 hours to see if
-
    their corrective actions will bring the parameter within spec. If after 24 hours the
The following plant conditions exist:  
    parameter is not within spec, then the plant mush be taken to cold shutdown using
~
    normal plant procedures.
Unit 1 is shutdown and subcritical by 5.35% delta k / k
6. incorrect because Chloride concentration is within limits.
- Unit 1 Tavg is 100 O F 
D. Incorrect because Chloride concentration is within limits.
~
G2.1.34: Ability to maintain primary and secondary plant chemistry within allowabk
Unit 2 is shutdown and subcritical by 2.35% delta k / k
limits.
~
Unit 2 Tavg is 198 O F 
Which ONE of the following correctly states the MINIMUM shift crew composition per
Technical Specifications?
A. I SS, 1 Unit SWO,
3 ROs, 4 AOs, and 1 STA.
B. 1 SS, 2 Unit SROs, 3 ROs, 4 AOs, and no STA.
C. 1 SS, 1 Unit SRO, 3 ROs, 4 AQs, and no STA.  
D?' 1 SS, no Unit SRO, 2 ROs, 4. AOs, and no STA.
Surty
References:
Technical Specification Table 6.1 -1 (Minimum Shift Crew Composition), Amendrnemt
No. 123.
Distractor Analysis:  
A. Incorrect because it does not match the minimum requirements for one unit in Cold
B. Incorrect because it does not match the minimum requirements for one unit in Cold
C. Incorrect because it does not match the minimum requirements for one unit in Cold
D. Correct because it matches the requirement for one unit in Cold Shutdown and one
Shutdown and one unit in Refueling Shutdown.  
Shutdown and one unit in Refueling Shutdown.  
Shutdown and one unit in Refueling Shutdown.  
unit in Refueling Shutdown.  
G2.1.4
Knowledge of shift staffing requirements.  


                                                      Surry Nuclear Plant 2804-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                      DRAFT SRO lnital Exam
DRAFT SWO lnital Exam  
89.G2.1.4 001/3NTECH
The following conditions exist:  
-    ~
- Unit 1 is at 58% power
                ~. SPEC STAIjl:ING/C/A 2.3/3.4/NISR~301/S/M[AB/SDIP_
- Unit 2 is in startup mode with Tavg = 41 0&deg;F  
                          ~        ~
- Unit 2 Steam Driven AFW Pump and Motor Driven AFW Pump are declared to be
                                                        ~
= Unit 2 Motor Driven AFW Pump is restored to operable status at 1 100 hours and Unii
                                                                        ~      -
inoperable at 0800 hours on August 11 (all other AFW equipment is operable)
  The following plant conditions exist:
2 Tavg = 41 8&deg;F  
    ~ Unit 1 is shutdown and subcritical by 5.35% delta k / k
Which ONE of the following set of Technical Specification actions is correct?  
  - Unit 1 Tavg is 100 O F
(Reference provided)
  ~  Unit 2 is shutdown and subcritical by 2.35% delta k / k
A. Initially (with both pumps inoperable) both AFVV Pumps must be restored or Unit 2
  ~  Unit 2 Tavg is 198 O F
must not enter Hot Shutdown. All Unit 1 Technical Specification Actions will be less
  Which ONE of the following correctly states the MINIMUM shift crew composition per
restrictive than the Unit 2 Technical Specification Actions.  
  Technical Specifications?
B. Unit 2 A W  actions do not apply. lnitialty (with both pumps inoperable) Unit 1 must
  A. I SS, 1 Unit SWO,3 ROs, 4 AOs, and 1 STA.
be in Hot Shutdown by 88/25 at 1400 hours and Cold Shutdown by 08/26 at 2000
  B. 1 SS, 2 Unit SROs, 3 ROs, 4 AOs, and no STA.
hours. After the Motor Driven A W  Pump is operable no Unit 4 actions would be in
  C. 1 SS, 1 Unit SRO, 3 ROs, 4 AQs, and no STA.
effect.  
  D?' 1 SS, no Unit SRO, 2 ROs, 4. AOs, and no STA.
6:' Initially (with both pumps inoperable) Unit 2 must be in Cold Shutdown by 08/12 at
  Surty
2000 hours and restore either AFW pump by 08/25 at 0800 hours or Unit 1 must be
  References:
placed in Hot Shutdown by 08/25 at 1400 hours. After the Motor Driven AFW
  Technical Specification Table 6.1-1 (Minimum Shift Crew Composition), Amendrnemt
Pump us restored, the Steam Driven AFW Pump must be restored by 88/14 at
        No. 123.
0800 hours or Unit 2 must be in Hot Shutdswn by 08/14 at 2000 hours.  
  Distractor Analysis:
D. Initially (with both pumps inoperable) Unit 2 shall not enter Hot Shutdown and must
  A. Incorrect because it does not match the minimum requirements for one unit in Cold
be in Cold Shutdown by 88/12 at 2000 hours and restore either A W  pump within
        Shutdown and one unit in Refueling Shutdown.
I4 days or Unit 1 must be placed in Hot Shutdown by 08/25 at 0800 hours. After
  B. Incorrect because it does not match the minimum requirements for one unit in Cold
the Motor Driven AFW Pump is restored, the Steam Driven AFW Pump must also
        Shutdown and one unit in Refueling Shutdown.
be restored by 08/14 at 0800 hours or Unit 1 must be in Hot Shutdown by OW1 4 at
  C. Incorrect because it does not match the minimum requirements for one unit in Cold
2000 hours.  
        Shutdown and one unit in Refueling Shutdown.
  D. Correct because it matches the requirement for one unit in Cold Shutdown and one
        unit in Refueling Shutdown.
  G2.1.4
  Knowledge of shift staffing requirements.


                                                  Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301
&sect;wry Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                  DRAFT SWO lnital Exam
DRAFT SRO InitaC Exam  
The following conditions exist:
Surry
- Unit 1 is at 58% power
Ref e rences:  
- Unit 2 is in startup mode with Tavg = 41 0&deg;F
Technical Specifications 3.6.C, 3.6.F, 3.6.G, and 3.01
- Unit 2 Steam Driven AFW Pump and Motor Driven AFW Pump are declared to be
Distractor Analysis:
  inoperable at 0800 hours on August 11 (all other AFW equipment is operable)
A. Incorrect because Unit 2 does not need to be placed in HSD until 12 hours following  
= Unit 2 Motor Driven AFW Pump is restored to operable status at 1100 hours and Unii
B. Incorrect because Unit 2 Technical Specification Actions do apply above 350 O F  and
  2 Tavg = 418&deg;F
C. Correct because LCO 3.0.1 is entered with both pumps inoperable because there is
Which ONE of the following set of Technical Specification actions is correct?
not a tech spec condition that covers this situation. Once the MBAFW Pump is  
(Reference provided)
operable, LCO 3.0.1 is exited, but 3.6.F and 3.6.C
A. Initially (with both pumps inoperable) both AFVV Pumps must be restored or Unit 2
still applies for Unit 2.  
    must not enter Hot Shutdown. All Unit 1 Technical Specification Actions will be less
D. Bncorrect because Unit 1 does not need to be shutdown with only the Unit 2 Steam
    restrictive than the Unit 2 Technical Specification Actions.
Drivem AFW Pump inoperable.
B. Unit 2 A W actions do not apply. lnitialty (with both pumps inoperable) Unit 1 must
08/14 at 0800 hours.
    be in Hot Shutdown by 88/25 at 1400 hours and Cold Shutdown by 08/26 at 2000
458 psig.
    hours. After the Motor Driven A W Pump is operable no Unit 4 actions would be in
G2.2.23
    effect.
Ability to track limiting conditions for operations.  
6:' Initially (with both pumps inoperable) Unit 2 must be in Cold Shutdown by 08/12 at
    2000 hours and restore either AFW pump by 08/25 at 0800 hours or Unit 1 must be
    placed in Hot Shutdown by 08/25 at 1400 hours. After the Motor Driven AFW
    Pump us restored, the Steam Driven AFW Pump must be restored by 88/14 at
    0800 hours or Unit 2 must be in Hot Shutdswn by 08/14 at 2000 hours.
D. Initially (with both pumps inoperable) Unit 2 shall not enter Hot Shutdown and must
    be in Cold Shutdown by 88/12 at 2000 hours and restore either A W pump within
    I4 days or Unit 1 must be placed in Hot Shutdown by 08/25 at 0800 hours. After
    the Motor Driven AFW Pump is restored, the Steam Driven AFW Pump must also
    be restored by 08/14 at 0800 hours or Unit 1 must be in Hot Shutdown by OW1 4 at
    2000 hours.


                                                    &sect;wry Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                    DRAFT SRO InitaC Exam
DRAFT SRO Bnital Exam  
Surry
__
References:
~
Technical Specifications 3.6.C, 3.6.F, 3.6.G, and 3.01
I
Distractor Analysis:
9 1 . G2.2.3 I OOl/3//REFUELINGK~A
A. Incorrect because Unit 2 does not need to be placed in HSD until 12 hours following
~
    08/14 at 0800 hours.
7.2/2.9/N/SROJ301/SIM~UISDR_
B. Incorrect because Unit 2 Technical Specification Actions do apply above 350 O F and
_.  
    458 psig.
-~~
C. Correct because LCO 3.0.1is entered with both pumps inoperable because there is
r
    not a tech spec condition that covers this situation. Once the MBAFW Pump is
Unit 1 has been shut dawn for 21 days and fuel movement has just commenced.  
    operable, LCO 3.0.1 is exited, but 3.6.F and 3.6.Cstill applies for Unit 2.
Which ONE of the following is correct with regard to Fuel Building Exhaust and
D. Bncorrect because Unit 1 does not need to be shutdown with only the Unit 2 Steam
Containment Purge Exhaust?
    Drivem AFW Pump inoperable.
A:' Fuel Building Exhaust and Containment Purge Exhaust must be manually aligned
G2.2.23
to continuously pass through CAT1 filters during fuel movements.
Ability to track limiting conditions for operations.
3. Fuel Building Exhaust and Containment Purge Exhaust will automatically align to
the CATl filters if a fuel handling accident occurred at this time.
I
6. There is no need to manually align Fuel Building Exhaust or Containment Purge
Exhaust to the CATl filters because the fuel has decayed for a sufficient period of
time such that radiofogical cansequences from a fuel handling accident would be  
acceptable without iodine filtration.  
I
D. Fuel Building Exhaust and Containment Purge Exhaust must be secured during fuel
movements to prevent automatically tripping the purge.  
Surry
References:
ND-92.5-LP-7, Refueling Abnormal Procedures, Rev. 10
Distractor Analysis:
A. Correct because the automatic alignment feature is bypassed when fuel has
decayed for less than 30 days. Therefore, it must be manually aligned prior to
moving fuel.  
decayed for less than 30 days.  
B. Incorrect because the automatic alignment feature is bypassed when fuel has
6.  
Incorrect because 30 days is considered sufficient decay time, not 21 days.  
D. Incorrect because this in only a requirement during movement of the upper
internals.  
G2.2.31
Knowledge of procedures and limitations involved in initial core loading.  


                                                        Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                        DRAFT SRO Bnital Exam
DRAFT SRQ lnital Exam  
  91. G2.2.3__
92. G2.2.4 -
            I OOl/3//REFUELINGK~A7.2/2.9/N/SROJ301/SIM~UISDR_
001/3//PROCEDUKE CHAKGE/MkiM 2 . 3 / 3 . 3 M I ~ 3 0 1 / ~ A H / S ~ 
                                    _.                            -~~
~  
-  
r
r
                              ~
-
                                                                                              I
                      ~
___
      Unit 1 has been shut dawn for 21 days and fuel movement has just commenced.
Which ONE of the following correctly states items that require a Regulatory Screen to
      Which ONE of the following is correct with regard to Fuel Building Exhaust and
be performed in accordance with VPAP-300lt Station and Regulatory Reviews?  
      Containment Purge Exhaust?
A. Emergency Action Level Change AND Station Curve Changes
      A:' Fuel Building Exhaust and Containment Purge Exhaust must be manually aligned
B." Seismic Analyses AND Heating-Ventilation and Air Conditioning Analyses
          to continuously pass through CAT1 filters during fuel movements.
C. Fire Protection Plan Changes AND Plant Flood Analyses
      3. Fuel Building Exhaust and Containment Purge Exhaust will automatically align to
D. Oftsite Dose Calculation Manual Changes AND Equipment Qualification Analyses
          the CATl filters if a fuel handling accident occurred at this time.
Surry
                                                                                              I
-
      6. There is no need to manually align Fuel Building Exhaust or Containment Purge        I
~
          Exhaust to the CATl filters because the fuel has decayed for a sufficient period of
~
          time such that radiofogical cansequences from a fuel handling accident would be
~
          acceptable without iodine filtration.
_
      D. Fuel Building Exhaust and Containment Purge Exhaust must be secured during fuel
_
          movements to prevent automatically tripping the purge.
_
      Surry
_
      References:
~
      ND-92.5-LP-7, Refueling Abnormal Procedures, Rev. 10
_
    Distractor Analysis:
_
    A. Correct because the automatic alignment feature is bypassed when fuel has
_
          decayed for less than 30 days. Therefore, it must be manually aligned prior to
_
          moving fuel.
-
      B. Incorrect because the automatic alignment feature is bypassed when fuel has
.-  
          decayed for less than 30 days.
References:
    6.Incorrect because 30 days is considered sufficient decay time, not 21 days.
VPAP-3001, Station and Regulatory Reviews, Rev. 9
      D. Incorrect because this in only a requirement during movement of the upper
Bistractor Analysis:  
          internals.
A. Incorrect because Emergency Action Level Changes are to be processed IAW
    G2.2.31
VPAP-0502 (see VPAP-3001 Page 2 of Att. 3), a Regulatory Screen is not required.
      Knowledge of procedures and limitations involved in initial core loading.
Plausible because both items are listed on VPAP-3001 Att. 3 Page 2.  
B. Correct per VPAP-3001 Page 2 of Att.3.
C. Incorrect because Fire Protection Plan Changes are to be performed MW
VPAP-2481 (see VPAP-SO81 Page 2 of Att. 3), a Regulatory Screen is not required.
Plausible because both items are listed on VPAP-3001 Att. 3 Page 2.  
Regulatory Screen is not required. Plausible because both items
are listed on VPAP-36301 Att. 3 Page 2.  
D. lncorrect because ODCM changes are to be performed IAW VPAP-2103N, a  
G2.2.6: Knowledge of the process for making changes in procedures as described in  
the safety analysis report.  


                                                      Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                      DRAFT SRQ lnital Exam
DRAFT SRO M a l  Exam  
  92.G2.2.4
Which ONE of the following are all responsibilities that shall E be delegated by the
          - 001/3//PROCEDUKE CHAKGE/MkiM 2 . 3 / 3 . 3 M I ~ 3 0 1 / ~ A H / S ~ -
Station Emergency Manages?  
                                                                          ~
A. Ordering Site Evacuation, Authorizing Emergency Exposure Limits.
                                                                                    ___
BY Authorizing Notifications of NRC, State and Local Agencies of the Emergency  
r -
Status, Authorizing Emergency Exposure Limits.  
      Which ONE of the following correctly states items that require a Regulatory Screen to
i
      be performed in accordance with VPAP-300lt Station and Regulatory Reviews?
1
      A. Emergency Action Level Change AND Station Curve Changes
C. Authorizing Notifications of NRC, State and Local Agencies of the Emergency
      B." Seismic Analyses AND Heating-Ventilation and Air Conditioning Analyses
Status, Restricting Access to the Site.  
      C. Fire Protection Plan Changes AND Plant Flood Analyses
8. Authorizing Emergency Exposure Limits, Restricting Aecess to the Site.  
      D. Oftsite Dose Calculation Manual Changes AND Equipment Qualification Analyses
WefW@nC@&sect;:  
  -      ~        ~      ~        _      _        _          _        ~      _  _    .- _ _ -
ND-95.5-LP-2, Station Emergency Manager, Rev. 8
    Surry
Site Emergency Plan, Rev. 46
    References:
Distractor Analysis:  
    VPAP-3001, Station and Regulatory Reviews, Rev. 9
A. Incorrect because ordering a site evacuation may be delegated.
    Bistractor Analysis:
5. Correct because the answer is clearly stated in both sf the references.  
    A. Incorrect because Emergency Action Level Changes are to be processed IAW
C. Incorrect because restricting access to the site may be delegated.  
          VPAP-0502 (see VPAP-3001 Page 2 of Att. 3), a Regulatory Screen is not required.
D. l~correct because restricting access to the site may be delegated.  
          Plausible because both items are listed on VPAP-3001 Att. 3 Page 2.
G2.4.29: Knowledge of the emergency plan.  
    B. Correct per VPAP-3001 Page 2 of Att.3.
    C. Incorrect because Fire Protection Plan Changes are to be performed MW
          VPAP-2481 (see VPAP-SO81 Page 2 of Att. 3), a Regulatory Screen is not required.
          Plausible because both items are listed on VPAP-3001 Att. 3 Page 2.
    D. lncorrect because ODCM changes are to be performed IAW VPAP-2103N, a
          Regulatory Screen is not required. Plausible because both items
          are listed on VPAP-36301 Att. 3 Page 2.
    G2.2.6: Knowledge of the process for making changes in procedures as described in
    the safety analysis report.


                                                  Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2804-301  
                                                  DRAFT SRO M a l Exam
DRAFT SRO lnital Exam  
  Which ONE of the following are all responsibilities that shall E be delegated by the
94. G2.4.38 C01I3NSEMIMEM -
  Station Emergency Manages?
2.2/4OiNISR04301/S~~/SDR - - - - __ 1
i A. Ordering Site Evacuation, Authorizing Emergency Exposure Limits.
- -  -
  BY Authorizing Notifications of NRC, State and Local Agencies of the Emergency
1 - 
      Status, Authorizing Emergency Exposure Limits.
Which ONE of the following correctly states the preferred order for assuming the  
1
Station Emergency Manager responsibilities from the Shift Supervisor once the
  C. Authorizing Notifications of NRC, State and Local Agencies of the Emergency
Technical Support Center is activated?  
      Status, Restricting Access to the Site.
A. Manger Nuclear Operations, Director Nuclear Station Safety and Licensing, Director
  8.Authorizing Emergency Exposure Limits, Restricting Aecess to the Site.
Nuclear Station Operations and Maintenance, Another Qualified SRQ
  WefW@nC@&sect;:
B. Site Vice-President, Director Nuclear Station Safety and Licensing, Director Nuclear
  ND-95.5-LP-2,Station Emergency Manager, Rev. 8
Station Operations and Maintenance, Manger Nuclear Operations
  Site Emergency Plan, Rev. 46
CJ Site Vice-president, Director Nuclear Station Operations and Maintenance, Director
  Distractor Analysis:
Nuclear Station Safety and Licensing, Manger Nuclear Operations
  A. Incorrect because ordering a site evacuation may be delegated.
D. Site Vim-President, Director Nuclear Station Operations and Maintenance, Manger
  5. Correct because the answer is clearly stated in both sf the references.
Nuclear Operations, Director Nuclear Station Safety and Licensing
  C. Incorrect because restricting access to the site may be delegated.
Surry
  D. l~correctbecause restricting access to the site may be delegated.
References:  
  G2.4.29: Knowledge of the emergency plan.
ND-95.5-LP-2, Station Emergency Manager, Rev. 8  
Distractor Analysis:  
A. Incorrect because this is not the preferred order as specified in ND-95.5-LP-2 Pg 3.  
B. Incorrect because this is not the preferred order as specified in ND-95.5-LP-2 Pg 3.  
C. Correct because this is the preferred order as specified in ND-95.5-LP-2 Pg 3.  
D. incorrect because this is not the preferred order as specified in ND-95.5-LP-2 Pg 3.  
G2.4.38: Ability to take actions called for in the facility emergency plan, including (if
required) supporting or acting as emergency coordinator.  


                                                          Surry Nuclear Plant 2804-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2084-301  
                                                          DRAFT SRO lnital Exam
DRAFT SRO Onital Exam  
  94. G2.4.38
Given the following plant conditions following an automatic reactor trip:  
      - -    C01I3NSEMIMEM
- RCS has been verified to be intact per 1 -E-8, Reactor Trip OF Safety Injection  
                    -    -  2.2/4OiNISR04301/S~~/SDR          -    -  -    -      __
- AFW Flow to "A" SG = 125 gpm  
1-                                                                                              1
- AFW Flow to "B" SG = 4 10 gpm  
      Which ONE of the following correctly states the preferred order for assuming the
- AFW Flow to "C" SG = I30 gpm  
        Station Emergency Manager responsibilities from the Shift Supervisor once the
- NR "A" SG Level = 10%  
      Technical Support Center is activated?
NR "B" SG Level = 8%  
      A. Manger Nuclear Operations, Director Nuclear Station Safety and Licensing, Director
NR "C" SG Level = 9%  
          Nuclear Station Operations and Maintenance, Another Qualified SRQ
~  
      B. Site Vice-President, Director Nuclear Station Safety and Licensing, Director Nuclear
-
          Station Operations and Maintenance, Manger Nuclear Operations
~
      CJ Site Vice-president, Director Nuclear Station Operations and Maintenance, Director
RCS Pressure = 1750 psig and slowly rising  
          Nuclear Station Safety and Licensing, Manger Nuclear Operations
- PRZR heveh = 24% and slowly rising  
      D. Site Vim-President, Director Nuclear Station Operations and Maintenance, Manger
- WCS subcooling based on CETCs is 8O'F  
          Nuclear Operations, Director Nuclear Station Safety and Licensing
Operators have reached the point in 1 -E-0 where the:  
      Surry
reduced.
      References:
are to check if SI flow should be  
      ND-95.5-LP-2, Station Emergency Manager, Rev. 8
Which ONE of the following would be the next series of operator actions?  
      Distractor Analysis:
A: Direct STA to begin monitoring Critical Safety Function Status Trees, Reset SI and  
      A. Incorrect because this is not the preferred order as specified in ND-95.5-LP-2 Pg 3.
CLS, verify Instrument Air available, then stop all but one Charging Pump, followed  
      B. Incorrect because this is not the preferred order as specified in ND-95.5-LP-2 Pg 3.
by isolating High Head SI to the Cold begs.  
      C. Correct because this is the preferred order as specified in ND-95.5-LP-2 Pg 3.
3. Transition to 1-ES-I .1, SI Termination, establish letdown, followed by raising  
      D. incorrect because this is not the preferred order as specified in ND-95.5-LP-2 Pg 3.
Pressurizer level to > 35%, then secure all but one Charging Pump.  
      G2.4.38: Ability to take actions called for in the facility emergency plan, including (if
C. Establish letdown, followed by raising Pressurizer level to > 3%%,  
      required) supporting or acting as emergency coordinator.
transition to  
 
I-ES-1 .I, SI Termination, then secure all but one Charging Pump.  
                                                  Surry Nuclear Plant 2084-301
D. Direct STA to begin monitoring Critical Safety Function Status Trees, Reset SI and  
                                                  DRAFT SRO Onital Exam
CLS, verify Instrument Air available, align Charging Pump suction to the VCT, then  
  Given the following plant conditions following an automatic reactor trip:
stop all but one Charging Pump.  
  - RCS has been verified to be intact per 1-E-8, Reactor Trip OF Safety Injection
- AFW Flow to "A" SG = 125 gpm
-   AFW Flow to "B" SG = 4 10 gpm
-   AFW Flow to "C" SG = I30 gpm
- NR "A" SG Level = 10%
~
    NR "B" SG Level = 8%
- NR "C" SG Level = 9%
~   RCS Pressure = 1750 psig and slowly rising
- PRZR heveh = 24% and slowly rising
-   WCS subcooling based on CETCs is 8O'F
Operators have reached the point in 1-E-0 where the: are to check if SI flow should be
reduced.
Which ONE of the following would be the next series of operator actions?
A: Direct STA to begin monitoring Critical Safety Function Status Trees, Reset SI and
    CLS, verify Instrument Air available, then stop all but one Charging Pump, followed
    by isolating High Head SI to the Cold begs.
3. Transition to 1-ES-I.1, SI Termination, establish letdown, followed by raising
    Pressurizer level to > 35%, then secure all but one Charging Pump.
C. Establish letdown, followed by raising Pressurizer level to > 3%%,   transition to
    I-ES-1. I , SI Termination, then secure all but one Charging Pump.
D. Direct STA to begin monitoring Critical Safety Function Status Trees, Reset SI and
    CLS, verify Instrument Air available, align Charging Pump suction to the VCT, then
    stop all but one Charging Pump.


                                                  Surv Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Surv Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                  DRAFT SWO lnital Exam
DRAFT SWO lnital Exam  
Surry
Surry  
References:
References:  
I-E-8, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection: Rev. 46
I-E-8, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection: Rev. 46  
1-ES-1.1, SI Termination, Rev. 29
1 -ES-1.1, SI Termination, Rev. 29  
ND-95-03-03, E-0, Reactor Trip of Safety Injection, Rev. 14
ND-95-03-03, E-0, Reactor Trip of Safety Injection, Rev. 14  
Distractor Analysis:
Distractor Analysis:  
A. Correct because these actions are directed by 1-E-0 Steps 26 through 32.
A. Correct because these actions are directed by 1 -E-0 Steps 26 through 32.  
B. Incorrect because letdown would not be established prior to Pnr L > 35%. Plausible
B. Incorrect because letdown would not be established prior to Pnr L > 35%. Plausible  
    because transition to ES-1~ 1 is logical and distractor states that the goal is to get
because transition to ES-1~  
    Pnr L > 35%.
1 is logical and distractor states that the goal is to get  
C. Incorrect because letdown would not be established prior to Pzs L > 35%. Plausible
Pnr L > 35%.  
    because transition to ES-1. I is logical and distractor states that the goal is to get
C. Incorrect because letdown would not be established prior to Pzs L > 35%. Plausible  
    Bzr b z 35%.
because transition to ES-1 .I is logical and distractor states that the goal is to get  
D. Incorrect because Charging Pump suction would not be aligned to VCT until after all
Bzr b z 35%.  
    but one Charging Pump is secured. Plausible because all actions are directed by
D. Incorrect because Charging Pump suction would not be aligned to VCT until after all  
    procedure, except that the order of the suction swap and pump stopping is
but one Charging Pump is secured. Plausible because all actions are directed by  
    reversed.
procedure, except that the order of the suction swap and pump stopping is  
WE01 Wediagnosis and SI Termination
reversed.  
G2.1.20: Ability to execute procedures.
WE01 Wediagnosis and SI Termination  
G2.1.20: Ability to execute procedures.  


                                                      Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                      BRAFT SRO lnital Exam
BRAFT SRO lnital Exam  
- 96.     __ O O l I ~ Q Q L ~ W N ~ 3SiJ.2/13/&sect;~430l~ABISDR
-  
    Wb03Eh3.1
96.  
    ._                                        C N ~ M                    __    __
._
I   Operators are responding to a LOCA outside of containment using 1-ECA-1.2, LOCA
Wb03Eh3.1
    Outside Containment. The crew efforts to isolate the break are unsuccessful.
__ O O l I ~ Q Q L ~ W N ~ C N ~ M 
    Which ONE of the following identifies the procedure ECA-I .2 will direct the operators
3SiJ.2/13/&sect;~430l~ABISDR __
    to in order to cool and depressurize the reactor coolant system?
__  
    A. 1-E-1, Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant
I  
    B. 1-ES-I 2,Post LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization
Operators are responding to a LOCA outside of containment using 1 -ECA-1.2, LOCA  
    6. I-ES-1.3, Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation
Outside Containment. The crew efforts to isolate the break are unsuccessful.  
    BI' 1-ECA-1.1 Loss of Emergency Coolant Recirculation
Which ONE of the following identifies the procedure ECA-I .2 will direct the operators  
                    I
to in order to cool and depressurize the reactor coolant system?  
    Surry
A. 1 -E-1 , Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant  
    References:
B. 1 -ES-I 2,  
    1-E-1I Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant, Rev. 21
Post LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization  
    I-ES-I .2: Post LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization, Rev. 21
6. I-ES-1.3, Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation  
    1-ES-1.3, Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation, Rev. 12
BI' 1 -ECA-1.1 I Loss of Emergency Coolant Recirculation  
    1-ECA-l.l~Loss of Emergency Coolant Recirculation, Rev. 17
Surry  
    Distractor Analysis:
References:  
    A. Incorrect as stated in Distractor D Analysis. Plausible because there is a Loss of
1-E-1
        Reactor Coolant in progress.
I Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant, Rev. 21  
    B. Incorrect as stated in Distractor D Analysis. Plausible because the goal is to cool
I-ES-I  
        and depressurize the RCS.
.2: Post LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization, Rev. 21  
    C. Incorrect as stated in Distractor D Analysis. Plausible because this is a noma!
1 -ES-1.3, Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation, Rev. 12  
        transition for long term cooling during a LOCA.
1 -ECA-l.l~ Loss of Emergency Coolant Recirculation, Rev. 17  
    D. Correct because Step 2 RNO of ECA-1.2 directs operators to ECA-1.1 if efforts to
Distractor Analysis:  
        isolate the leak are not successful.
A. Incorrect as stated in Distractor D Analysis. Plausible because there is a Loss of  
    W/E03 LOCA C O O ~ ~- O      Depress.
B. Incorrect as stated in Distractor D Analysis. Plausible because the goal is to cool  
                                    W~
C. Incorrect as stated in Distractor D Analysis. Plausible because this is a noma!  
    EA2.1: Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the (LOCA
D. Correct because Step 2 RNO of ECA-1.2 directs operators to ECA-1.1 if efforts to  
    Cooldown and Depressurization): Facility conditions and selection of appropriate
Reactor Coolant in progress.
    procedures during abnormal and emergency operations.
and depressurize the RCS.
    Bank Question TPQ2301.
transition for long term cooling during a LOCA.
isolate the leak are not successful.  
W/E03 LOCA C O O ~ ~ O W ~ 
- Depress.  
EA2.1: Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the (LOCA  
Cooldown and Depressurization): Facility conditions and selection of appropriate  
procedures during abnormal and emergency operations.  
Bank Question TPQ2301.  


                                                  Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                  DRAFT SRO lnital Exam
DRAFT SRO lnital Exam  
The following conditions exist:
The following conditions exist:  
- A manual Safety Injection was initiated due to a Steam Break in Safeguards
- A manual Safety Injection was initiated due to a Steam Break in Safeguards  
- All SG pressures are steadily decreasing
- All SG pressures are steadily decreasing  
- All SG NR levels are off-scale low and WR levels are steadily decreasing
- All SG NR levels are off-scale low and WR levels are steadily decreasing  
- Pressurizer level is off-scale low
- Pressurizer level is off-scale low  
- Pressurizer pressure is steadily decreasing
- Pressurizer pressure is steadily decreasing  
- RCS temperature is decreasing uncontrollably
- RCS temperature is decreasing uncontrollably  
- Adequate Auxiliary Feedwater flow exists
- Adequate Auxiliary Feedwater flow exists  
Which ONE of the following is the correct procedure transitions for the event in
Which ONE of the following is the correct procedure transitions for the event in  
progress?
progress?  
A.@E-0 BO E-%to ECA-2.1
A.@ E-0 BO E-% to ECA-2.1  
B. E-0 to E-1 to E-2 to ECA-2.1
B. E-0 to E-1 to E-2 to ECA-2.1  
c. E-O to E-1 to ECA9.1
c. E-O to E-1 to ECA9.1  
8. E-O to E-2 to E-1
8. E-O to E-2 to E-1  
Surry
Surry  
References:
References:  
1- E O , Reactor Trip or Safety Injection, Rev. 46
1 - E O , Reactor Trip or Safety Injection, Rev. 46  
1-E-2, Faulted Steam Generator Isolation, Rev. 9
1 -E-2, Faulted Steam Generator Isolation, Rev. 9  
I -ECA-2.1, Uncontrolled Depressurization of All Steam Generators, Rev. 19
I -ECA-2.1, Uncontrolled Depressurization of All Steam Generators, Rev. 19  
Distractor Analysis:
Distractor Analysis:  
A. Incorrect because E-0 would be entered upon Rx Prig. Step 21 of E-0 sends the
A. Incorrect because E-0 would be entered upon Rx Prig. Step 21 of E-0 sends the  
team to E-2. Step 2 of E-2 sends the team to ECA-2.1.
team to E-2. Step 2 of E-2 sends the team to ECA-2.1.  
5. Incorrect because E-0 Step 21 directs performance of E-2. E-1 is not directed until
5. Incorrect because E-0 Step 21 directs performance of E-2. E-1 is not directed until  
    E-0 Step 23.
C. Incorrect because E-0 Step 21 directs performance of E-2. E-1 is not directed untii  
C. Incorrect because E-0 Step 21 directs performance of E-2. E-1 is not directed untii
D. Incorrect because E-2 would not be entered until after -I.
    E-O Step 23.
E-0 Step 23.
D. Incorrect because E-2 would not be entered until after -I.
E-O Step 23.  
WE05 Inadequate Heat Transfer - Loss of Secondary Heat Sink
WE05 Inadequate Heat Transfer - Loss of Secondary Heat Sink  
EA21: Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the (Loss of
EA21 : Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the (Loss of  
Secondary Heat Sink): Facility conditions and selection of appropriate procedures
Secondary Heat Sink): Facility conditions and selection of appropriate procedures  
during abnormal and emergency operations.
during abnormal and emergency operations.  
Surry ILT Bank Question #1342
Surry ILT Bank Question #1342  


                                                            Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                            DRAFT SWQ lnitai Exam
DRAFT SWQ lnitai Exam  
9%.WEIOEA2.1 001/1/2/NATURAL
9%.  
                    __ -- C I T-  P C U l ~ A ~ I O ~ / C / A ~ ~ . 9 / R / S R O L 9 3 ~ S i M ~ S I )-
WEIOEA2.1  
                                                                                                      R-
~ 001/1/2/NATURAL  
                                                                                                          1-
__ --  
            ~                            ~
CITPCUl~A~IO~/C/A~~.9/R/SROL93~SiM~SI)R-  
    During a Natural Circulation Cooldown IAW ES-0.3, Natural Circulation Cook?ownwith
- ~
  Steam Void in Rx Vessel, a steam bubble forms in the vessel head. The STA
-  
    recommends transition to FR-1.3, Response to Voids in Reactor Vessel, to vent the
-1
  head.
During a Natural Circulation Cooldown IAW ES-0.3, Natural Circulation Cook?own with
  Which ONE of the following courses of action is appropriate?
Steam Void in Rx Vessel, a steam bubble forms in the vessel head. The STA  
  A. Initiate FR-1.3 since E%-0.3assumes FR-1.3 is in effect to eliminate the steam void.
recommends transition to FR-1.3, Response to Voids in Reactor Vessel, to vent the  
  B. initiate SI and go to FR-1.3 to vent the head.
head.  
  C. The NC Cooldown should be stopped and a transition to FR-1.3 should be made.
Which ONE of the following courses of action is appropriate?  
  D! Stay in ES-0.3. Void growth is expected and ES-0.3 provides guidance to control
A. Initiate FR-1.3 since E%-0.3 assumes FR-1.3 is in effect to eliminate the steam void.  
      the void growth.
B. initiate SI and go to FR-1.3 to vent the head.  
  Slarry
C. The NC Cooldown should be stopped and a transition to FR-1.3 should be made.  
  References:
D! Stay in ES-0.3. Void growth is expected and ES-0.3 provides guidance to control  
  I -FR-1.3, Reponse To Voids In Reactor Vessel, Rev. 16
the void growth.  
  1-ES-0.3, Natural Circulation Cooldown With Steam Void in Rx Vessel, Rev. 12
Slarry  
  Distractor Analysis:
References:  
  A. Incorrect because ES-0.3 does not assume that FR-1.3 is being used.
I -FR-1.3, Reponse To Voids In Reactor Vessel, Rev. 16  
  B. Incorrect because SI should not be initiated and there is n~ need lo vent the head.
1 -ES-0.3, Natural Circulation Cooldown With Steam Void in Rx Vessel, Rev. 12  
  C. Incorrect because ES-0.3 does provide guidance for managing void growth.
Distractor Analysis:  
  B. Correct because ES-0.3 does provide guidance for managing void growth.
A. Incorrect because ES-0.3 does not assume that FR-1.3 is being used.  
  W E 4 0 Natural Circ.
B. Incorrect because SI should not be initiated and there is n~ need lo vent the head.  
  Ea2.1: Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the (Natural
C. Incorrect because ES-0.3 does provide guidance for managing void growth.  
  Circulation With Steam Void in Vessl with / without RVLlS): Facility conditions and
B. Correct because ES-0.3 does provide guidance for managing void growth.  
  selection of appropriate procedures during abnormal and emergency operations.
WE4 0 Natural Circ.  
  Surry Requal Bank Question #247
Ea2.1: Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the (Natural  
Circulation With Steam Void in Vessl with / without RVLlS): Facility conditions and  
selection of appropriate procedures during abnormal and emergency operations.  
Surry Requal Bank Question #247  


                                                      Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                      DRAFT SRO lnital Exam
DRAFT SRO lnital Exam  
      -      __ - -
1
  99. WE13EA2.1001/1R/SG STEAM
99. WE13EA2.1001/1R/SG  
                              -  GENEKATOR/C/A 2 ~)134iRI~0430~ISIMA~SDR- -
- __ - -
                                      ~    ~                                        .~
STEAM -
                                                                                        1
GENEKATOR/C/A  
I-
~
      During performance of E-3, Steam Generator Tube Rupture, the operating team is
~
      directed to adjust the SG POWV setpoint on the ruptured SG to 1035 psig. The
2 ~)134iRI~0430~ISIMA~SDR- - .~  
      Reactor Operator observes ruptured SG pressure to be f07Q psig afld the P6RV
I -
      cycling.
During performance of E-3, Steam Generator Tube Rupture, the operating team is  
      Which ONE of the following is the appropriate course of action and reason for the
directed to adjust the SG POWV setpoint on the ruptured SG to 1035 psig. The  
      action?
Reactor Operator observes ruptured SG pressure to be f07Q psig afld the P6RV  
      A. Transition to FR-H.2, "Response to Steam Generator Overpressure" to prevent an
cycling.  
          overpressure condition in the ruptured SG.
Which ONE of the following is the appropriate course of action and reason for the  
I     B. Increase feed flow to the ruptured SG to stop the release and remain in E-3.
action?  
      C. Increase the setpoint above 1070 psig to prevent release to the public and
A. Transition to FR-H.2, "Response to Steam Generator Overpressure" to prevent an  
          transition to ECA-3.1, SGTW With Loss of Reactor Coolant - Subcooled Receovery.
overpressure condition in the ruptured SG.  
      D:' Leave the PBRV setpoint at 1035 psig to minimize challenges to the SG Code
I  
          Safeties and remain in E-3.
B. Increase feed flow to the ruptured SG to stop the release and remain in E-3.  
C. Increase the setpoint above 1070 psig to prevent release to the public and  
transition to ECA-3.1, SGTW With Loss of Reactor Coolant - Subcooled Receovery.  
D:' Leave the PBRV setpoint at 1035 psig to minimize challenges to the SG Code  
Safeties and remain in E-3.  


                                                Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                DRAFT SRO M a l Exam
DRAFT SRO M a l Exam  
References:
References:  
1-E-3, Steam Generator Tube Rupture, Rev. 25
1 -E-3, Steam Generator Tube Rupture, Rev. 25  
ND-95.3-LP-13, E-3 Steam Generator Tube Rupture, Rev. 11
ND-95.3-LP-13, E-3 Steam Generator Tube Rupture, Rev. 11  
Distractor Analysis:
Distractor Analysis:  
A. Incorrect because the correct response is simply to verify that the PORV seats
A. Incorrect because the correct response is simply to verify that the PORV seats  
    when pressure drops below 1835 gsig. Furthermore, FR-H.2 is not associated with
when pressure drops below 1835 gsig. Furthermore, FR-H.2 is not associated with  
    any Red or Orange paths.
any Red or Orange paths.  
5. Incorrect because the correct response is simply to verify that the PORV seats
when pressure drops below I035 psig. Furthermore, feeding a ruptured SG will not  
    when pressure drops below I035 psig. Furthermore, feeding a ruptured SG will not
limit the exposure to the public.  
    limit the exposure to the public.
when pressure drops below 1035 psig. Furthermore, this action may challenge the  
C. Incorrect because the correct response is simply to verify that the PORV seats
code safeties, which is not desirable.  
    when pressure drops below 1035 psig. Furthermore, this action may challenge the
for the step.
    code safeties, which is not desirable.
5. Incorrect because the correct response is simply to verify that the PORV seats
&. Correct because this is the correct direction in the procedure and the correct basis
C. Incorrect because the correct response is simply to verify that the PORV seats
    for the step.
&. Correct because this is the correct direction in the procedure and the correct basis  
W E 1 3 Steam Generator Overpressure
WE13 Steam Generator Overpressure  
EA2.1: Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the (Steam
EA2.1: Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the (Steam  
Generator Overpressure): Facility conditions and selection of appropriate procedures
Generator Overpressure): Facility conditions and selection of appropriate procedures  
during abnormal and emergency operations.
during abnormal and emergency operations.  
Scerry Requal Exam Bank Question #324
Scerry Requal Exam Bank Question #324  


                                                            Surey Nuclear Plant 2004-301
Surey Nuclear Plant 2004-301  
                                                            DRAFT SRO lnital Exam
DRAFT SRO lnital Exam  
f-
f - - - - - 
00. WEISEA2.1
00. WEISEA2.1 0 2 / 1 / 2 / C O N T A I N ~ ~ N T ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ E ~ 2 . 7 / 3 . 2 ~ ~ 0 4 3 ~ I I S I M A ~ R I S D ~ 
      - -0 2 /-          C O N T A I N ~ ~ _N_ T ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ E ~ 2 . 7 / 3 . 2 ~-
__
                    1 / 2 /-                                                                S I M A ~ R I S-
-  
                                                                                ~ 0 4 3 ~ I I-   ~        D~
~  
      The Control Room Operators are performing FR-S.2, Response to Loss of Core
-
      Shutdown, in response to a yellow path condition shown on the Critical Safety Function
-  
      (CSF) status tree.
The Control Room Operators are performing FR-S.2, Response to Loss of Core  
      Which ONE of the following is correct with regard to transitions out of this procedure?
Shutdown, in response to a yellow path condition shown on the Critical Safety Function  
    A. The operators must leave this procedure at any step as soon as the Loss of Core
(CSF) status tree.  
        Shutdown CSF adverse condition has cleared. (Green path established)
Which ONE of the following is correct with regard to transitions out of this procedure?  
    13. The operators must leave this procedure before completion and ge, to FR-H.1,
A. The operators must leave this procedure at any step as soon as the Loss of Core  
        Response to Loss of Secondary Heat Sink, if the heat sink CSF status tree
Shutdown CSF adverse condition has cleared. (Green path established)  
        indicates a yellow path condition.
13. The operators must leave this procedure before completion and ge, to FR-H.1,  
    C. The operators must leave this procedure before completion and go to FR-C.3,
Response to Loss of Secondary Heat Sink, if the heat sink CSF status tree  
        Response to Saturated Core Cooling, if the Core Cooling status tree indicates a
indicates a yellow path condition.  
        yellow path condition.
C. The operators must leave this procedure before completion and go to FR-C.3,  
    D:' The operators must leave this procedure before completion and go to FW-Z.2,
Response to Saturated Core Cooling, if the Core Cooling status tree indicates a  
        Response to Containment Flooding, if the containment CSF status tree indicates an
yellow path condition.  
        orange path condition.
D:' The operators must leave this procedure before completion and go to FW-Z.2,  
    Surry
Response to Containment Flooding, if the containment CSF status tree indicates an  
    Refernces:
orange path condition.  
    NB-95.3-LP-26, Critical Safety Function Status Trees, Rev. 5
Surry  
    Distractor Analysis:
Refernces:  
    A. Incorrect because the operator does mot have to immediately leave FR if it is not
NB-95.3-LP-26, Critical Safety Function Status Trees, Rev. 5  
        completed.
Distractor Analysis:  
    5. Incorrect because yellow path does not warrant this action.
A. Incorrect because the operator does mot have to immediately leave FR if it is not  
    C. Incorrect because yellow path does not warrant this action.
5. Incorrect because yellow path does not warrant this action.  
    B. Correct because orange path takes priority.
C. Incorrect because yellow path does not warrant this action.  
    WE15 Containment Flooding
B. Correct because orange path takes priority.  
    EA2.1: Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the
completed.
    (Containment Flooding): Facility conditions and selection of appropriate procedures
WE1 5 Containment Flooding  
    during abnormal and emergency operations.
EA2.1: Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the  
    Surry ILT Bank Question # 1350
(Containment Flooding): Facility conditions and selection of appropriate procedures  
during abnormal and emergency operations.  
Surry ILT Bank Question # 1350
}}
}}

Latest revision as of 03:33, 16 January 2025

Feb-March 2004 Exam 50-280,50-281/2004-301 Draft SRO Written Exam
ML041070222
Person / Time
Site: Surry  Dominion icon.png
Issue date: 02/19/2004
From:
NRC/RGN-II
To:
References
50-280/04-301, 50-281/04-301
Download: ML041070222 (138)


See also: IR 05000281/2004301

Text

SURRY EXAM

50-280, 50-281/2004-301

RUARY 24 - MARCH 2

& MARCH 4,2004 (WRITTEN)

U.S. Nuclear Regulatory Commission

Site-Specific

DRAFT SRO Written Examination

Applicant Information

Instructions

Use the answer sheets provided to document your answers. Staple this cover sheet on

top of the answer sheets. Po pass the examination you must achieve a final grade of at

least 80.88 percent overall, with a 70.80 percent or better on the SWB-only items if given

in conjunction with the RO exam; SWO-only exams given atone require an 80.00 percent

to pass. You have eight hours lo complete the combined examination, and three hours if

you are only taking the SWO portion.

I

Applicant Certification

All work done on this examination is my own. I have neither given nor received aid.

I

I RO / SRB-Bnty / Examination Values:

Applicant's Scores:

-I-/-

Points

Appiicant's Grades:

I

Surry Nuclear Plant 2804-381

DRAFT SRO lnital Exam

1. 003K4.03 001/2/1/wCP LUBRICATIQNMEM 2 5/2 8/N!SR0430lNMAESDR

.

Which ONE of the following correctly describes the Reactor Coolant Pump (RCP)

bearing oil lift system?

A! The oil lift pump discharge pressure must be greater than 350 psig prior to RCP

start. Once the RCP reaches operating speed the thrust runner circulates oil in the

upper and lower bearing assemblies.

E3. The oil lift pump discharge pressure must be greater than 3QQ psig prior to RCP

start. Once the RCP reaches operating speed the RCP Oil Lift System supplies the

bearing lubrication.

C. The oil lift pump discharge pressure must be greater than 350 psig prior to RCP

start. Once the WCP reaches Operating speed the RCP Oil Lift System supplies the

bearing lubrication.

D. The oil lift pump discharge pressure must be greater than 300 psig prior to RCP

start. Once the RCP reaches operating speed the thrust runner circulates oil in the

upper and lower bearing assemblies.

References:

MD-88.1 -bP-6, Reactor Coolant Pumps, Rev. 16

Elistractor Analysis:

A. Correct because there is a 350 psig discharge interlock with respective RCP. The

Oil Lift Pump ensures adequate lubrication upon RCP start, but once the pump

reaches operating speed, the thrust runner acts as an oil pump and circulates oil in

the upper and lower bearing assemblies.

B. Incorrect because pressure interlock is at 350 psig, not 308 p i g .

C. Incorrect because thrust runner circulates oil in upper and lower reservoir, not the

5. Incorrect because pressure interlock is at 350 psig, not 300 psig.

Oil Lift System.

003 Reactor Coolant Pumps

M4.63: Knowledge of RCPs design feature($) and / or interlock(s) which provide for the

following: Adequate lubrication of the RCP.

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SRO lnital Exam

The following Unit 1 conditions exist:

- Operating at 85% power

- Pressurizer pressure control is in its normal configuration

- A Pressurizer Safety Valve is leaking

- IC-BB, PWZR LO PRESS, annunciates

- 1-AP-31.00, increasing or Decreasing WCS Pressure, has been entered

Which ONE of the following correctly describes the affect on charging flow and an

appropriate mitigating action in accordance with 1 -AP-31 . O W

A. Charging flow initially increases. Place the PRZR PRESS MASTER CNTRL in

MANUAL and increase the demand to try to stop the pressure decrease.

MANUAL and increase the demand to try to stop the pressure decrease.

&. Charging flow initially decreases. Place the PWZR PRESS MASTER CNTRL in

CY Charging flow initially increases. Place the PRZR PRESS MASTER CNTRL in

MANUAL and decrease the demand to try to stop the pressure decrease.

D. Charging flow initially decreases. Place the PRZR PRESS MASTER CNTRL in

MANUAL and decrease the demand to try to stop the pressure decrease.

Surry

References:

ND-93.3-LP-5, Pressurizer Pressure Control, Rev. 9

ND-$8.3-LP-2, Charging and Letdown, Rev. 10

1 -AP-31 .00, Increasing or Decreasing WCS Pressure, Rev. 4

Distractor Analysis:

A. Incorrect because increasing the demand will lower pressure, not increase it.

B. Incorrect because charging flow will not initially decrease and increasing the

6. Correct because charging flow will initially increase due to the sudden pressure drop

demand will lower pressure, not increase it.

in the 86s. Also, decreasing the demand on the controller while in manual will act

to try to raise pressure.

D. Incorrect because charging flow will not initially decrease.

(404 Chemical and Volume Control

A2.17: Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on

the CVCS; and (b) based on those predictions use procedures to correct, control, or

mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations: Low PZR pressure.

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SRB lnital Exam

The following Unit 1 conditions exist:

- RCS level is 12.5 feet on I-RC-LI-10OA

- RCS level is 12 feet 5 inches on 1-RC-LR-105

- A loss of decay heat removal has occurred and 1 -AP-27.00, boss of Decay Heat

Removal Capability, has been entered.

- The RHW system has just been made available.

Which ONE of the following methods per 1 -AQ-27.00 should be used to sweep air from

the RHR lines during a loss of decay heat removal capability if inadequate time exists

to completely vent the RHW System prior to boiling in the core?

A:' Refill the RCS Bo 13.5 feet, verify 10 O F subcooling, and run an RHR pump at a flow

rate of > 2950 gprn.

3. Maintain RCS level at 12.5 feet, verify subcooling, and run an WHR pump at a flow

of > 2950 gprn.

C. Maintain RCS level at 12.5 feet, verify subcooling, and run an RHR pump at a flow

sf < 2950 gpm.

B. Close WH-MOV-1720A and B, RWR Outlets, then open "A" and "C" Safety Injection

Accumulator Isolation MBVs.

Surry

References:

ND-88.2-LP-1, Residual Heat Removal System Description, Rev. 8

NB-88.2-LP-2, Operation of Residual Heat Removal System, Rev. 15

ND-88.2-LP-3, Draindown and Midloop Operations, Rev. 12

1 -AP-27.00, Loss of Decay Heat Removal Capability, Rev. 10

Distractor Analysis:

A. Correct because based on procedural Note in 1-AP-29.00, Page 16 or 19, Rev. 10.

B. Incorrect because WCS needs to be filled to 13.5 feet.

C. Incorrect because WCS needs to be filled to 13.5 Beet. Also flow needs to be

greater than 2950 gpm.

D. incorrect because no procedural guidance exists to support the actions.

Suri-y ILT Exam Bank Question #275

005 Residual Heat Removal

K5.02: Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they

apply to the RHRS: Need for adequate subcooling.

Sur9 Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SWO lnital Exam

- Steam Generator levels are 20% and rising

- Subcooling based on CETCs is 0 O F

- E-Q, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection, has been exited and Safety Function Status

- WCP Seal Injection flow is 3 gpm to all WCPs

- RCP Seal delta-Ps are all approximately 200 psid

- Source Range Startup Rate is zero

- Attempts to establish HHSI flow have failed

Trees are being monitored

Surry Nuclear Plant 26304-301

DRAFT SRQ lnital Exam

References:

MD-95.3-LP-38, FW-6.1 Response to Inadequate Core Cooling, Rev. 8

FR-C. 1, Response to Inadequate Core Coding, Rev. 18

Distractor Analysis:

A. Incorrect because 1 .O x IO5 PPH is well below the MSBV closure setpoirat and does

not even approach the maximum rate (an entire order of magnitude low}.

B. Incorrect because 1 .O x 10' PPH is well below the MSlV closure setpoint and does

not even approach the maximum rate (an entire order of magnitude low).

C. Incorrect because RCPs should be started even when normal conditions not met.

D. Correct because procedural guidance exists to supporl the actions. MSlV closure

will occur if flow is greater than 1 .O x 1 Q6 PPH. The purpose for the actions is to

establish low head flow from accumulators and LHSI. RCP support criteria is

desirable, but not a prerequisite for starting RCPs.

006 Emergency Core Cooling

K.6.03: Knowledge of the effect of a loss or malfunction on the following will have on

ECCS: Safety Injection Pumps.

Surry Nuclear Piant 2084-381

DRAFT SWO lnital Exam

5. 007EK2 02 001/l/ilBEAKER REACTOR TRIP/C/A 2 6/2.gW/SR04301I~ARISDR

..

~

The following conditions exist:

- Unit 1 is at 90% power

- Reactor protection testing is in progress

- Reactor Trip Breaker "A" is closed

- Reactor Trip Breaker "B" is open

- Reactor Trip Bypass Breaker "B" is racked in and closed

Which ONE of the following describes the plant response if reactor trip bypass breaker

"A" is racked in and closed?

A. Both reactor trip bypass breakers "A" and "B"

and reactor trip breaker "A" will trip

open and the reactor will trip.

B:' Only reactor trip bypass breakers "A" and "B" will trip open and the r@actos will trip.

C. Reactor trip breaker "A" will trip open and the plant will remain at 90% power.

D. Reactor trip bypass breaker "A" will trip open and the plant will remain at 90%

power.

Surry

References:

ND-93.3-LP-17, AMSAC, Rev. IO

ND-93.3-LP-18, Reactor Protection

~ General, Rev. 5

Distractor Anaysis:

A. Incorrect because reactor trip breaker "A" will not open.

B. Correct because this is the correct response per ND-93.3-LP-10.

C. Incorrect because reactor trip breaker "A" will not open and plant will trip.

D. lncorrect because the plant will trip.

Ssrrsy ILT Bank Question #I 667

009 Reactor Trip Stabilization

EK2.02: Knowledge of the interrelationships between a reactor trip and the following:

Breakers, relays, and disconnects.

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SRO M a l Exam

Given the following Unit 1 conditions:

- A heatup is in progress to return to power from a cold shutdown condition

- RCS is filled and vented

- Pressurizer is solid

- A nitrogen blanket has been established on the PWT

- PRP Level = 95%

- Pressurizer Heaters are energized

Which ONE of the following must be accomplished prior to drawing a bubble in the

Pressurizer?

A? Drain the PRT to 68 - 80%.

B. Verify VCT oxygen concentration less than 3%.

C. Drain the Pressurizer to 22.2%.

D. Pressurize the WCS to 200 - 270 psig on $1-1 -403, Nar Range.

Surry

References:

1-GOP-1 .I

~ Unit Startup, RCS Heatup from Ambient to 195 Degrees F,, Rev. 25

1 -0P-RC-011, Pressurizer Relief Tank Operations, Rev. 13

Distractsr Analysis:

A. Correct bemuse GOP-1 .I Step 5.5.4 directs establishment ob normal PWT level

prior to drawing a bubble. OP-WC-011 Step 5.1.1 states the normal PRT level to be

60 - 80%.

B. Incorrect because GQP-1.1 Step 5.5.6 requirement is to verify VCT oxygen < 2%.

C. Incorrect because this is an action following establishment of drawing a bubble

6). Incorrect because RCS should be between 300 and 390 psig on $1-1-403.

(GOP-1.1, Step 5.5.13).

009 Pressurizer Relief / QuenchTank

6.02: Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they

amlv to PRTS: Method of forrnina a steam bubble in the PZR.

Surty Nuclear Plant 2804-301

DRAFT SRO lnital Exam

9. D08AA2.06 001/1/1/PRESS~TRE

TR.4NSMITTEWUA 3.3/3.4/NiSR04301/1R/MhR/SDR

~~

___

7

- -

Given the following Unit 1 conditions:

- Reactor power = 180%

= All other parameters are at normal steady state vaiues

- Subsequently PT-444 fails high

Assuming no operator action is taken, which ONE of the following is correct?

A. POWV-1455C opens, pressure decreases to 2000 psig, PORV-1455C closes, and

B. PORV-1456 opens, pressure decreases to 2000 psig, PORV-1456 closes, and

pressure stabilizes around 2000 psig.

pressure stabilizes around 2080 psig.

CY POW-145% opens, at 2000 psig PORV-I 455C closes; however, pressure will

continue to decrease causing a reactor trip and safety injection.

D. PQRV-I456 opens, at 2000 psig PQRV-1456 closes; however, pressure will

continue to decrease causing a reactor trip and safety injection.

References:

ND-93.3-LP-5, Pressurizer Pressure ControlI Rev. 9

Distractor Analysis:

A. incorrect because both spray valves also open, which causes pressure to continue

to decrease.

B. Incorrect because both spray valves open, which causes pressure to continue to

decrease. Also incorrect because PORV-1456 does not open.

6. Correct because both spray valves open causing a reactor trip on QT-delta-T or

Low Pressurizer Pressure, followed by SI.

D. Incorrect because PQRV-I456 does not open.

008 Pressurizer Pressure Control

AA2.03: Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the pressurizer

vapor space accident: PORV logic control under Iow-pressure conditions.

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT Sf30 lnital Exam

Which ONE of the following correctly describes loads cooled by the Component

Cooling Water (CCW) System or subsystem of CCW?

A. RCP bearing lube oil coolers, neutron shield tank coolers, RCP seal water return

cooler, outside recirc spray pump seals.

8. HHSI pump seals, LHSl pump seals, RHW pump seals, RCP motor air coolers.

CY RHR pump seals, WCP bearing lube oil coolers, neutron shield tank coolers, HHSI

pump seals.

D. LHSl pump seals, RHW pump seals, RCP motor air cosiers, neutron shield tank

cmlers.

Surry

Reference:

ND-88.5-LP-1, Component Cooling, Rev. '89

ND-88.3-LP-5, Charging System, Rev. 16

Distractor Analysis:

A. lncorrect because outside recirc spray pump seals are not cookd by CC.

B. Incorrect because LHSl pump seals are not cooled by CC.

C. Correct because all are cooled by CC or a subsystem.

D. Incorrect because LHSl pump seals are not cooled by CC.

Requal Bank Question #527

088 Component Cooling

K1 .Q2: Knowledge of the physical connections and / or cause-effect relationships

between the CCWS and the following systems: Loads cooled by CCWS.

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SRO lnital Exam

9. W8K4 01 001/2/1/COMPONEiNT COOLINGEM 3.1133/B/SR04301/SDR-

-- 1

~

__

1

__ T e L c o n d i t e r a Safety Injection occurs, the "A"Ccmponent Cooling Pump trips.

Which ONE of the following describes the operation of the CC pumps?

A! The "B" CC pump will not auto start without a required operator action.

B. The "B"

CC pump will auto start 68 seconds after the "A" CC pump trips.

C. The "B" CC pump will auto start as soon as the "A" CC pump trips.

B. The "B" CC pump will auto start 50 seconds after the "A" CC pump trips.

~

i

~-

l - - -

_

_

_

~

~

_

_

_

_

~

-

Swry

References:

ND-88.5-CP-1

I Component Cooling Water System, Rev. 19.

Distractor Analysis:

A. Correct because Auto Start Inhibit due to SI will prevent auto starl of the CC pump,

but the pump may be manually started at any time.

B. Incorrect because the Auto Start Inhibit will block the auto start.

C. Incorrect because the Auto Start Inhibit will block the auto start.

D. Incorrect because the Auto Start Inhibit will block the auto start.

ILT Bank Question ## 537

008 Component Cooling Water System

K4.81: Knowledge of CCWS design feature(s) and/or interlock(s) which provide for the

following: Automatic start of standby pump.

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SRO lnital Exam

10. 010A1.01

~

00lI2IlIBORON

_

_

~

I53 SpK YiC&2.8/29/N/SKO

r - The followina plant conditions exist:

- Dilution tociiticality has just been completed

- Operators note that inadequate proportional heaters appear to be energized

- Pressurizer Pressure is 2230 gsig.

Which ONE of the following could result from inadequate Pressurizer Heater output

during a dilution to criticality?

(Assume ail other controls and cornpoments working properly in their normal

configuration .)

~

A:' Boron concentration will be higher in the Pressurizer than in the WCS.

B. Boron concentration will be lower in the Pressurizer than in the RCS.

C. Pressurizer and RCS boron concentration will be approximately equal.

D. The Pressurizer Spray Nozzle will be susceptible Io thermal shock.

L

References:

1 -GOP-I . I , Unit Startup, RCS Heatup From Ambient to 195 Degrees F, Rev. 25

Distaactor Analysis:

A. Correct because WCS boron will be IOWI&F

due to the dilution. The Pzr will still be at

a higher boron concentration untif spray flow has created enough out-surge to

adequately equalize the boron with the RCS. (Lack of heaters creates lack of

sprays.)

8. Incorrect because boron concentration will be higher in the Pmr.

C. Incorrect because the lack of heater output will not allow for adequate mixing.

D. Incorrect because the bypass spray valves are normally open, which is sufficient to

prevent thermal sh5ck. (Have utility verify that this is in fact the normal

configuration.)

01 0 Pressurizer Pressure Control

AI .01: Ability to predict and / or monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding

design limits) associated with operating the Pzr PCS controls including: PZR and RCS

boron concentration.

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT §BO initas Exam

Given the following conditions:

- LQCA has occurred

- RCS subcooling is 63 *F

- RWST Level = 15% and slowly decreasing

- Containment Pressure = 9 psig and decreasing

- Safety Injection Actuation has been reset

Which ONE of the following is the correct action to be taken?

A. Close Charging Pump Miniflow Recirc Valves. With RWST level at 15%, push both

RMT pushbuttons fear each train if automatic transfer does not occur.

BY Close Charging Pump Miniflow Reeire Valves. When RWST level reaches 1374,

push both RMT pushbuttons for each train if automatic transfer does not occur.

C. With RWST level at Is%, push both WMT pushbuttons for each train if automatic

transfer does not occur. Secure Containment Spray Pumps immediately following

verification of Phase 1 and 2 RMT.

B. With RWST level at 13%, push both RMT pushbuttons for each train if automatic

transfer does not occur. Secure Containment Spray Pumps immediately following

verification of Phase 1 and 2 WMT.

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT Sa0 lnital Exam

-

12. 01 1K6.06 001/2/2/CHAKGIN;G PRESSIrRIZER/MEM

~~~~

2 5/2.8/N/SR0430I/lUtvI.4B/SJK ~

~

- ._

__ -

Due to a controller faituse, the Unit 1 Operator places the Charging Flow Controller to

MANUAL to control charging flow. A high Pressurizer Level causes the Operator to try

to reduce charging flow to 20 gpm.

Which ONE of the following correctly describes the behavior sf FCV-1122 when the

Operator attempts to reduce charging flow to 20 gprn?

A! The Flow Limit Summator no longer limits flow and FCV-1122 can be manually

closed to allow 20 gpm flow.

B. The Flow Limit Summator no longer limits flow, however, FCV-I122 can only be

manually closed to allow 25 gprn flow.

6. The Flow Limit Summator will prevent FCV-1122 from being closed past 25 gpm

flow.

D. The Flow Limit Summator will prevent FCV-I 122 from being closed past 30 gpm

flow.

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-306

DRAFT SRO lnital Exam

Surry

References:

ND-93.3-LP-7, Pressurizer Level Control System, Rev. 6

Distractor Analysis:

A. Correct because when the Charging Flow Controller is in MANUAL, the Flow Limit

Summator no longer limits the maximum and minimum values of charging.

Therefore FCV-I 122 can be closed manually to any value.

B. Incorrect because when the Charging Flow Controller is in MANUAL, the Flow Limit

Summator no longer limits the maximum and minimum values of charging.

Distractor is incorrect because FCV-1122 may be manually closed to any value,

even below 25 gpm flow. Distractor is plausibe because candidate may not know

that FCV-1122 may be throttled to any value with controller in MANUAL.

6. Incorrect because when the Charging Flow Controller is in MANUAL, the Flow Limit

Summator no longer limits the maximum and minimum values of charging. The

distractor states that the Flow Limit Summator will limit flow, which is contrary to the

fact that it will not limit flow. Distractor is plausible because candidate may not

know that the Flow Limit Summator does not function with controller in MANUAL.

D. Incorrect because when the Charging Flow Controller is in MANUAL, the Flow Limit

Summator no longer limits the maximum and minimum values of charging. The

distractor states that the Flow Limit Summator will limit flow, which is contrary to the

fact that it will not limit flow. Distractor is plausible because candidate may not

know that the Flow Limit Summator does not function with controller in MANUAL.

01 1 Pressurizer Level Control

K6.06: Knowledge of the effect of a loss or malfunction on the following will have on

the PZW LCS: Correlation of demand signal indication on charging pump flow valve

controller to the valve position.

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SRO lnital Exam

~ 13. 012A.104

__ 001/2/l/RPS

~

T E D TEI\\.IP/('/A 3 . ~ B l S R C H H " M A B ~ S I X <

~

- __

___

"A" Loop Narrow Range Pcold fails low while the reactor is at 100%.

Which ONE of the following will occur?

A. Rod Insertion Limit Low and Extra Low alarms will be received.

B. Ch 1 OTBT setpoint will decrease.

CY

"A" Loop Delta T Protection Bistable will trip.

D. The Tavg / Pref Deviation alarm will be received

References:

ND-93.3-LP-2, DeHa T / Tavg Instrumentation System, Rev. 9

NB-93.3-LP-3, Rod Control System, Rev. 14

Distractor Analysis:

A. Incorrect because failed Tcold is filtered out by Median Signal Selector.

B. Incorrect because OTDT setpoint will actually increase.

C. Correct because Teald is fed directly to the RPS even when failed low.

D. Incorrect because failed Teold is filtered out by Median Signal Selector.

012 Reactor Protection System

84.84: Ability to manually operate and / or monitor in the control room: Bistables, trips,

resets, and test switches.

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SRO lnital Exam

14. 012K1.05 00ll2l1/hl/SAC'/MEM

3.8/3 9lRiSR04301/RIMAB/SDR

Which ONE of the following lists the method by which AMSAC causes a reactor trip?

r-

A. Tripping the reactor trip and bypass breaker shunt coils.

B. Tripping the reactor trip and bypass breakers IBV coils.

I

.

C. Tripping the rod drive MG set output breakers.

DY Tripping the rod drive MBG set supply breakers.

__

~.

Surry

References:

ND-93.3-LP-17, Anticipatory Mitigating System Actuating Circuitry, Rev. 10.

Distractor Analysis:

A. Incorrect because this does not occur.

B. Incorrect because this does not occur.

C. Incorrect because this does not occur.

D. Correct becasue this is as stated in ND-93.3-LP-17, Rev. IO.

01 2 Reactor Protection System

K1 .05: Knowledge of the physical connections and / or cause-effect relationships

between the RPS and the following systems: ESFAS

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SRO lnital Exam

15. 013A3

~- 02 001/2/1/SAWIY

-~

HNECHON/MEM 4 114 2/W/SKO4301/WiVlAB/SDR ~

~

-

Which ONE of the following correctly states automatic actions that would occur given a

Unit 1 how Pressurizer Pressure Safety Injection Signal being present for 5 minutes?

A. Hydrogen Analyzer Heat Tracing energizes AND Containment Vacuum Pumps trip.

B. Pressurizer Liquid Sample (SS-TV-180A) receives a close signal AND Motor Driven

ARM Pumps start after a 45 second time delay.

62:' Accumulator Nitrogen Relief Lines (SI-TV-101 A,B) receive a eisse signal AND

Primary Drain Transfer Tank Vents (VG-TV-109NB) receive a close signal.

B. Main Steam Trip Valves (MS-TV-IOlNJBIC) receive a close signal AND Seal Water

I

Return Valve (MQV-3819 receive a close signal.

References:

ND-9b 4P-2, Safety Injection System Description, Rev. 16

ND-91 -kP-2, Safety Injection System Operations, Rev. 15

P&ID 1 1448-FM-0684, FlowNalve Operating Numbers Diagram Feedwater System

Sur9 Power Station Unit 1, Rev. 57

Distractor Analysis:

A. Incorrect because SI signal must be present B Q ~ 8 minutes for heat trace to

B. Incorrect because MDAFW Pump starts after 50 sec delay.

6.

Correct because both get a close signal on any SI Signal.

D. Incorrect because MSTVs only get a close signal on a High Steam Flow SI Signal.

01 3 Engineered Safety Features Actuation

A3.82: Ability to monitor automatic operation of the ESFAS including: Operation of

actuated equipment.

energize.

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SWO lnital Exam

~

~

~

~.

16. 013K3.01 001/2/I/HOT ~.

IEG RECIRChQiM

-__. 4.414.7/WYSR043UI~~B/SDR

Which ONE of the following could mcur if ES-1.4,

Transfer to Hot Leg Recirculation, is

performed 20 hours2.314815e-4 days <br />0.00556 hours <br />3.306878e-5 weeks <br />7.61e-6 months <br /> after the start of a Large Cold Leg Break LOCA?

A. Debris from the ln-Core sump could block coolant Blow by blocking the lower core

plate.

B. Reflux cooling could be lost due to boron precipitation in the hot leg nozzles.

C. Fouling of core heat transfer surfaces due to the dilution of boric acid.

D I Reduction in size of the incore coolant flow channels due to boron precipitation.

Surry

Wefe re nces :

ND-95.3-LP-11, ES-1.4, Transfer To Hot beg Recirculation, Rev. 8

ES-1.4, Transfer To Hot beg Recirculationl Kev. 4

Distractor Analysis:

A. Incorrect because debris in the sump will not block water discharged from the SI

B. Incorrect because boron precipitation is a concern in the core, not the hot legs.

C. Incorrect because fouling of core heat transfer surfaces is a result of boron

precipitation, not dilution.

D. Correct because boron precipitation is a concern when bsil-off continues and when

core temperature decreases. The standard time for transfer to hot leg recirc is 8

hours, not 28 hours3.240741e-4 days <br />0.00778 hours <br />4.62963e-5 weeks <br />1.0654e-5 months <br />, as stated in the stem.

pumps.

01 3 Engineered Safety Features Actuation

M3.01: Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the ESFAS will have on

the following: Fuel

Surry Requal Bank Question #299

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SRO Bnitai Exam

d 7.

014A2 05 001/2/2RPIS ROD POSITIONiMEM

.~

3.9/4. I~/SR04301/R/MAW/SDR

.~

~-

I

The following Unit 1 conditions exist:

- A Small Break LOCA has occured

- Automatic Safety Injection has occurred

- I-E-Q, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection, has been implemented

- The CWO observes the Rod Position Indication as displaying Control Rods on the

bottom of the reactor core, with the exception of three Control Rods.

Which ONE of the following actions is procedurally required as a result of this finding

by the CRO?

A." Continue with 1 -Ea>, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection.

3. Emergency borate while proceeding through 1 -E-$), Reactor Trip or Safety Injection

C. Manually insert control rods while proceeding through I-E-0, Reactor Trip or Safety

Injection.

D. Go directly to I-FW-S.1, Response to Nuclear Power Generation / ATWS, Step 1.

References:

1 -FR-S.l~ Response to Nuclear Power Generation / ATWS, Rev. 18

1-E-0, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection, Rev. 46

Distractor Analysis:

A. Correct because E-0 should be entered upon Reactor Trip per the rules of EOP

usage.

B. lncorrect because if emergency boration is needed, it will be directed by FR-S.I.

C. Incorrect because if manual sod insertion is needed, it wilt be directed by FR-S.1.

B. Incorrect because FR-S.l should only be entered as directed by E-Q (or if E-8 has

been completed then an Orange or Red path).

Qf4 Rod Position Indication

A2.05: Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions OF operations on

the RPIS; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or

mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations: Reactor Trip.

Surry ILT Bank Question #lo37

Surly Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SRO lnital Exam

The following Unit 1 conditions exist:

- Reactor Power is 5%

- Turbine First Stage Impulse Pressure PT-446 is selected

~

Power Range Nuclear Instrument N-41 fails high

- PT-446 fails high

Which ONE of the following correctly describes the impacts of the failures?

A. Control Rods do not move. The Reactor Protection System At-Power Trips are

enabled due to the N-41 failure.

B. Control Rods step out at 72 steps per minute. The Reactor Protection System

At-Power Trips are enabled due to the N-41 failure.

6. Control Rods do not move. The Reactor Protection System At-Bower Trips are

enabled due to the PT-446 failure.

B:' Control Rods step out at 72 steps per minute. The Reactor Protection System

At-Power Trips are enabled due to the PP-446 failure.

Surly

References:

ND-93.3-LP-16, Permissive/Bgipass/rip Status Lights, Rev. 8

Surly Simulator Malfunction Cause and Effects, Rev. 6, Malfunction MMS-14

Distractor Analysis:

A. lncorrect because Tref will go to 574 O F , which will cause rods to step out at max

rate of 72 steps/rnin. Also incorrect because 2/4 PR Nls must be a b o ~ e 10% to

enable At Power Trips.

B. lncorrect because 2/4 PR Nls must be above 10% to enable At Power Trips.

6. Incorrect because Tref will go to 574 O F , which will cause sods to step out at max

rate of 72 stepshin.

B. Correct because Tref will go to 574 O F , which will cause rods to step out at max rate

of 72 steps/rnin and only 1/2 Turbine First Stage PTs need to be above 18% to

enable At Power Trips.

015 Nuclear Instrumentation

K4.07: Knowledge of NES design feature(s) and / or interlock(s) provide for the

following: Permissives.

Surry Nuclear Plant 2084-301

DRAFT SRO lnital Exam

The following condition exists:

- Unit 1 at 100% reactor power

- All systems and equipment functions as designed

- All protection channel 111's are selected

- First stage impulse pressure channel IV fails low

Which ONE of the following would occur initially without operator action?

A. AMSAC would be operationally disabled after 60 seconds.

B. Steam Bumps would all open.

C. FRVs would control SG level at no load Bevel.

Df MOV-CP-100, Condensate Polishing Building Bypass Valve, would open.

~-

~

-

~

~

__

.~

~

~

~

SUt'W

Wef?EXlCe§:

ND-93.3-LP-17, Anticipatory Mitigating System Actuating Circuitry (AMSAC), Rev. 10

ND-93.3-LP-9, Steam Dump Control System, Rev. 10

ND-93.3-LP-8, SG Water bevel ConttQl System, Rev. 6

Distractor Analysis:

A. incorrect because this would occur after 360 seconds.

B. Incorrect because Channel III is selected.

C. Incorrect because Channel III is selected.

D. Correct because, as stated in ND-93.3-LP-9, CP-100 will open in anticipation of the

upcoming increase in feedwater flow that will occur during load rejection.

01 6 Non-Nuclear instrumentation

A 4 0 1  : Ability to manually operate and / or monitor in the control room: NNl channel

select controls.

Surry Requal Bank Question #279

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SRO lnital Exam

_ _

20. 022AK1

~

.OI OQl/l/I/RCP

-

~ SEALWU-A

2.8/3.2/N/SK0430l/RMMABIST)K _.

~

-

I

The following Unit 1 conditions exist:

- Reactor trip has occurred due to a loss of all AC power

- Power has been restored

- The following Reactor Coolant Pump parameters are present for all RCPs:

I

- No. 1 Seal Water Outlet Temperatures are 225 "F

~

Lower Seal Water Bearing Temperatures are 220 O F

1-AP-9.02, Loss of WCP Seal Cooling.

- The Shift Supervisor directs the operators to restore cooling to the RCP seals per

Which ONE of the following correctly states the requirements for restoring cooling to

the RCP seals and why?

A. Do not establish seal injection flow or component cooling flow to the thermal barrier

heat exchanger because the No. I Seal Water Outlet Temperatures are too high.

Seal cooling should be restored by cooling the RCS using natural circulation.

1

3. Do not establish seal injection flow or component cooling flow to the thermal barrier

heat exchanger because the Lower Seal Water Bearing Temperatures are too high.

Seal cooling should be restored by cooling the RCS using natural circulation.

C. Slowly establish seal injection flow to minimize RCP thermal stresses, followed by

slowly introducing component cooling flow to the thermal barrier heat exchanger to

limit introduction of steam into the CC system.

I

I

D:' Slowly establish component cooling flow to the thermal barrier heat exchanger to

limit introduction of steam into the CC system, followed by slowly introducing seal

injection flow to minimize the RCP thermal stresses.

-1

~

~

-

-

~

_

_

-

-

~

~

Surly Nuclear Plant 2884-301

DRAFT SRO initas Exam

References:

1 -AP-9.02, boss of WCP Seal Cooling, Rev. 8.

ND-88.1-LP-6, Reactor Coolant Pumps, Rev. 16.

Distractor Analysis:

A. Incorrect because AP-9.02 (Caution page 7) states if No. 1 Seal Water Outlet Temp

is > 235 O F then Seal Inj and CCW to Thermal Barrier H.X. should not be restored.

instead N.C. should be used to cool the seals.

Temperature is > 225 O F then Seal Inj and CCW to Thermal Barrier H.X. should not

be restored. instead N.C. should be used to cool the seals.

C. Incorrect because CC flow should be established prior to seal injection flow.

D. Correct as stated in 1 -AP-9.02 NOTE prior to step 7 and CAUTIONS prior to steps 9

3. Incorrect because A$-9.02 (Caution page 7) states if Lower Seal Water Bearing

and 15.

822 Loss of Wx Coolant Makeup

AK1 .Qf : Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they

apply to Loss of Reactor Coolant Pump Makeup: Consequences of thermal shock to

RCP seals.

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SRQ M a l Exam

Unit 1 has tripped and Safety Injection has actuated due to a Large Break Loss of

Coolant Accident (LOCA).

Many complications have occurred.

The crew has exited E-0, Reactor Trip OF Safety Injection. The Shift Technical Advisor

has started to monitor Critical Safety Function Status Trees and reports:

- Subcriticality - Orange Path

- Heat Sink - Yellow Path

- Core Cooling - Orange Path

~ Containment - Red Path

Which ONE of the following states the correct procedure transition?

A. FR-SI, Response to Nuclear Power GeneratiodATWS, based on Subcriticality

Orange Path.

B. FR-H.1, Response to Secondary Heat Sink, based on Heat Sink Yellow Path.

C. FR-6.1, Response to Inadequate Core Cooling, based on Core Cooling Orange

Path.

B:' FR-Z.1, Response to High Containment Pressure, based on Containment Red

Path.

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SRO lnital Exam

Sur9

References:

NB-95.3-LP-26, Critical Safety Function Status Trees, Rev. 5

Distractor Analysis:

A. Incorrect based on the rules of use for safety function status trees (ND-95.3-LP-26

Page 15). The Subcriticality Orange Path does not take priority over any Red Path.

B. Incorrect based on the rules of use for safety function status trees (ND-95.3-LP-26

Page 15). The Heat Sink Yellow Path does not lake priority over Containment Red

Path.

6. Incorrect based on the rules of use for safety function status trees (ND-95.3-LP-26

Page 15). Core Cooling Orange Path does not take priority over Containment Red

Path.

D. Correct based on the rules of use for safety function status trees (ND-95.3-LP-26

Page 15). The Containment Red Path takes priority over the other paths. Only

knowledge of safety function priority rules are needed to answer this question.

022 Containment Cooling

(32.422: KnowBedge of the bases for prioritizing safety functions during abnormal and

emergency operations.

Turkey Point Bank Question TP03301

Surry Nuclear Plant 2QO4-301

DRAFT SWO Bnital Exam

i

Unit 2 is operating at 100% power with Chilled CC in service to containment.

I

I

2-CD-REF-IA trips due to a fault.

1

Which ONE of the following describes the effect on Unit 2 containment parameters?

A. Indicated partial pressure will increase. Containment temperature will decrease.

B. Indicated partial pressure will increase. Containment temperature will increase.

6. Indicated partial pressure will decrease. Containment temperature will decrease.

D! Indicated partial pressure will decrease. Containment temperature will increase.

I

Surry (Utility should add noun names to equipment in the stern.)

References:

ND-88.5-LP-1, Component Cooling, Rev. 99

Distractor Analysis:

A. incorrect because partial pressure will decrease due to loss of chilled CC.

B. incorrect because partial pressure will decrease due to loss of chilled CC.

6. Incorrect because containment temperature will increase due to a loss of chilled

D. Correct because partial pressure will decrease and containment temperature will

cc .

increase due to a loss of chilled CC.

Bamk Question # 544

022 Containment Cooling

K3.02: Knowledge of the effect that a loss or malfunction of the CCS will have on the

following: Containment Instrument Readings.

Surly Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SRO lnital Exam

23. 026A2.07 00 1/21 l/CONTAINMENT S P K A E A 3.6/3 .9/1V/SK042~h/R/MM/SDK

~

~.

~

~

~

__

-

The following Unit 1 conditions exist:

~ Safety Injection has actuated

- Containment Pressure peaked at 28 psia

- Current Containment Pressure is 15.8 psia

- "IA', "2A" and "2B" Recirculation Spray Pumps are operating

- "1 B" Recirculation Spray Pump tripped on Overload (OL)

- 1A-E7, RS PP l A VIB, annunciates and the alarm cannot be cleared

r

A Large Break LQCA has occurred inside containment

Which ONE of the following states the correct operator action for these conditions?

i

A. Secure Recirculation Spray Pump "IA" using the handswitch in the control room.

B:' Place the Recirc Spray Pump 1A in PTL, then secure Recirculation Spray Pump

C. Reset CLS, then place the handswitch for Recirculation Spray Pump "1A" in PTL.

D. Allow Recirculation Spray Pump "1A" to operate, but monitor vibrations closely.

"1A" locally at the breaker (14H4).

~

~.

~

_. -

~~

~

_

_

_

.

~

-

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SRO lnital Exam

Surry

References:

ND-91 -LP-5, Containment Spray System, Rev. 13

NB-91-LP-6, Recirculation Spray System, Rev. 9

1 -RM-A7, RSISW WX A ALERT/FAItlBWE, Rev. 5

Distractor Analysis:

A. Incorrect because with CLS present, the handswitch in the control F Q O ~

cannot be

used to secure the pump. Containment pressure must be less than 12 psia Bo reset

CLS. Pressure currently is 15.8 psia.

ARP will have the operator place the handswitch in PTL, but the lesson plan

(ND-91-LP-6 Page 6) states that the pump cannot be secured from the control

room with CLS present. Furthermore, the ARP gives guidance to secure the

distressed pump as long as two other WS Pumps are operating. The stem states

that two other pumps are operating ("2A" and "2B").

6. Bncorrect because the CLS cannot be reset until containment pressure is less than

12 psia.

B. Incorrect because the ARP gives guidance to secu~e the distressed pump as long

as two other RS Pumps are operating. The stem states that two other pumps are

operating ("2A" and 2B)~

3. Correct because local operation of the breaker will stop the pump. In addition, the

026 Containment Spray

142.87: Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on

the CSS; and (b) based or! those predictions, use procedures to correct, control, or

mitigate the consequnces sf those malfunctions or operations: Loss of containment

spray suction when in recirculation mode, possibly caused by clogged sump screen,

pump inlet high temperature (exceeded cavitation, voiding), or sump level below cutoff

(interlock) limit.

Note:

The ARP states that high vibration alarms may be caused by cavitation of the pump.

Cavitation could be caused by high water temp, low water level, etc.

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SRO lnital Exam

-

24. 02GAK3.02

~

00 1/ 1IlICCW ~-

SAFETY INJECTIONIME~5/3.4/M/SK(P130

~.

IIBUMAB/SDR -

~.

A High Steam Flow Safety Injection Signal is received.

Which ONE of the following correctly describes the response of the Component

Cooling Water System components?

A! TV-CC-I 09A and B (CC Isolation Valves from RHF?) close and TV-CC-11 OA, B, and

C (Reactor Cont Air Recirc Cooler CC Outlet Flow Outside Trip Valve) remain as-is.

B. TV-CC-IO9A and B (CC Isohtion Valves from RHR) remain as-is and PV-CC-1 IOA,

B, and 6 (Reactor Cont Air Recirc Cooler CC Outlet Flow Outside Trig Valve)

remain as-is.

C (Reactor Cont Ais Recirc Cooler CC Outlet Flow Outside Trip Valve) close.

D. TV-CC-109A and B (CC Isolation Valves from RHR) remain as-is and TV-CG-l10A,

B, and C (Reactor Cont Air Recirc Cooler CC Outlet Flow Outside Trip Valve) close.

References:

88-05-01

~ Component Cooling Water System, Rev. 19

Distractor Analysis:

A. Correct because lesson plan states CC-I 09 closes on Phase 6 and 1 10 closes ora

Phase HI isolation.

B. Incorrect because lesson plan states CC-189 closes on Phase I and 1 10 only closes

on Phase I l l isolation.

closes on Phase Ill isolation.

Phase Ill isolate.

C. Incorrect because lesson plan states CC-109 closes on Phase

D. Incorrect because lesson plan states CC-109 closes on Phase

and 110 only

and I10 closes on

026 Loss of Component Cooling

AK3.02: Knowledge of the reasons tor the following responses as they apply to Loss of

Cooling Water: The automatic actions (alignments) within the CCWS resulting from the

actuation of the ESFAS.

The loss of CCW occurs in part of the system due to the ESFAS isolation of

TC-CC-109NB.

Serrry Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SRO lnital Exam

The following Unit 1 conditions exist:

~

A Large Break LOCA has occurred

- Safety Injection has actuated

~ Containment Pressure peaked at 27 psia

- RCS subcooling is 0 OF

~ Steam Generator bevels are 22% and slowly rising

- RWST emptied while performing E%-1 3,

Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation

- ES-1.3, Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation, has been completed and the crew has

- Alf equipment operated normally

transitisned back to E-1 , Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant

Which ONE of the following alarms is consistent given the above plant conditions?

A. 1 E-A1 , HI-HI GTMT PRESS CLS cn-1

B! IB-BI, CS PP la LOCKOUT OW OL TRIP

C. 1A-147, RS PP 1A LOCKOUT OW OL TRIP

B. 1B-F6, CTMT INST AIR HBR LO PRESS

Surry Nuclear Plant 2084-301

DRAFT SRO M a l Exam

References:

1 -E-1

~ Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant, Rev. 21

1 -ES-t.3, Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation, Rev. 12

1 E-81, HI-HI CTMT PRESS ChS CH-7, Rev. 0

15-F6,

CTMT INST AIR HDR LO PRESS, Rev. 1

NB-91 -LP-5, Containment Spray System, Rev. 13

NB-91 -LP-6, Recirculation Spray System, Rev. 9

IB-Bf, CS PP 1A LOCKOUT OR OL TRIP, Rev. 0

1 AD7, RS PP 1 A LOCKOUT OR Ob TRIP, Rev. 0

Distractor Analysis:

A. Incorrect because containment pressure is now less than the setpoint, which is

known by CLS having been reset. As a pala of going to Cold Leg Wecirc, CLS and

SI must be reset.

B. Correct because 1 -ES-1.3 has been completed and the RWST has been emptied;

therefore, the CS Pumps would be placed in PPL due to the lack of a suction

source (cavitation). Placing the CS Pumps in PTL yields 1 B-B1 for CS Pump 1 A.

AUTO when stopped.

and instrument air would have been restored to containment.

C. Incorrect because Outside Recirc Spray Pump 1A would be placed in

D. Incorrect because CLS and SI must have been reset prior to completion of 1 -ES-f.3

026 Containment Spray

G2.4.46: Ability t~ verify that alarms are consistent with plant conditions.

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-307

DRAFT SRO lnital Exam

Which ONE of the fsilowing describes the operation of the lodime Filtration Fans

(1 -VS-F-3A/33)?

B. Automatically stad on a containment gas high alarm.

6. AutomaticalEy stop on a Hi-Hi CLS signal.

D:' Must be manually started under all conditions.

Surry

References:

ND-88.4-LP-6, Containment Ventilation, Rev. 5

Distractor Analysis:

A. Incorrect because fans are only manually operated.

B. Incorrect because fans are only manually operated.

C. incorrect because fans are only manually operated.

B. Correct because fans are only manually operated.

(327 Containment lodine Removal

A4.83: Ability to manually sperate and / of monitor in the control r ~ o m : Cl WS fans.

Question Status:

Surry Bank ILT Question #741

Surry Nuclear Plant 2804-301

DRAFT SRO lnital Exam

27. 027AK3 01

__ 001/1/1/PFG3SUKILBK

___

SPRAY/C/A 3 513 8 ~ / S R 0 4 3 0 1 ~ h . I ~ ~ / S L ) I K

~.

The following Unit I conditions exist:

The Reactor is at 100% Power.

- A malfunction in the Pressurizer Heater Control Circuit has resulted in Proportional

Heaters being de-energized.

~

A small amount of leakage in the Pressurizer Auxiliary Spray Valve is occurring.

- Pressurizer Pressure is 2215 psig and slowly lowering.

1-AP-31 .OQ, Increasing or Decreasing RCS Pressure, has beers entered.

Which ONE of the following states the correct position of the normal sprays and

backup heaters?

I

A. Normal sprays are OFF (valves closed) and backup heaters are ON.

B. Normal sprays are ON (valves open) and backup heaters are OFF.

CY Normal sprays are OFF (valves closed) and backup heaters are OFF.

D. Normal sprays are ON (valves open) and backup heaters are ON.

I

-

Surry

Ref@ re nces:

ND-93.3-LP-5, Pressurizer Pressure Control, Rev. 9

1C-B8, PRZR LO PRESS, Rev. 1

1 4P-31 .QO,

Increasing or Decreasing RCS Pressure, Rev. 6

Distractor Analysis:

A. Incorrect because backup heaters do not energize until 2210 psig.

B. Incorrect because spray valves do not start to open until 2255 psig.

C. Correct because backup heaters do not energize until 221 Q psig and spray valves

D. Incorrect because backup heaters do not energize until 221 0 psig.

027 Pressurizer Pressure Control System Malfunction

AK3.01: Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to

pressurizer pressure control malfunctions: Isolation of PZR spray following loss of PZR

heaters.

do not open until 2255 psig.

Sury Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SRO lnital Exam

28. 02SG2.2 -_

12 001/212/HYDRQGEN

-

IPECOMBIWWCIA

-_

~

3 O/3.6/N/SR0430IIRIhlABISDK

-

-

~

.~

The following Unit 1 conditions exist:

- The plant is at 50% power

- 1 -PT-37.2, Electric Hydrogen Recombiner, is about to be performed to determine the

reference power that would be used in the event that the Recombiners are used

following a LOCA.

Which ONE of the following correctly states 1 -PT-37.2 limitations that are applicable

during the performance of this test?

A:' At no time should the heater temperature be allowed to exceed 1400 O F as

monitored by the highest thermocouple reading AND containment hydrogen

concentration must be verified to be less than 0.75%.

B. At no time should the heater temperature be allowed to exceed 14QQ

O F as

monitored by the highest thermocouple reading AND containment hydrogen

concentration must be verified to be less than 1 .OQ%.

C. At no time should the heater temperature be allowed to exceed 1300 'F as

monitored by the highest therm~couple reading AND containment hydrogen

concentration must be verified to be less than 0.95%.

D. At no time should the heater temperature be allowed to exceed 1300 O F as

monitored by the highest thermocouple reading AND containment hydrogen

concentration must be verified to be less than 1 .OO%.

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-381

DRAFT SRO lnital Exam

References:

1 -PB-37.2, Electric Hydrogen Recombiner, Rev. 9

Distractor Analysis:

A. Correct because these are both requirements listed on Section 4.0 sf 1 -PT-37.2.

The unit is at power, therefore 4.3 states that containment hydrogen concentration

must be verified less than 0.75% (being at power and making the operator

determine if 4.3 applies is part of what makes the question C/A). Section 4.2 states

that heater temperature must remain less than 1400 O F at all times.

B. Incorrect because verifying containment hydrogen less than I % is not the correct

requirement. Plausible because applicant may not know that the requirement is

0.75%, vice 1.0%.

6. Incorrect because verifying the highest temperature less than 1300 O F is not the

correct requirement. True ~ if the operator ensures temperature is less than

1300 O F , then he has also ensured that it is less than 1400 O F , but this question

tests the knowledge of the requirement, net simply a method for meeting the

requirement. Plausible because applicant may not know the temperature

requirement.

D. Incorrect because of reasons in C and 63 distractor analysis.

028 Hydrogen Recombiner and Purge Control

G2.2.12: Knowledge of surveillance procedures.

Surly Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SRO inital Exam

Which ONE of the following describes the reason why charging pump suctions are

manually aligned to the WWST during an ATWS vice manually initiating a Safety

Injection?

A. Prompt operator action will ensure the most direct method of bosating into the WCS

and manual alignment of charging pump suction to the RWST prevents

compounding the problem by charging the RCS solid via Safety Injection.

and initiation of SI would reduce the possible paths for emergency boration and add

to an RCS overpressure condition if one exists.

B. Prompt operator action will ensure the most direct method of bosating into the WCS

C. Manual initiation of Safety Injection would delay the addition of borated water to the

RCS and complicate the recovery actions. Alignment of charging pump suction to

the RWST is the most direct method of borating the RCS.

DY Manual initiation of SI would result in the undesirable trip of Main Feedwater Pumps

and alignment of Charging Pump suction to the RWST is the most direct method of

borating the RCS.

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAW SRQ lnital Exam

References:

ND-95.3-LP-36-DRR, FR-S.1 Response to Nuclear Power Generation / AtWS, Rev. 10

FR-S.1, Response to Nuclear Power Generation / ATWS, Rev. 15

Distractor Analysis:

A. Incorrect because the concern with initiating SI is not creating a solid plant

condition, but with reducing the probability sf maintaining a secondary heat sink

because MFW pumps will trip upon Si initiation.

B. Incorrect because the concern with initiating SI is not creating 8 high WCS pressure

condition, but with reducing the probability of maintaining a secondary heat sink

because MFW pumps will trip upon SI initiation.

C. Incorrect because manual initiation wouDd not delay addition of borated water. The

concern is with reducing the probability of maintaining a seondary heat sink

because MFW pumps will trip upon SI initiation.

D. Correct because per NB-95.3-kP-36-DRIRt FR-S.1 Response to Nuclear Power

Generation / ATWS, both of these statements accurately reflect the basis for Step

4.

029 ATWS

EK3.09: Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the

ATWS: Opening centrifugal charging pump suction valves from RWST.

Modified CLT Bank Question # 3390

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-381

DRAFT SRO lnital Exam

30.

032,441.01 001/1/2/SOIRCE INTI:KMEDIAT\\TE/C/A 3.1/3 4/B/SRO430l/R/MAB/SDR

-

~

__

~

-~

-

The following conditions exists:

- Present time is 1428 hours0.0165 days <br />0.397 hours <br />0.00236 weeks <br />5.43354e-4 months <br />

- Reactor tripped at 1405 hours0.0163 days <br />0.39 hours <br />0.00232 weeks <br />5.346025e-4 months <br />

~

All Rod Bottom Lights are lit

- N-35 reading is 2 x 10-l' amps

- N-36 reading is 4 x IO-" amps

- Source Range is not energized

- Power level prior to trip was 98%

Which ONE of the following describes the correct actions given the above parameters?

A. When both IR channels read K 5 x lUro amps, verify source range channels

energized.

B. Place the source range trip bypass switches in the NORMAL position.

6:'

Energize the source range channels by depressing the source range manual reset

pushbuttons.

D. Transfer NR-45 to one S Q U K ~ range and one intermediate range channel.

~

~

~

~

~

~

~

~.

Ref e re nces :

ND-93.2-LP-3, Intermediate Range Nls, Rev. 10.

Distraetsr Analysis:

A. Incorrect because SR energizes at 2/2 IR

B. Incorrect because SR should already be energized in the NORMAL position and this

C. Correct because IR are under-compensated and SR must be manually energized.

8. Incorrect because SI3 should both be energized.

5 x

amps.

action would not energize the SR.

032 Loss of Source Range NI

AAI .01 : Ability to operate and / or monitor the following as they apply to loss of source

range nuclear instrumentation: Manual restoration of power.

Surty Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SRO lnital Exam

The following Unit 1 conditions exist:

- Critical approach has just been completed.

- Reactor is stable at the Point of Adding Heat.

One Intermediate Range (IR) Nuciear Instrument (Nl) is suspected of displaying

inaccurate indications.

Which ONE of the following correctly describes the expected Power Range (PR) NI

and the known operable IR NI indications for the above conditions to verify that the

suspect IF? NI is in fact falsely indicating?

A. IR = 2.5 x lo-* Amps; PW between 0.2 and 1 Yo

B!' IR = 2.0 x 10" Amps; PR between 0.2 and 1 %

D. IR = 1 .O x IC5 Amps; PR 6 0.2 %

References:

NB-93.2-LP-4, Power Range Nls, Rev. 16

1 -GOPI

.4, Unit Startup, HSD to 2% Reactor Power, Rev. 29

Distractor Analysis:

A. Incorrect because 2.5 x IO-* Amps is about where critical data is taken (too low).

B. Correct based on above two references: NB-93.2-LP-4 (HTT-4.3) & 1-GOP-1.4

6.

Incorrect because 1 .0 x 1 0-* Amps is about where critical data is taken (too low).

D. Incorrect because 1.6 x ID5 Amps is above the POAH and should correspond to

(Page 29 CAUTION).

about 2% power.

033 boss of Intermediate Range NI

AA2.04: Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the loss of

intermediate range nuclear instrumentation: Satisfactory overlap between

source-range, intermediate-range, and power-range instrumentation.

Surgy Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SRQ lnital Exam

32. 6334A4.01

~

001/2/2/RADIATION

~

MC"OW~3.3/3.4/~/SiSR043Ul/~~rZRiSDR

_

_

~

-

_

_

_

~

~-

Unit 1 is in a refueling outage when the following events occur:

- Purge Isolation Valves (MOV-VS-I OOA, B, C. and D) Close

.. Unit Purge Supply Fans (4A and 4B) Trip

~ Containment Instrument Air Suction Valves (PV-IA-101 N B ) Close

Which ONE of the following radiation monitors could have caused these actions?

i

A. Process Vent Particulate and Gas Monitors (RM-WI-IO1 / 102)

5. RM-I 61 (Containment High Range Gamma Monitor)

C:' WM-162 (Manipulator Crane Monitor)

D. RM-I 63 (Reactor Containment Area Monitor)

~-

~

Surry

References:

ND-93.5-LP-1, Pre-TMl Radiation Monitoring System, Rev. 5

Distractor Analysis:

A. incorrect because RM-RI-101 / 102 do not cause these actions.

B. Incorrect because RM-I 61 does not cause these actions.

C. Correct per ND-93.5-LP-1.

5. incorrect because RM-163 does not cause these actions.

834 Fuel Handling Equipment

A4.01: Ability to manually operate and / or monitor in the control room: Radiation

Levels.

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SRO lnital Exam

33. 03SA3.01

.~

001/2/2/STEAM GENERATOWCIA

- _ _ _

4.01~.3/N/SR04jOl/K/MAR/SDM

~-

__

___

.-

~

-~

r -~

I

I

The following Unit 1 conditions exist:

- Plant is stable at 75% Power

~

Ab SG Steam Line FT-MS-475 is selected for Steam Generator bevel control

- A SG Steam kine PT-MS-475 fails high

I

Which ONE of the following correctly describes the impact on the A Steam Generator

j

Level CQntrQl?

A. Feedwater Regulating Valve opens because indicated steam flow is greater than

indicated feedwater flow.

1

B. Feedwater Regulating Valve does not move as a result sf the failure.

6. Feedwater Regulating Valve closes because the pressure transmitter is

overcompensating for density.

D. Feedwater Regulating Valve opens to reduce the level error created by the failure.

References:

ND-93.3-LP-8, SG Water Level Control System, Rev. 6

Distractor Analysis:

A. Incorrect because PT-MS-475 does not cornpensate steam flow for FT-MS-475.

B. Correct because PV-MS-475 does not compensate steam flow for W-MS-475.

C. Incorrect because PT-MS-475 does not compensate steam flow for FT-MS-475.

D. Incorrect because $8-MS-475 does not compensate steam flow for FT-MS-475.

035 Steam Generator

A3.81: Ability to monitor automatic operation of the S/G including: S/G water level

control.

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SRO lnital Exam

Which ONE of the following is correct regarding safety injection termination during a

steam generator tube rupture event?

Safety Injection termination ...

A:' may occur with total AFW flow less than 350 gpm as long as 350 gpm is available.

B. may occur with Pressurizer level less than 22% as long as level is increasing.

6. may not not occur with a void in the reactor head due to presenting RCS pressure

control problems.

control problems.

D. may not not occur with a void in the reactor head due to presenting RCS leV@l

Sur9

References:

ND-95.3-LP-13, E-3 Steam Generator Tube Rupture, Rev. I 1

I-E-3,

Steam Generator Tube Rupture, Rev. 19

Distractor Analysis:

A. Correct because if no intact SG is available the ruptured SG will be used to cool the

RCS. In this instance the AFW flow may be less than 950 gprn, but 350 gpm must

still be available to that SG. If sufficient flow is available, then SI termination criteria

is considered to be met (MD-95.3-LP-13).

B. Incorrect because pressurizer level must be greater than 22% to meet the SI

termination criteria.

C. Incorrect because safety injection may be terminated when there is a void in the

reactor head. This will present some challenges with RCS pressure and level

control, but it is not a large enough concern to prevent SI termination if the specified

criteria are met (ND-95.3-LP-13).

D. Incorrect because safety injection may be terminated when there is a void in the

reactor head. This will present some challenges with RCS pressure and level

control, but it is not a large enough concern to prevent SI termination if the specified

criteria are met (ND-95.3-LP-13).

038 Steam Gen. Tube Rupture

EK3.09: Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the

SGTR: Criteria for securing / throttling ECCS.

c

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-381

DRAFT SRO lnital Exam

With Unit 1 at 100% power, the Condenser Air Ejector and Main Steam bine Radiation

Monitor alarms are recieved. The Condenser Air Ejector Radiation Monitor reads 700

cpm (ALERT and HIGH alarms are in) while tocal Main Steam NWC Radiation Monitors

read "A" .03 rnr/hr, and "B" -01 mr/hr, and "C"

.01 mdhr. The Team has implemented

1 -AP-l8.00, Excessive RCS Leakage, and the WCS leak rate is determined to be 60

gpm.

Which ONE of the following describes the actions required?

A. Verify automatic Condenser Air Ejector divert to Containment, intiate 1 -AP-24.00

(Minor SG Tube Leak), manually trip the reactor and go to 8-E-0 (Reactor Trip or

Safety injection).

B. Verify automatic SGBD w/ trip isolation and Condenser Air Ejector divert to

Containment, manually trip the reactor and initiate SI, Go to 1 -E-0.

e. Verify automatic Condenser Air Ejector divert to Containment, initiate 1 AP-24.01

(Large Steam Generator Tube Leak), verify letdown isolated, and commence a

normal Unit shutdown lAW GOPs.

D I Verify automatic Condenser Air Ejector divert to Containment, initiate 1 -AP-24.01

(Large Steam Generator Tube Leak), and manually trip the reactor and go to 1 - L O .

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SRO lnital Exam

References:

MD-89.3-LP-2, Main Condensate System, Rev. I6

ND-93.5-LP-3, Post-TMI Radiation Monitoring System, Rev. 6

1 -AP-I 6.60, Excessive RCS Leakage, Rev. 1 1

1 -AP-24.08, Minor SG Tube beak, Rev. 8

1 -AP-24.01, Large Steam Generator Tube Leak, Rev. 11

Distractor Analysis:

A. Incorrect because 60 ggm leakage is more than minor. AP-24.01 should be entered

for a large steam generator tube leak.

B. Incorrect because St should not be initiated.

C. hxrrect because the reactor must be manually tripped with leakage greater than

B. Correct because air ejectors will divert to containment on an air ejector high

50 gpm.

radiation, AP-24.01 should be entered due to 60 gpm leak rate with air ejector high

radiation, and E-0 should be entered following a manual reactor trip.

039 Main and Reheat Steam

A I .09: Ability to predict and / or monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding

design limits) assosiated with operating the MRSS controls including: Main stearn line

radiation monitors.

SUFY Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SRO lnital Exam

-~ _ _

__

36. 054G2.4.31 001/lillALARMS RODSiCYA 3.313.4~iSR04301~ARISDIP

_ _

_ _ _ _ _ _

The following Unit 1 conditions exist:

- The Reactor was operating at 78% power when a loss of the "A" Feedwater Pump

- The Team is taking the required immediate actions in acordance with 1 -AP-21 .QO,

- The Reactor Operator is driving rods in manual to lower Tavg

- Tavg is within 3 O F of Tref

- Annunciator 1 G-68,

ROD BANK D LO LIMIT, has annunciated

occurred

"Lsss of Main Feedwater Flow"

Which ONE of the following is the correct response to the given plant conditions?

A. Shutdown margin is not sufficient for the given plant conditions and operators

should emergency borate to regain the required shutdown margin.

BJ The operator has driven rods in too Bar for the existing boron concenration and

should borate from the Boric Acid Tanks.

C. Shutdown margin is not sufficient for the given plant conditions and operators

should trip the Reactor and go to 1-E-8, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection.

B. The turbine load has decreased too far and the operator should raise turbine load.

__

~

_

_

~

-

~

_

_

~

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SRO lnital Exam

Ref e rences :

ND-89.3-LP-3, Main Feedwater System, Rev. 12

NB-95.1-LP-4, Loss of Feedwater, Rev. 3

1 -AP-21 .OO, Loss of Main Feedwater Flow, Rev. 5

1G-G8, ROD BANK B LO LIMIT, Rev. 0

Distractor Analysis:

A. Incorrect because (1) not enough information is given to make the determimation

that SBM is insufficient, and (2) even if SBM is not above that which is required,

emergency boration would not be the preferred method for regaining the required

SDM. This is clearly the wrong method for boration because xenon is building in

and only small borations would be desired to withdraw rods to clear the alarm.

alarm. Bsration from the Boric Acid Tanks would be the correct mitigation strategy

and as such, is directed by the ARP. Operators would only borate the necessary

amount to clear the alarm.

designed to handle this magnitude of transient. Furthermore, the plant does not

need to be tripped with rods approaching or below insertion limits. Rod positions

just have to be restored to within limits.

D. Incorrect because turbine load should not be raised. Immediate actions have the

operators reduce turbine load to match steam flow and feed flow. Raising turbine

load under these conditions would not be the correct action. It would also be

nonconservtaive to add positive reactivity via the turbine during a transient condition

such as described in the stern.

B. Correct because rods being within 10 steps of its insertion limit would cause the

G. hcorrect because the initial power level was less than 85% and the plant is

054 Loss of Main Feedwater

G2.4.31: Knowledge of annunciators and indications and use of response instructions.

Bank Question from 2003 Farley Exam (Farley WA was 05462.2.20).

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SRO lnital Exam

37. 055EK1.01 001/1/1/BATTERY/C/A 3.3/3.7/B/SWU4301/IUP/I..\\B/~~

~

r--

~

~

___

The following plant conditions exist:

- A loss of all AC power has occurred.

~ Operators have implemented ECA-0.0, Loss of All AC Power.

- Attempts to regain A@ power have failed.

- Operators are performing ECA-0.0, Step 28, "Check DC Bus toads"

Which ONE of the following should be performed to lower the Black Battery discharge

rate by the largest amount per ECA-Q.O?

A. Secure Air Side Seal Oil Pump only.

B. Secure Air Side Seal Oil Pump and Emergency Turbine Lube Oil Pump.

C. Secure Air Side Seal Oil Backup Pump only.

D:' Secure Air Side Seal Oil Backup Pump and Emergency Turbine Lube Oil Pump.

1

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SRB lnital Exam

References:

NB-90.3-LP-6, 125 Vdc Distribution, Rev. 10

ECA-0.0, LOSS of All AC Power, Rev. 21

Distractor Analysis:

A. Incorrect because the Air Side Seal Oil Pump is not a DC load, as is

the Air Side Seal Oil Backup Pump. Plausible because the candidate may not

know major Black Battery DC Loads, or may not know what actions are permitted

by ECA-0.0.

B. Incorrect because the Air Side Seal Oil Pump is not a DC load, as is

the Air Side Seal Oil Backup Pump. Plausible because the candidate may not

know major Black Battery DC Loads, or may not know what actions are permitted

(ASSOBUP) and Emergency Turbine Lube Oil Pump, not just ASSOBUP.

Plausible because the applicant may not know that there is more than one pump to

secure to conserve Black Batteries.

B. Correct because per ECA-0.0 step 28 and Basis for this step in NB-95.03-LP-l?,

the purpose is to secure both pumps, which are large Black Battery DC loads, to

conserve the batteries (reducing battery discharge rate, thus prolonging battery life).

by ECA-0.0.

C. Incorrect ECA-0.0 will direct the securing of both Air Side Seal Oil Backup Pump

Surry ILT Bank Question #724

055 Station Blackout

EK1.01: Knowledge of the operational implications of the following concepts as they

apply to the Station Blackout: Effect of battery discharge rate on capacity.

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SRB lnital Exam

The following Unit 1 conditions exist:

- Two Main Feedwater Pumps are operating

- Reactor Power = 85%

- Condensate Pumps 1 -6N-P-1 A and B are operating

- Condensate Pump 1 -CN-P-1 C is Tagged Out of Service

- Condensate Pump 1 -6N-PIA trips and camnot be restarted

- Main Feedwater Pump Suction Pressure = 105 psig and slowly lowering

- Stearn Generator Levels are slowly lowering

- 1H-F8, FW PP SUCT HER LO PRESS, is in alarm

W hich ONE of the following is the correct operator action?

Pa! Enter 1 -AP-21 .QO, Loss of Main Feedwater Flow, and reduce turbine load to match

steam flow and feedwater flow.

B. Manually trip the Reactor and enter E-0, Reactor Trip or Safety injection.

@. Secure one of the operating Main Feedwater Pumps and monitor the operating

Main Feedwater Pump Suction Pressure.

D. Enter 1-AP-21 .00, Loss of Main Feedwater Flow, and start a second HP Drain

Pump.

Surry Nuclear Plant 2884-301

DRAFT SRO lnital Exam

Surry

References:

ND-89.3-LP-2, Main Condensate System, Rev. 16

NB-89.3-LP-3, Main Feedwater System, Rev. 12

ND-95.1-LP-4, Loss of Feedwater, Rev. 3

1-AQ-21 .00, Loss of Main Feedwater Flow, Rev. 5

1 H-F8, FW PP SUCP HDW LO PRESS, Rev. 0

1J-G4, CN PPS DISCH HDR LO PRESS, Rev. 0

1 H-G8, FW PP DISCH HBR LO PRESS, Rev. 0

Distractor Analysis:

A. Correct because MFW Pump Low Suction Pressure and Discharge Pressure

Alarms are entry conditions into A$-21 .00. Furthermore, with power at 65% the

direction is to reduce turbine load to match steam and feed flows. This will also

help to recover MWM Pump suctisnldischarge pressure.

B. Incorrect because no trip criteria are met and AP-21 .OO directs power reduction.

C. Incorrect because tripping a MFW Pump will not alleviate the issue and there is no

procedural guidance to trip a M W

Pump. Typically a M

W

Pump will be secured

at about 40% power.

D. lncorret because there is no guidance to start a second heater drain pump. The

correct response is to lower turbine load.

056 Condensate

A2.04: Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on

the Condensate System; and ($1 based on t h ~ s e

predictions, use procedures to

correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:

Loss of condensate pumps.

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SRO lnital Exam

The following conditions exist:

- A Loss of 08-Site Power has occurred

- #I Emergency Diesel Generator has started but failed to auto load

~

It has been determined that the auto-closure circuit for 75H3, #I EDG Output

~ When the operator places the sync switch for 15H3 to "ON" he observes 120 volts 01

Breaker, is inoperable and that 15H3 can be manually closed

the "incoming" meter, 0 volts on the "running" meter, and the synchroscope is

stationary at "3-0'cl~cSc"

I

Which ONE of the following actions is necessary prior to closing 15613?

A. Raise EDG speed until the synchroscope is turning slowly in the fast direction, then

close 15H3 at "1 1 o'clock".

I

B. Momentarily press the "field flash" pushbutton, then sync and close 15H3.

C. Raise EDG voltage until the running meter indicates 120 volts, then sync and close

15H3.

I

B7 No additional action is necessary. Close 15H3.

References:

ND-90.3-LP-I , Emergency Diesel Generator, Rev. I4

ND-98.3-LP-4, Station Service and Emergency Distribution Protection and Control,

Rev. 17

Distractor Analysis:

A. incorrect because the bus is dead. Raising EDG speed will not synchronize the

phases.

B. incorrect because it will not be possible to synchronize (nor is it necessary because

the bus is dead). Also, field flash PB does not need to be pushed.

C. Incorrect because raising the EDG voltage will not raise running voltage. Incoming

voltage is the EDG voltage (not running voltage).

D. Correct because the synchroscope has been turned on, there is no over-current or

differential and the aux trip relay does not need to be reset (ND-90.3-LP-7 pg. 18).

Therefore, all criteria for manually closing the breaker are met.

056 Loss of Off-Site Power

AAI .26: Ability to operate and / or monitor the following as they apply to the Loss of

Off-Site Power: Circuit 5reakers

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SWO lnitai Exam

~

-

40.

-__

053AK3.01 001/1/1/VIThT,

__ -

AC/C/A

~

4.1/4

._

4/F3ISM04301/R/MAB/SDR

--

-

___

Which ONE of the following reasons correctly states why the reactor would be tripped

for a sustained loss of Vital Bus II?

A. Power to the Reactor Protection System is lost.

B. Pressurizer pressure control is Isst.

C. Control of Steam Generator Feed Regulating Valve is lost.

Surry

References:

1 -AP-lQ.O2, Loss of Vital Bus II, Rev. 9

ND-90.3-LP-5, Vital and Serni-Vital Bus Distribution, Rev. 1 I

Bistractsr Analysis:

A. Incorrect because WPS is de-energize to trip. If due to other channel failures, etc.,

the loss of VB Sl will not preclude a trip if one is needed.

B. Incorrect because Pzr P Controller will transfer to AUTO-HOLD, but MANUAL

control is still possible, thus precluding the need for rx trip.

C. Incorrect because FW-FCV-1488 Flow Controller will transfer to AUTO-HOLD, but

MANUAL control is still possible, thus precluding the need for rx trip.

D. Correct because Component Cooling is lost to the 'Wb RCP Lube Oil Cooler. RCP

Parameters will eventually exceed limits (1-AP-10.02 Att. I), requiring that the RCP

be secured following a manual IX trip.

057 Loss of Vital AC Inst. Bus

AK3.61: Knowledge of the reasons for the follo~tng responses as they apply to the

Loss of Vital Ai2 Instrument Bus: Actions contained in EOP for loss of vital ac electrical

bus.

Surry IhT Bank Question #223

Surry Nuclear Plant 2084-301

DRAFT SRO M a l Exam

44. 058M2.01 ~

~

~

001/1/1A,OSS OF DC POWER/C'/A 3.714 l/N/SR~Ol/pvMAu/SH>w - - .___

r-

~

The following Unit 1 conditons exist:

- 1 K-88, UPS SYSTEM TROUBLE, annunciates

- 4 K-A7, BATT SYSTEM 1A TROUBLE, annunciates

- An operator reports that Battery Charger DC Output for UPS 1A-1 reads 0 amps

Which ONE of the following correctly describes the power supply to the associated BC

and Vital AC buses?

A. BC Bus 1A-1 will be supplied by only Battery 1A as indicated by DC Bus voltage

slowly trending down over time and Vital AC Buses 1 and 7A will be supplied by

Bus 1H1-1.

B. DC Bus 1A-I will be supplied by only Battery 1A as indicated by DC Bus voltage

slowly trending down over time and Vital AC Buses 1 and 1A will be supplied by

Bus 1 HI -2.

@. DC Bus 1A-1 will be supplied by UPS $A-2 as indicated by Df.2 Bus Voltage

remaining stable at 125 VBC and the Vital AC Buses 1 and 1A will be supplied by

1Ht-1.

BY 56 Bus 1 A-1 will be supplied by UPS 1 A-2 as indicated by BC Bus Voltage

remaining stable at 125 VBC and the Vital AC Buses 1 and 1 A will be supplied by

1H1-2.

Sur9 Nuclear Plant 2064-381

DRAFT SRO lnital Exam

Surly

References:

ND-90.3-LP-5, Vital and Semi-vital Bus Distribution, Rev. 11

ND-90.3-LP-6, 125 VBC Distribution, Rev. 18

4 K-A7, BATT SYSTEM 1A TROUBLE, Rev. 5

1 K-A8, UPS SYSTEM TROUBLE, Rev. I

1 1448-FE-1 G, Sheet 1 of 1, 125V DC One Line Diagram Surty Power Station Unit 1,

Rev. 33

Distractor Analysis:

A. Incorrect because the battery should not be supplying the BC Bus alone. The DC

Bus is being supplied by the other UPS from 1 HI -2. Also, vital AC Buses 1 and 1 A

are being supplied by Bus 1 HI -2, which is the alternate AC source.

B. Incorrect because the battery should not be supplying the BC Bus alone. The DC

Bus is being supplied by the other UPS from 1 HI-2.

C. Incorrect because the Vital AC Buses 1 and 1A are being supplied by Bus 1 HI -2,

which is the alternate AC source.

B. Correct because the other UPS will still be supplying DC Bus IA-1 and the Alternate

AC Source 1 Hl-2 will supply Vital AC Buses I and 1 A.

058 boss of DC Power

AA2.81: Ability to determine and interpret the following ais they apply to the loss of DC

Power: That a loss of DC Power has occurred; verification that substitute power

sources have come on line.

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SRO M a l Exam

42. -____

05 9.4 1.03 00 1/21 I /MAIN FEEDWATEMEM

.

2.7/2.9/l?ISR044301

..

.___

/TP/Mm/SDR

___

Which ONE of the following set of practices should be observed by operators for

starting the second Main Feedwater Pump per GOP-1.5 (Unit Startup, 2% Reactor

Power to Max Allowable Power) and OP-RM-004 (Main Feedwater System Operation)?

A. The second Main Feedwater Pump should be started prior to exceeding 50% power

to preclude problems with main feedwater flow capability. Following pump start, if

the Main Feedwater Pump Reciculation Valve is in AUTO, the operator should

observe that valve closure will occur as the feed flow rises above 3000 gpm.

B. The second Main Feedwater Pump should be started between 50% power and 65%

power to preclude problems with main feedwater flow capability. Following pump

start, if the Main Feedwater Pump Recirculation Valve is in AUTO, the operator

should observe that valve closure will occur as the feed flow rises above 3286 gpm.

CY The second Main Feedwater Pump should be started prior to exceeding 50% power

to preclude problems with main feedwater flow capability. Operating the second

Main Feedwater Pump on recirculation with the discharge MOV closed should be

minimized to prevent overpressurization of the piping between the discharge cheek

valve and the MOV as the system heats.

D. The second Main Feedwater Pump should be started between 50% power and 65%

power to preclude problems with main feedwater flow capability. Operating the

second Main Feedwater Pump on recirculation with the discharge MOV closed

should be minimized to prevent overpressurization of the piping between the

discharge check valve and the MOV as the system heats.

Surry Nuclear Plant 2084-301

DRAFT SRO lnital Exam

References:

4 -GOPI

5,

Unit Starhp, 2% Reactor Power to Max Allowable Power, Rev. 32

1 -OP-FW-(404, Main Feedwater System Operation, Rev. 8

MB-89.3-LP-3, Main Feedwater System, Rev. 12

Distractor Analysis:

A. Incorrect because reeirc should modulate closed at 4000 gpm.

B. Incorrect because recirc should modulate closed at 4008 gpm.

C. Correct because of NOTE on Pg. 34 of 44 of GOP-1.5 and CAUTION on Pg 12 of

B. Incorrect because second feedwater pump should be started prior to 50% power.

059 Main Feedwater

A I .03 Ability to predict and / or monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding

design limits) associated with operating the MFW controls including: Power level

restrictions for operation of MFW pumps and valves.

34 of OP-FW-004.

SUFV

Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SRO lnital Exam

-

43. O59AAI

~

.01 001/1/ULIQT.JlD

-~

-

RAD _.

RELEASElCIA

~

3 3 3

~.

5/M/SR04~M/MARIST)R __

~.

The following Unit 1 conditions exists:

~ The "B" Train of Recirc Spray (RS), the only available train, is in service

- 1 -RM-G7, DlSCH TNL ALERT / FAILURE, annunciates

- I-RM-AB, RSISW HX B ALERT/FAILURE, annunciates

~

Reactor Operator notes the RS/SW HX B Monitor is trending up, but the Discharge

Tunnel Rad Monitor is indicating all EEEEEs with Red and Yellow Lights Lit and

Green Light out.

- A Large Break LOSS sf Coolant Accident has QCCUrWd

Which ONE of the following is the mrrect operator response?

A. Ensure no additional releases are in progress and secure RS.

8.3 Ensure no additional releases are in progress, and increase radiation monitoring.

C. Verify all automatic actions have occurred and reset the Discharge Tunnel Digital

Rate Meter and perform a source check.

D. Verify all automatic actions have occurred and raise the Discharge Tunnel Monitor

set point.

Surry Nuclear Plant 2604-301

DRAW SRQ lnitaE Exam

Surry

References:

ND-93.5-LP-I

~ Pve-TMI Radiation Monitoring System, Rev. 8

I-RM-G7, DlSCH TNL ALERT / FAILURE, Rev. 4

1-WM-A8, RSISW HX B ALEWTFAILUBE, Rev. 3

Distractor Analysis:

A. Incorrect because the last available RS train should not be secured, as stated in

RM-GS and RM-A8 Caution Statements. Plausible because this is the correct

course of action if the other train was available.

B. Correct because the last train of WS should not be secured. Other rad monitors

should be checked to see if blowdowns have been diverted, to verify that there is no

CCW/SW HX leak, and to verify that no CP Bid Liquid releases are occurring.

Additional monitoring is called for by the ARPs due to the fact that the last train of

WS should not be secured.

C. Incorrect because there are no automatic actions to verify. Plausible because the

applicant may not know that there are no auto actions associated with these

particular monitors. With a failed monitor, ARPs will direct 8 reset and source

check, which adds to the plausibility.

D. Incorrect because there are no automatic actions to verify. Plausible because the

applicant may not know that there are not auto actions associated with these

particular monitors and it is not uncommon for an alarm setpeint to be raised to

sled operators of worsening conditions. The Discharge Tunnel Monitor has the

indications of being failed, therefore adjusting the setpoint is not a success path.

(359 Accidental Liquid Radwaste Release

,441.01 : Ability to operate and / or monitor the following as they apply to the Accidental

Liquid Wadwaste Releases: Radioactive-liquid monitor

Modified Surry ILT Bank Question #I977

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SRO lnital Exam

I-CN-TM-1, Emergency Condensate Storage Tank (ECST), is supplying AFW Pumps

for Residual Heat Removal via Steam Generators. 1J-F4, CST 110,000 GAL LO LVL,

has annunciated. ECSP level is 90% and lowering.

Which ONE of the following is correct regarding refilling of the ECST?

A. Filling shall commence prior to the ECST level reaching 54%. AFW pumps must be

secured prior to commencing the fill.

B. Filling may commence after the ECST level drops below 60,000 gaElons as long as

refill begins within two hours of securing the AFW pumps.

6.

AFW Pumps must be secured prior to commencing the fill and the ECST must be

filled within two hours.

D!' Filling of the ECST shall commence prior to the ECST level reaching 54%. AFW

pumps may continue ts operate during the refill.

References:

NB-89.3-LP-4, Auxiliary Feedwater System, Rev. 19

f J-F4, CST 1 10,000 GAL LO LVL, Rev. 3

tech Spec 3.6-1,

Amendment No. 224 and 220

Distractor Analysis:

A. Incorrect because AFW pumps may continue to run during refill based on AWP

1 J-F4 Note.

B. Incorrect because volume must remain above 60,000 gal (54%).

C. ln~o~rect

because AFW pumps do not need to be secured for refill.

D. Correct based on all three of the above references.

(461 Auxiliary Feedwintea

Al.04: Ability to predict and / or monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding

design limits) associated with operating the AFW controls ineluding: AFW source tank

level.

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SRO lnital Exam

I

I

I

6:' Spent Fuel Pit Bridge Crane Radiation Monitor and Ventilation Vent Gaseous

Kadiatisn Monitor

I

45. 061 A M 0 1 00111R/ARM RAD MONITOWMEM

~_

3.5/3.7/W/SR04301/IUMAR/ST)R

-___

If a spent fuel assembly is damaged by being dropped in the spent fuel pool, which

ONE of the following pairs of radiation monitors would indicate an increase in radiation

level?

r

A. Spent Fuel Pit Bridge Crane Radiation Monitor and Auxiliary Building Control

Victoreen Area Radiation Monitor

B. Ventilation Vent Particulate Radiation Monitor and Auxiliary Building Control

Victoreen Area Radiation Monitor

Sur9 (Utility needs to add correct RM equipment numbers.)

References:

ND-93.5-LP-1, Pre-TMI Radiation Monitoring System, Rev. 8

0-AP-22.00, Fuel Handling Abnormal Conditions, Rev. 18

Q-WM-B3, 1-RM-RI-153 HIGH, Rev. 4

0-RM-B4, 1-RM-RI-152 HIGH, Rev 8

Distractor Analysis: (maybe get Some help to provide a little better distractor analysis?)

A. Incorrect because the Aux Bld Control Victoreen Area Radiation Monitor would not

show an increased indication.

B. Incorrect because the Aux Bld Control Victoreen Area Radiation Monitor would not

show an increased indication.

C. Correct because both monitors would show an increased indication.

D. incorrect because a liquid waste process effluent monitor would not see the results

of the failed fuel.

061 ARM System Alarms

AA2.QI : Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Area

Radiation Monitoring (ARM) System Alarms: ARM panel displays.

Surry Wequal Bank Question #I 18

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT Sa0 lnital Exam

46. __

06241.01

~ 001/1/2/EDG 1)IESELMEhI 3.413 8NSR04301IWMABISDR

~

~

~

I

~

r

The following conditions weie noted during the performance of 1 -OPT-EG-001,

Number f Emergency Diesel Generator Monthly Start Exercise Test:

- The EBG was loaded at a rate sf 550 KW/MIN

- The Maximum load attained was 2650 KW

.. The Maximum KVAR was 508 KVAR out

- The output voltage was stable at 4300 VAC

Which ONE of the following was in violation of the EBG Precautions and Limitations

per 1 -0QV-EG-OOI ?

A Load Rate

8. Maximum Load

C. Maximum KVAR out

D. Output voltage

I

I

surry

References:

1 -OPT-EG-001

I Number 1 Emergency Diesel Generator Monthly Start Exercise Test,

Rev. 24

1-QP-EG-001, Number 1 Emergency Diesel Generator, Rev. 17

Distractor Analysis:

A. Correct because the loading rate should not exceed 500 KW/MIN during normal

operations.

B. Incorrect because rnax load rating is 2750 KW.

6. Incorrect because rnax KVAR out is 500 KVAR.

D. Incorrect because output voltage shsuld be maintained between 4800 and 4400

VAC .

062 A 6 Electrical Distribution

Al.01: Ability to predict and / or monitor changes in parameters (to prevent exceeding

design limits) associated with operating the ac distribution system controls including:

Significant D/G Isad limits.

-

-

Scerry Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SRO lnital Exam

47. 062AA1 06 001/1/1/SERVICE WATER/MEM 2.9/2.9/U/SR~3301IRIMAU/SDR

_ _

-

-~ _

~

-

-

_

_

.

_

_

-

~

The following Unit 1 conditions exist:

- During testing, an Intake Canal Low Level Isolation Signal is inadvertently actuated

Which ONE of the following correctly states the plant response caused by the Low

Level lsolatisn Signal?

~

Power = 100%

A. 1 -SW-MOV-l02A and B (CCHX and SW-P-4 Supply) will close and can only be

reopened after 5 minutes.

B. l-SW-MQV-102A and B (CCHX and SW-P-4 Supply) will go to 25% open and can

be fully opened after 5 minutes.

CY 1 -SW-MOV-lWA and B (CCHX and SW-P-4 Supply) will close and can be

reopened when the low level signal is reset.

D. 1 -SW-MOV-l02A and B (CCHX and SW-P-4 Supply) will go 25% open and can be

fully opened when the low level signal is reset.

Suvy (Utility needs to verify technical accuracy and provide any additional reference

material (electrical print?)).

References:

ND-89.5-LP-2, Sewice Water System, Rev. 20

Distractor Analysis:

A. Incorrect because the valves will C ~ Q S ~ ,

but cannot be re-opened until Canal Low

bevel Isolation Signal is cleared. If the valves would have been closed due to a

CLS, then they could have been re-opened after 5 minutes even without the CLS

cleared.

B. Incorrect because the valves will go fully closed.

C. Correct because the valves will close, but cannot be re-opened until Calaal Low

Level Isolation Signal is cleared. If the valves would have been closed due to a

CLS, then they could be opened after five minutes without resetting CLS.

B. Incorrect because, as states above, the valves will close.

062 Loss of Nuclear Svc Water

AAl .06: Ability to operate and / or monitor the following as they apply lo the Loss of

Nuclear Sewice Water (SWS): Control of flow rates to components cooled by the

SWS.

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-381

DRAFT SRO Inital Exam

48. 063A4.01 00112f

~

1IEREAKERSICIA

-

~

2 8 / 3 . l C N i S R ~ O l ~ Y I l S U R _

- __ - __

Unit 1 was operating at 68% power when the following plant conditions developed:

- I K-A7, BATB SYSTEM I A TROUBLE, alarm annunciates

- "A" SG PORV Indicating tights are not lit

- MSTV Indicating bights are not lit

- POWV 1455C/1456 Indicating Lights are not lit

- "A", "D", and "H" Breaker Indicating Lights are not lit

- There is no indicated letdown flow

- The Turbine Driven AFW Pump is running

-

~

Which ONE of the following describes the plant conditions assuming no other failures

in addition to the cause of the above conditions?

A.' The reactor will automatically trip. The turbine will automatically trip when the

reactor is manually tripped.

B. The turbine will automatically trip. The reactor will automatically trip due to the

C. The reactor must be manually tripped. The turbine must also be manually tripped.

automatic turbine trip.

3. The reactor will automatically trip. The turbine will not automatically trip and must

be manually tripped.

Surly

ReBe rences :

ND-90.3-LP-6, 125 Vdc Distribution, Rev. 18

Distractor Analysis:

A. Correct because the reactor will automatically trip on loss of voltage to the "A" RTB

UV coil to a loss of the "A" DC Bus (see ND-90.3-LP-6). The turbine will not trip

until the reactor is manually tripped in accordance with E-0.

B. Incorrect because the reactor will automatically trip due to loss of voltage to the "A"

RTB UV coil due to the loss of the "A" dc Bus.

e. lmcorrect because the reactor does not need to be manually tripped to trip the

reactor and the turbine will automatically trip when the reactor is tripped per E-0.

D. lncorrect because the turbine does not need lo be manually tripped. The turbine

will trip when the reactor is manually tripped in E-0 or when the other train of RPS

occurs due to low SG levels.

063 DC Electrical Distribution

A4.01: Ability to manually operate and / or monitor in the control room: Major breakers

and control power fuses.

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SRO M a l Exam

The following plant conditions exist:

~ Bus 1J1 voltage drops to 407 volts and returns to 480 volts seven seconds later and

- Bus 2J1-1 voltage is 441 volts and stable

Which ONE of the following correctly states the source of power for Diesel Generator

  1. 3's Air Compressors?

remains stable

A. Bus 1 J1 remained the power supply throughout the seven second voltage drop.

B. Six seconds after the voltage dropped on Bus tJ1, Bus 2J1-1 became the power

supply. Bus 2J1-1 will remain the power supply until manually transferred back to

Bus 1J1

CI Six seconds after the voltage dropped an Bus 4J1, Bus 2J1-1 became the power

supply. Bus 2J1-1 will remain the power supply for 30 minutes with Bus 1J1 greater

than 440 volts, at which time it will automatically return to Bus 1 J1.

5. Six seconds after the voltage dropped on Bus 1 J1, Bus 2J1-1 became the power

supply. Bus 2J1-I will remain the power supply for six seconds with Bus 1 J1

greater than 440 volts, at which time it will automatically return to Bus fJ1.

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SRO lnital Exam

Surry

References:

ND-90.3-LP-1, Emergency Diesel Generator, Rev. 14

P&IB 11448-FE-IAA, Appendix W Evaluation Electrical One Line Diagram Surry Power

P&lB 11448-FE-1 P1,480V One Line Diagram MCC 1 J1 -lA Surry Power Station Unit 1,

Station Unit 1, Rev. 23

Rev. 4

Distractor Ana%ysis:

A. Incorrect because 1 J1 voltage was less than 41 Ov for greater than 6 seconds.

Therefore, 2J1-1 became the power supply after 6 seconds. The ABT will check for

2J1-1 voltage greater than 440v prior to swapping to the alternate power supply.

normal-seeking ABT. Therefore, at the beginning of this sequence, the power

supply would have been 1 J1.

Therefore, 2J1-1 became the power supply after six seconds. The ABB will check

for 2J1-I voltage greater than 44th prior to swapping to the alternate power supply.

When the normal power supply voltage is restored to > 44Ov, a 30 minute time delay

is started. If the vottage remains above 44Qv for 30 minutes, then it transfers back

to the normal power supply (131).

B. Incorrect because this is the alternate power supply and the ABT is a

C. Correct because 1J1 voltage was less than 41 Ov for greater than 6 seconds.

D. Incorrect because of the 30 minute time delay mentioned above.

064 Emergency Diesel Generator

K2.01: Knowledge of bus power supplies to the following: Air Gompessors.

Sur9 Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SRO lnital Exam

The following plant conditions exist:

- Unit 2 /s in intermediate shutdown

~ Operators are attempting to warm the RHR system

- An instrument air leak has developed, but the location is yet to be determined

- An Operator reports the sound of compressed air leaking in the area of the RHR

pump platform.

- 1B-E6, IA LOW HDR PRESSAA COMPR 1 TRBL, has annunciated

- Instrument air pressure is approximately stable at 60 psig

Which ONE of the following correctly explains the potential effect on warming the RHR

system?

A. If the air leak is a rupture upstream of the isolation valve for the air supply Bo

HCV-1758 (RHR Heat Exchanger Outlet Valve), the valve will fail closed. The line

may be crimped if the leak will not affect vital control instruments. Operators shoulc

use the portable air bottle, via quick disconnect, to operate the valve.

B. If the air leak is a rupture upstream of the isolation valve for the air supply to

HCV-I 758 (RHR Heat Exchanger Outlet Vaive), the valve will fail open. The line

may be crimped if the leak will not affect vital control instruments. Operators shoulc

use the portable air bottle, via quick disconnect, to operate the valve.

CI' If the air Beak is a rupture upstream of the isolation valve for the air supply to

HCV-1642 (CVCS Flow Regulator Control Valve), the valve will fail closed. The line

may be crimped if the leak will not affect vital control instruments.

D. If the air leak is a rupture upstream of the isolation valve for the air supply to

HCV-1142 (CVCS Flow Regulator Control Valve), the valve will fail open. The line

may be crimped if the leak will not affect vital control instruments.

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SRO lnital Exam

Susry

Ref e rences :

ND-88.2-LP-1, Residual Heat Removal System Description, Rev. 8 (Pages 9, 10, 11)

NB-88.2-LP-2, Operation of Residual Heat Removal System, Rev 15

P&ID 11448-FM-087A Sh 2 of 2, Residual Heat Removal System, Rev. 26

P&IB 11 448-FM-075E Sh 1 of 2, Compressed Air System, Rev. 43

1B-E6, IA LOW HDR PRESS/IA COMPR 1 PRBL, Rev. 9

Distractor Analysis:

A. Incorrect because HCV-1758 fails open and cannot be operated with a portable air

bottle. Plausible because the applicant may get consfused on which valve in this

flowpath has the portable air bottle feature.

B. Incorrect because HCV-1758 cannot be operated with a portable air bottle.

Plausible because the applicant may get consfused OR which valve in this

flowpath has the portable air bottle feature.

C. Correct because HCV-1142 is fail closed and this is the flow path for system

warmup. ARP states that leaks may be stopped via crimping if the leak will not

affect vital instrumentation.

D. Incorrect because HCV-1142 fails closed. Plausible because the applicant may get

confused on failure modes of HCV-1142,

especially since it does have a backup air

bottle feature for App. R purposes.

065 Loss of Instrument Air

AA2.01: Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the loss of

instrument air: Cause and effect of low pressure instrument air alarm.

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SRO lnital Exam

51. 069G2.4.18 0 0 1 / 1 / 2 & ~ KWST CChIEM

~.

2 7/3 6/B/SR04301/IP/MAB/SDR

~

r

In FCA-8.00, Limiting Auxiliary Building Fire, if Charging Pump CC Pumps are not

running, the operator is directed to shift charging pump suction to the WWST. Which

ONE of the following describes the basis for this step?

A. Suction is shifted to the WWST to maximize boron injection before the charging

pumps overheat and are lost due to a time-overcurrent breaker trip.

B. Suction is shifted to the RWST to maximize boron injection before the charging

pumps overheat and are lost due to a instantanesus-overcur~en~

breaker trip.

6.

The loss of Charging Pump CC will eventually result in a loss of VCT level due to a

loss of makeup; therefore suction is shifted to the RWST.

D? The RWST supplies cooler water to the Charging Pumps; thereby minimizing the

cooling requirements for the Charging Pumps.

~

~

.~

~~~

~~~

Surry (Utility needs to verify technical acuracy and supply additional supporting material

if any is availble.)

Refernces:

ND-95.6-LP-3, Safe Shutdown Fire FCAs, Rev. 5

0-FCA-8.00, Limiting Auxiliary Building Fire, Rev. 13

Distractor Analysis:

A. Incorrect because the concern is with overheating the pump, not maximizing boron

injection prior to the pump overheating. Supplying cooler RWST water will reduce

the pump temperatures.

B. Incorrect because the concern is with overheating the pump, not maximizing boron

injection prior to the pump overheating. Supplying cooler RWST water will reduce

the pump temperatures.

C. lncorrect because VCT level will not be reduced as a result of no E.

B. Correct because cooler RWST water will help reduce pump temps when CC is lost.

069 Plant Fire On-Site

G2.4.18: Knowledge of specific bases for EOPs.

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SRO lnital Exam

52. 068134 01 001/212/RADIh?'ION MONITOR/C/A 3.4/4.I/R/SR093C)l~ABISDR

~

~

_

_

-__

~

_

_

_

_

- _ _

The following Conditions exist:

- Both Units are at 180% P0wer

- Unit I Operators have discovered indication of a small tube leak in the "A" Steam

Generator for their Unit

- Spent Fuel is being moved in the Spent Fuel Storage Pool to facilitate rack

inspections

- O-RM-M4, 1 -VG-Wl-104 HIGH, alarms

- All Radiation Monitors appear to be operating satisfactorily

- Ventilation and Radiation Monitors are in their normal alignment

Which ONE of the following could cause RM-VG-104 (#I Vent Stack RM) to detect

higher than normal activity?

I

A. A Steam Generator Tube Leak on Unit 1.

BY A spill of high activity coolant in the Chemistry Hot Lab.

C. A spill of high activity coolant in the High Rad Sample System Room.

B. A dropped fuel assembly in the fuel building.

~

~~~

-~

-

-

~

_ _ _ _ _

~

_

_

_

~

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SRO lnital Exam

Sur9

References:

O-RM-M4, I -VG-Rl-I 04 HIGH? Rev. 2

0-AP-22.00, Fuel Handling Abnormat Conditions, Rev. 18

ND-95.3-LP-1, $re-TMI Radiation Monitoring System, Rev. 8

Distractor Analysis:

A. Incorrect because the normal configuration for the ventilation system would not

have Main Condenser Air Ejector aligned to discharge to the Number 1 Vent Stack

upstream of Radiation Monitor 1 -VG-RM-I 04.

B. Correct because O-RM-ld14 alarming could be caused by a coolant spill in the Chem

Hot Lab according to the ARP.

C. Incorrect a spill in the High Radiation Sample System Room would not cause this

alarm according to the ARP.

D. Incorrect because fuel clad damage would not be detected by RM-VG-104 when in

its normal configuration. 0-AP-22.80 does not list WM-VG-104 as a potential means

of indication for damaged fuel clad.

068 Liquid Wadwaste

K4.01: Knowledge of design feature@) and / or interlock(sj which provide for the

following: Safety and environmental precautions for handling hot, acidic, and

radioactive liquids.

Sur9 Wequal Exam Bank Question #462 (ID:ARP0076)

Suny Nuclear Plant 2064-301

DRAFT SRO lnital Exam

53.

~ 07 1K4.06 OOlI2I2iWASTE

~

GAS GASEOUSiMEM

~

2.7/3.5:N/SRO4301/R/MA13/SDR

~

-_

___

~

A discharge of a waste gas decay tank is in progress when RM-GW-101 reaches the

high alarm setpoint and alarm O-RM-M3, 1 -GW-RI-I 01 HIGH, annunciates. Which

ONE of the following is NOT an automatic action initiated by the high radiation fevets

from the waste gas decay tank release?

r

t

A. 1-GW-FCV-101, Decay Tank Bleed Isolation Valve, closes.

B. 1 -GW-FCV-I 60,

CTMT Vacuum Pump Discharge Isolation Valve closes.

C. 1 -GW-FCV-260, CTMP Vacuum Pump Discharge Isolation Valve, closes.

D l Associated vacuum pumps trip.

Surry (Utility needs to verify technical accuracy)

References:

ND-92.4-LP-1, Gaseous and Liquid Waste Processing Systems, Rev. 8

ND-93.5-LP-1, Pre-TMI Radiation Monitoring System, Rev. 8

0-RM-KS, 1-GW-81-181 HIGH, Rev. 0

Distractor Analysis:

A. Incorrect because according to ARP, this valve will close on reaching the high alarm

B. Incorrect because according to AWP, this valve will close QIB reaching the high alarm

C. Incorrect because acording to ARP, this valve will close on reaching the high alarm

B. Correct because the pumps must be manually secured if GW-160 or GW-260 are

setpoint.

setpoint.

setpoint.

closed. This info is in a CAUTION in the AWP and a step is provided in the ARP to

secure the pumps following the closure of GW-I 60 / 260.

071 Gaseous and Liquid Waste Processing Systems

K4.86: Knowledge of design(s) features and / 01 interlocks which provide for the

following: Sampling and monitoring of waste gas release tanks.

-

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-381

DRAFT SRO lnital Exam

Which ONE of the following is sufficient conclusive indication to warrant a correct entry

into AP-16.08, Excessive RCS Leakage?

A. Rising containment humidity, rising containment temperature, and rising

containment pressure.

B." Rising steam generator water level, rising charging flow, and rising Condenser Air

Ejector Radiation Monitor reading.

!

C. Rising Condenser Air Ejector Radiation Monitor reading, rising steam generator

blowdown radiation monitor reading, and stable containment pressure.

D. Rising containment sump level, lowering pressurizer pressure, and rising

containment pressure.

Surry

References:

1 -A$-1 6.00, Excessive RCS Leakage, Rev. 11

1 -A$-24.0(4, Minor SG Tube Leak, Rev. 8

1 - E O , Reactor Trip or Safety Injection, Rev. 46

ND-93.5-LP-1, Pre-TMI Radiation Monitoring System, Rev. 8

Distractor Analysis:

A. Incorrect because a steam line break can cause containment humidity, temperature,

and pressure to rise. Distractor is plausible because these are all possible for an

RCS leak.

steam/feed mismatch. The charging flow and Air Ejector Wad monitor corroborates

that the problem is tube leakage.

C. Incorrect because these parameters are indications that there may be a tube

leak; however, these same indications may present themselves with a fuel failure or

crud burst. Distractor is plausible because these parameters may indicate as

stated if RCS leakage actually exists. Distractor is incorrect because these

parameter trends may be caused by increased RCS activity.

D. Incorrect because the Combination of these parameters may be caused by a

steam leaidbreak. Distractor is plausible because these parameters may actually

change as indicated during an 86% leak.

B. Correct because SG water level is indication that there may be a tube leak or

073 Process Radiation Monitoring

62.1 23: Ability to perform specific system and integrated plant procedures during all

modes of plant operation.

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301

5 R A R SRO Inital Exam

Hydrogen peroxide has just been added to Unit 2 RCS resulting in an increase in the

primary coolant activity. The first indication that the activity level has increased will be

seen on the

and the team should

A. Containment particulate radiation monitor; increase flow through the letdown cation

bed.

BY Letdown radiation monitor; monitor letdown filter differential pressure.

C. Letdown radiation monitor; monitor seal return filter differential pressure.

5. Containment particulate radiation monitor; decrease flow through the letdown cation

bed.

Surry

Ref@ re nces :

ND-93.05-LP-1, Pre-TMI Radiation Monitoring System

ND-88.3-LP-3, Seal Injection, Rev. 6

Distractor Analysis:

A. Incorrect because containment particulate radiation monitor would not change

significantly.

B. Correct because letdown radiation monitors would indicate quickly due to hydrogen

peroxide increasing reactor coolant activity and letdown filter dP would also rise.

C. Incorrect because the hydrogen peroxide should not affect the seal return dP, at

least not as readily or as SOOR as the letdown filter dP. There is 8 gal of CVCS

water that goes to each RCP for seal injection. Five ot these gallons flows down

the shaft past the thermal barrier and ends up in the WCS. The other three gallons

eventually passes through the seal return filter. The CVCS water that enters the

RCP seal area has already been filtered prior to getting to the RCP seals. This

prefiltesing is designed to protect the seals. The water corning from the

RCP seal area should be relatively clean CVCS water. not RCS water; therefore

making the seal return filter a relatively poor indicator of a crud burst.

significantly.

D. Incorrect because containment particulate radiation monitor Would not change

Surry Bank 1L.T Exam Question #I 606

076 High Reactor Coolant

AK2.01: Knowledge of the interrelations between the High Reactor Coolant Activity

and the following: Process radiation monitors.

Sur9 Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SRO lnital Exam

56. 046K2.04 001/211/SERVICE

~

WATERICI.4 2 5/2.6/NlSR04301/R/1C1.413/SDK

~

.~

___

~

The following Unit 1 conditions exist:

- A Large Break LOCA occurred 45 minutes ags

- Recirculation Spray is operating

- MCC 11-11 -2 de-energizes

Which ONE of the following correctly describes the impact on Sewice Water to and

from the Wecirc Spray Heat Exchangers?

r-

A! Recirc Spray Heat Exchanger I-RS-E-1A Sewice Water Inlet (MQV-SW-104A) t

Outlet (MOV-SW-105641) Valves de-energize.

B. Wecirc Spray Heat Exchanger 1 -RS-E-l B Service Water Inlet (MOV-SW-184B) i

Outlet (MOV-SW-1058) Valves de-energize.

C. Recirc Spray Heat Exchanger Service Water lnlet (MOV-SW-103.4) and Recirc

Spray Heat Exchanger 1 -RS-E-I A Sewice Water lnlet (MOV-SW-104A) Valves

de-energize.

D. Recirc Spray Heat Exchanger Service Water Inlet (MOV-SW-1033) and Recirc

Spray Heat Exchanger 1 -RS--I B Service Water Inlet (MOV-SW-IQ4B) Valves

de-energize.

S U P 9

References:

ND-91 -LP-6, Recirculation Spray System, Rev. 9

ND-89.5-LP-2, Service Water System, Rev. 20

P&ID 1 1448-FE-1 M, Sh 1 of 1, 48OV Qne Line Diagram Surry Power Station - Unit 1

$&ID 1 1448-FE-1 L, Sk 1 of 1 I 480V One Line Diagram Surry Power Station - Unit 1,

Rev. 59

Rev. 52

Bistractor Analysis:

A. Correct because MBV-SW-104A and 1Q5A are both powered from 1 HI-2.

3. Incorrect because MOV-SW-IQ4B and 185B are both powered from 1J1-2.

C. Incorrect because MOV-SW-103A is powered from 1 H1-1.

5. Encorrect because MOV-SW-103B is powered from 1J1-1 and MOV-SW-I045 is

powered from 1J1-2.

676 Service Water

K2.04: Knowledge of bus power supplies to the following: Reactor building closed

coo I i n g water .

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SRO inital Exam

57.

__

075.44.01

__ 001/2/1/INSTRUhIENT

ALIP/C/A 3 1/3.1/B/SW04301RMBB/SDR

~

~.

- -

~

__

- --

Unit 1 is at 50% power and the team is experiencing problems controlling feedwater

flow. An Instrument Air Low Pressure Alarm is received in the Control Room. White

monitoring Instrument Air pressure, the 80 notes pressure is 50 psig and slowly

Iswering.

Which ONE of the following actions should be taken?

A. Commence a SIOW

power reduction to Hot Shutdown.

3. Commence a fast power reduction to Cold Shutdown.

Ca' Trip the Reactor and go to 1 -E-O, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection.

B. Isolate Sewice Air frsm instrument Air and start the Scrllair Diesel.

References :

ND-92.1-LQ-1, Station Air Systems, Rev. 13

f B-E6,

IA LOW HBR PRESS / IA COMPR 1 TRBL, Rev. 9

0-AP-40.00, Non-recoverable Loss of instrument Air, Rev. 17

Distractor Analysis:

A. Incorrect because 1B-E6 and AP-40.00 directs rx trip, not power reduction.

3. Incorrect because 1 B-E6 and AP-40.00 directs rx trip, mot power reduction. (Initial

distractor from exam bank was changed because it may have been a second

correct answer).

C. Correct because this is the guidance provided by 1 B-E6 and AQ-40.00.

B. Incorrect because 1 B E 6 and AP-40.00 directs rx trip, not power reduction when

pressure reaches 50 psig.

078 Instrument Air

A4.01 : Ability to manually operate and / 08 monitor in the control room: Pressure

gauges.

Surry Requal Exam Bank Question 428

Sw-y Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SRO lnital Exam

I

A. Instrument Air is normally supplied by the Service Air System and the system is

backed up by IA when IA pressure reaches 95 psig.

B. Instrument Air is normally supplied by IA Compressors and the system is manually

backed up by the Sullair Diesel.

With ALL air systems aligned in the automatic mode, which ONE of the following

describes the operation of the Station instrument Air (IA) System for Unit I ?

(Assume no operator action is taken.)

CY Instrument Air is normally supplied by the Service Air System and is backed up by

the IA System when IA pressure reaches 90 psig.

D. Instrument Air is normally supplied by the Service Air System and is backed up by

the Condensate Polishing Instrument Air System when IA pressure reaches 98

psig.

References

ND-92.1-LP-I , Station Air Systems, Rev. 13

Distraetsr Analysis:

A. Incorrect because pressure must drop below 98 psig for IA to backup Service Air.

B. Incorrect because the IA System is normally supplied by Sewice Air.

C. Correct because Service Air is the normal supply and IA is the backup when

pressure drops below 90 psig.

B. Incorrect because IA is not backed up by the Condensate Polishing Instrument Air

System when pressure drops to 98 psig. It is backed up by the IA System when

pressure drops below 90 psig.

078 Instrument Air

K4.02: Knowledge of the IAS design feature(s) and or interlock(s) which provide for the

following: Cross-over to other air systems.

Surry Requal Bank Question #512

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SRO lnital Exam

I

i

The following Unit 1 conditions exists:

- A steam line rupture in Containment occurred several minutes ago

~ Maximum Containment Pressure reached 24 psia

- Containment Pressure Transmitters now read:

~

PT-LM-I OOA = 17.7 psia

- PT-LM-10OB = 17.8 psia

- PT-LM-1 OOD = 17.9 psia

- PT-LM-1006 = 17.6 psis

Which ONE of the following correctly describes resetting of Consequence Limiting

Safeguards (CLS) given the above conditions?

A. The CLS TWAlN A/B) RESET PERMISSIVE annunciator is lit. CLS HI and CLS

HI-HI may be reset at this time. Upon reset, the multiplying relays will energize.

B! Neither CLS Hl or CLS HI-HI may be reset at this time. The multiplying relays are

de-energized.

C. The CLS Hl-HI RESET PERMISSIVE annunciator is lit. CLS HI-HI may be reset at

this time. Upon reset the multiplying relays will de-energize.

D. Neither CLS HI or CLS Hl-HI may be reset at this time. The multiplying relays are

energized.

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SRO lnital Exam

Surry

References:

NB-88.4-LP-2, Containment Vessel, Rev. 8

ND-91 -LP-5, Containment Spray System, Rev. 13

Distractor Analysis:

A. Incorrect because pressure must be reduced to less than 14.2 psia on 2/4 channels

B. Correct because pressure must be reduced to less than 14.2 psia on 2/4 channels

to reset both Hi and Hi-Hi subsystems.

to reset both Hi and Hi-Hi subsystems. Also, when CLS is actuated, the multiplying

relays are de-energized.

C. Incorrect because pressure must be reduced to less than 14.2 psia on 2/4 channels

to reset both Hi and Hi-Hi subsystems. Also, when CLS is actuated, the multiplying

relays are de-energized.

B. Incorrect because when CLS is actuated, the multiplying relays art? de-energized.

103 Containment

A4.04: Ability to manually operate and / or monitor in the control room: Phase A and

Phase B resets.

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-381

DRAFT SRO lnital Exam

68. (32.1 11 001/3NTbCH SPECSICIA -~

3 0/3.8/N/SR0~301~?UM~/SDK

,

The following Unit 1 conditions exist:

- Plant is at 74% power after just completing a rapid power reduction due to Heater

- Axial Flux Difference was outside of the Parget Band on 11/03/2803 from 0800 hours0.00926 days <br />0.222 hours <br />0.00132 weeks <br />3.044e-4 months <br />

- Axial Flux Difference was outside of the Target Band on 11/04/2003 from 0940 hours0.0109 days <br />0.261 hours <br />0.00155 weeks <br />3.5767e-4 months <br />

to 8840 hours0.102 days <br />2.456 hours <br />0.0146 weeks <br />0.00336 months <br />

- The Axial Flux Difference has remained within the Technical Specification Limits sf

Figure 3.12-3, Axial Flux Difference Limits As A Function Of Rated Power: for the

entire time

Brain Pump problems

to 0845 hours0.00978 days <br />0.235 hours <br />0.0014 weeks <br />3.215225e-4 months <br />

Which ONE of the following actions are required by Technical Specifications?

W Reactor power was required to be less than 58% by 0825 hours0.00955 days <br />0.229 hours <br />0.00136 weeks <br />3.139125e-4 months <br /> on

B. Reactor power was required to be less than 58% by 8855 hours0.102 days <br />2.46 hours <br />0.0146 weeks <br />0.00337 months <br /> on

1 /04/2003.

1 /04/2008.

C. Reactor power was required to be less than 58% by 091 0 hours0 days <br />0 hours <br />0 weeks <br />0 months <br /> on 1 1/04/2003

D. No power reduction was required, but power should not have been raised above

75% until Axial Flux Difference was within the Target Band.

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SRO lnital Exam

Reference:

Technical Specification 3.1 2.B.4.b.(1), Amendment No. 186

Technical Specification 3.12.5.4.b.(2), Amendment No. 186

D ist racto I

Analysis:

A. Correct because AFD may deviate from its target band for one hour within a 24 hour2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />

period. When this is violated, then power must be reduced to less than 50% within

30 minutes. From 11/03 8 (4880 hrs to 11/04 Q 0755 hrs a total of ome hour

outside of target band was accumulated. Therefore, by 0825 hrs (30 minutes later)

power must be less than 50%.

B. Incorrect because because the correct answer is as described in above analysis.

Plausible because 0855 hours0.0099 days <br />0.238 hours <br />0.00141 weeks <br />3.253275e-4 months <br /> is 60 minutes after 0755 hrs, which is when the 30

minute clock starts to have power less than 50%.

C. Incorrect because the correct answer is as described in above analysis. Plausible

because 091 0 hrs is 30 minutes after 0840 hrs, which was given as the second time

frame where AFD was outside of its target band.

D. incorrect because because the correct answer is as described in above analysis.

Plausible because candidate may confuse 50% and 75% power restrictions.

G2.1.11

Knowledge of less than 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> technical specification action statements for systems.

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT S R 6 Bnital Exam

The following conditions exist:

- Unit 1 has been shutdown for 10 days for SG tube plugging

- RCS water level is being maintained at 12.4 feet as indicated on 1 -RC-hl-? 00A

- The "B" and "C" loops are isolated with the primary and secondary SG manways

removed for SG tube plugging

The reactor vessel head is tensioned

= The "A" RWW pump is in operation with oscilrating amperage indications

= Flow indication 1 -RH-FI-I 605 is oscillating between 2500 and 2760 gpm.

Which ONE of the following actions is appropriate for the SRO to direct in accordance

with AP-27.08, boss of Decay Heat Removal Capability?

(A$-29.00 Attachments 1 and 2 provided)

A. Raise RCS level to 12.5 feet as indicated on 1 -RC-Ll-l OOA and stabilize flow at

2600 gprn.

B. Throttle open 1 -RH-HCV-175% and throttle close 1 -RH-FCV-I 605 to reduce RHR

flow to 2200 gprn.

C. Throttle close 1 -RH-HCV-I 758 and throttk open I -RH-FCV-I 605 to reduce WHR

flow to 1200 gpm.

DY Throttle close 1-RH-FCV-1605 to reduce WHR Blow to 2200 gpm and raise level to

12.5 feet as indicated un 7 -RC-LI-1 OOA.

Sur9 Nuclear Plant 2084-301

DRAFT SRO lnitai Exam

sur9

References:

1 -AP-27.00, Loss of Decay Heal Removal Capability, Rev. 10

ND-88.2-LP-1

I Residual Heat Removal System Description, Rev. 8

ND-88.2-LP-02, Operation of Residual Heat Removal System, Rev. 15

NB-95.2-LP-12, Loss of RHW Events, Rev. 9

Distractor Analysis:

A. Incorrect because AP-27 Att. 2 indicates that 12.5 Beet is in the unacceptable region

of operation for 2600 gpm RHR flow rate.

B. Incorrect because AP-27 Att. 2 indicates that 2200 gpm RHR flow rate is in the

unacceptable region of operation for 12.4 feet.

C. incorrect because AB-27 Att. 1 indicates that 12W gpm WHW Row rate is less than

the required Blow rate of 2200 gpm.

D. Correct because these actions place the plant in an acceptable region of AP-27 AH.

1 and 2 for required flow rate for 10 days after shutdown.

AP-27 Att. 1 and 2 will need to be provided to the applicant.

G2.1.25: Ability to obtain and interpret station reference materials such as graphs,

monographs, and tables which contain performance data.

Surly Nuclear Plant 2884-301

DRAFT SRO hital Exam

Which ONE of the following is correct with respect to Technical Specifications?

A. The Safety Limit for core thermal power is 109% sf Rated Thermal Power and tht

RCS pressure limit is 2735 pig.

3. The Safety Limit for core thermal power is 109% of Rated Thermal Power and the

single loop loss of flow reactor trip shall be unblocked when power range nuclear

flux is greater than or equal to 50% of Rated Thermal Power.

C. The reactor trip on low pressurizer pressure, high pressurizer level, turbine trip, ai

low reactor coolant flow for two or more loops shall be unblocked when power is

greater than or equal to 10% or Rated Thermal Power.

D. The source range high flux, high setpoint trip shall be unblocked when the

intermediate range nuclear flux is less than or equal to ~ X I U ~

amperes.

Surly

References:

Technical Specification 2.1 (Amendments 11 6); 2.2 (Amendments 203); 2.3

(Amendments 175, 176,206)

Distractor Analysis:

A. Incorrect because the safety limit for core thermal power is I t %%.

B. Incorrect because the safety limit tor core thermal power is 11 %%.

C. Correct because this is the correct statement taken from Tech Specs.

8. Incorrect because source range high flux, high setpoint trip shall be unblocked when

the intermediate range nuclear flux is less than or equal to 5x10- amperes.

Generic K/A 2.2.22

Knowledge of limiting conditions for operations and safety limits.

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SRO lnital Exam

63.

62.2 -

27 001/3/~F;trELINC;lMEM

-~

2.6/3 5/NISR04301iWMARISUK

~

___

~

- ~-

1 - Which O N E f the following c o L l y states the level of authorization needed for

bypassing the Manipulator Crane Overload Interlock?

A. Refueling SRO or Fuel Handling Supervisor

B. Refueling SRQ and Shift Supervisor

CY SNSOC and Refueling S R 8

5. SNSBConly

k f e leRCBS:

VPAP-1401, Conduct of Operations, Rev. 11 (Section 6.5)

Distractor Analysis:

A. Incorrect because SNSOC pre-approval is needed per l-OP-Ft-i-Od5 Step 4.62.

B. incorrect because SNSOC pre-approval is needed per 1-OP-FH-015 Step 4.12.

C. Correct because SRO approval is needed per 1 -OQ-FH-015 Step 4.1 0 AND

El. Incorrect because SWO approval is needed per 1 -OQ-FH-015 Step 4.1 0.

SNSOC pre-approval is needed per 1-QP-FH-Oi5 Step 4.12.

G2.2.27

Knowledge of the refueling process.

Surrgr Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SRO lnital Exam

guard against personnel exposure.

The following conditions exists:

- Unit 2 is at full power

~ Unit 1 is in refueling

~

Fuel repair is being performed

- A damaged fuel rod is raised loo close to the surface of the water

- Area radiation monitors alarm in the vicinity of the fuel movements

- Operators enter Q-AP-22.00, Fuel Handling Abnormal Conditions

All components operate as designed

Which ONE of the following are immediate actions of AQ-22.00?

A! Stop fuel handling operations, Secure Normal MCR Ventilation by closing

1-VS-MOD-103C and 1 -VS-MOD-l83D, Dump Cable Vault Air Bottles by closing

1 -VS-MOD-l03B.

E. Stop fuel handling operations, Secure Normal MCR Ventilation by closing

l-VS-MBD-103C and I-VS-MOD-l03D, Bump MER 3 Air Bottles by closing

1 -VS-MBD-I Q3A.

C. Evacuate the affected areas, Secure Normal MCR Ventilation by closing

1 -VS-MOD-1 Q3C and 1 -VS-MQB-I 03D, Dump MEW 3 Air Bottles by closing

1 -VS-MOD-l038.

D. Stop fuel handling operations, Evacuate the affected areas, Stop Main Control

-~

R O O ~

Fans

~-

1 -VS-F-Xand -~

1 -VS-AC-4.-

-

-

~

-

-

~

SLsrry

References:

0-AP-22.00, Fuel Handling Abnormal Conditions, Rev. 18

Distractor Analysis:

A. Correct these are all listed as immediate actions of AQ-22.00.

B. Incorrect because I -VS-MOD1 Q3A is in the RNO column to be performed if 103B

does not CIOS~.

However, the stem states that all equipment operates as designed,

so the operator would not go to the RNO column.

does not close.

e. Incorrect because 1 -VS-MOB-I 0314 is in the RNO column to be performed if 1038

S. Incorrect because stopping MCR Ventilation Fans is not an immediate action.

(32.3.1 0: Ability to perform procedures to reduce excessive levels of radiation and

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SWO inital Exam

65. 6 2 3 2 001/3//RADIATIe)N RESPIR TORfC/A 2

~

_

_

I

Work in a radiation area must be performed. The following conditions exist:

~ A point source is present and emits 50 rnrem/hour at 1 foot

- The air has a Derived Air Concentration (DAC) of 10

Which ONE of the following methods will result in the lowest amount of awumulated

dose?

A. Two workers using hand tools can perform the work in one hour at a distance of two

feet wearing no respirator.

5. Three workers using remote tools perform the work in two hours at a distance of six

feet wearing no respirator.

I

C. Two workers using hand tools perform the work in four hours at a distance of two

Beet wearing a respirator with a protection factor of 50.

I

D I Three workers using remote tools perform the work in 10 hours1.157407e-4 days <br />0.00278 hours <br />1.653439e-5 weeks <br />3.805e-6 months <br /> at a distance of six

feet wearing a respirator with a protection factor of 50.

References:

Dominion Nuclear Employee Training Manual Volume Ii BWWT, RPT, CSET, SCAT,

FWT, Rev. 11, January, 2003.

Distractor Analysis:

A. Incorrect: 75 mrem z 56.7 rnrem. {[(2 men)(l hr)(58mrem/hr)(d/2)2J+[(10 DAG)

5. Incorrect: 158.3 mrem 1 56.7 rnrem. {[(3 men)(2 kr)(50rrtrem/hr)(1/6)2]+[(10 DAC)

C. incorrect: 104 mrem 1 56.7 rnrern. {[(2 menl(4 hr)(50mrern/hr)(l/6)*]+[(le) DAC)

B. Correct: [(3 men)(lO hrs)(50 rnrem/hr)(1/6)*] + [(IO BAC)(I/50)(3 menj(l0 hrs)(2.5

(2 men)(l hrl(2.5 mremlDAC-HR)] = 75 rnrern}

(3 rnen)(2 hrI(2.5 mrem/DAC-HRj] = 158.3 rnrem)

(1/50)(2 rnen)(4 hr)(2.5 mrem/BAC-HW)] = 104 rnrem}

mrern/l BAC-HR)] = 41.7 + 15 = 56.7 mrem.

G2.3.2

Knowledge of facility ALARA program.

Surry Nuclear Plant 2804-301

DRAFT SRO lnital Exam

66. 62.3.9 00 1 / 3 N c ' O ~ " H . ~ ~ ~ , ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ / A

2&33.4/N/SKO43Ol /R/MAR/SDR

1

- -

~-

- - -

The following Unit 1 conditions exist:

- The WCS temperature is 190 O F .

- Operators are performing Section 5.2 of 1 -8P-VS-001, Containment Ventilation, to

place the Containment Purge System in service using 1 -VS-F-58A or 1 -VS-F-58B,

Filter Exhaust Fans.

- The Containment Purge Form requires 5080 cfm purge flow.

Which ONE of the following correctly states selection criteria, in accordance with

1-OP-VS-001, for choosing which valve to use for obtaining the correct purge flow

rate?

A!

1 -VS-MBV-I OOD (Ctrnt Purge Exh) should be throttled instead of 1 -VS-MOV-1 01

(Ctmt Purge B/P) due to the high flow rate required by the Containment Purge

Form.

B. 1 -VS-MOV-l 01 (Ctmt Purge B/P) should be throttled instead of 1 -VS-MOV-I 80D

(Ctmt Purge Exh). This is due to the need to open the supply breaker to

1 -VS-MOV-l OOD in order to throttle it. Opening the breaker will prevent automatic

CTMT Purge isolation.

C. 1 -VS-MOV-I 01 (Ctrnt Purge B/P) should be throttled instead of 1-VS-MOV-I OOD

(Ctmt Purge Exh) due to the low flow rate required by the Containment Purge

Form.

B. I-VS-MOV-IOOB (Ctrnt Purge Exh) should be throttled instead of I-VS-MOV-181

(Ctrnt Purge BP). This is due to the need to open the supply breaker to

1 -VS-MOV-I 01 in order to throttle it. Opening the breaker will prevent automatic

CTMT Purge isolation.

i

- - - - - - -

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SRQ lnital Exam

Surry

References:

1 -0P-VS-801, Containment Ventilation, Rev. 20

Distractor Anaiysis:

A. Correct because 1008 should be throttled due to the Containment Purge Form

allowing more than 3000 cfm. The bypass will not have enough capacity at this

flow rate.

B. Incorrect because even though auto containment purge isolation will not occur with

the breaker open, the procedure still directs the use of 180D due to the high flow

rate. Plausible because applicant may think it logical to not intentionally

incapacitate auto containment isolation.

6. !ncorrect because with the Blow rate greater than 3000 gpm, 1 00D should be used.

Plausible because 3000 gpm is not a very high flow rate.

D. Incorrect because the bkr does not need to be opened and at 5000 gpm, the

procedure directs 101 to be used for fine tuning the flow rate. Plausible because

preventing auto ctmt purge isolation is a concern when using 100D.

G2.3.9: Knowledge of the process for performing a containment purge.

Surry Nuclear Plant 2884-301

DRAFT SRO lnital Exam

B. Immediate action steps may be performed in any order, except for the first four

immediate action steps of E-0, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection. which must be

performed in the order in which they appear in the procedure.

CY Immediate action steps may be performed in any order except for the first four

immediate action steps of E-Q, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection, and the immediate

action steps of FR-S.1, Response to Nuclear Generation / ATWS, which must be

performed in the order in which they appear in the procedure.

D. immediate action steps may be performed in any order except for the immediate

~

References:

ND-95.3-LP-2, Emergency Procedure Writer's Format, Rev. 8

(Have Utility add any addional references that may support answer.)

Distractor Analysis:

A. Incorrect because only immediate actions of E-0 and FR-§.I must be performed in

B. lncurrect because only immediate actions of E-8 and FR-S.1 must be performed in

C. Correct because immediate actions of E-0 and FR-S. 1 must be perfurmed in the

the order in which they appear in the procedure.

the order in which they appear in the procedure.

order in which they appear in the procedure. This requirement / expectation is

stated in ND-95.3-LP-2 Page 12.

D. Incorrect because ECA-0.0 are not required to be performed in any specific order.

G2.4.11: Knowledge of abnormal condition procedures.

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SRO M a l Exam

A situation presents itself that requires a Reactor Operator (BO)

to take quick decisive

action to ensure Station Safety. Personnel are not in immediate danger and the action

requires no reactivity manipulations.

Which ONE of the following correctly describes the requirements for performing the

actions?

A.' The 80 may take necessary action without prior approval from another licensed

operator.

B. The WO must immediately request approval from the Unit SRQ to perform the

action and only take action a b r approval is granted.

C. The RO may take action only after another licensed operator has been notified and

concurs with the action.

D. The RO may take action only after obtaining a peer check to concur with the action.

Surly

References:

OPAP-0006, Shift Operating Practices, Rev. 4

Bistractor Analysis:

A. Correct because OPAP-0806 Step 6.1 0.3 states, "During emergencies, Shift Team

members may take necessary immediate actions required to ensure personnel and

Station safety without prior approval. The Shift Supervisor shall be promptly

informed of these actions."

B. Incorrect because action may be taken prior to obtaining permission.

6. Incorrect because action may be taken prior to notifying or obtaining permission

D. Incorrect because immediate action is authorized to protect the Station.

from another Team Member.

G2.4.12: Knowledge of general operating crew responsibilities during emergency

QperatiQnS.

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301

5RAFT SRO lnital Exam

69. G2.4.49

-~

O O Z i 3 / l K O ~ ~ ~ N T R ~ ~ / A ~ / 4 . ~ ~ ~ R ~ ~ O ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ R

__ - -

~

Given the following conditions:

~

Reactor Power = 85%

- Control Rods are in automatic

- Control Bank D begins to insert without a turbine runback

- Pave and Tref are matched within 0.5 O F

r

-

Which ONE of the following describes the correct immediate operator response to

these conditions?

A. Verify quadrant power tilt and axial flux difference within limits.

B! Place ROD CONT MODE SEL switch in MANUAL.

I

C. Manually trip the reactor.

1

D. Verify lWPl operating properly.

Surry

References:

0-AP-1 .OO, Rod Control System Malfunction, Rev. 9.

Distractor Analysis:

A. Incorrect because the initial response is to place ROD CONP MODE SEL switch in

MANUAL.

B. Correct per AP-1 .QO.

6. lncorrect because this would not be performed until 805 CQNT MODE SEL switch

S. Incorrect because AP-I .00 directs placing ROD CONT MODE SEL switch in

was placed to MANUAL and rod motion had slopped.

MANUAL as an immediate action.

G2.4.49

Ability to perform without reference to procedures those actions that require immediate

operation of system components and controls.

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SRB lnital Exam

90. WEWEK3.2

__

00111iULOCA

~

~ OUTSIDEIC'IA 3.W4.OIMISK0430 1I7UIVIABISDR

I

.__

~~

I

Which ONE of the following correctly states actions contained in I-ECA-1.2, LOCA

Outside Containment, and the reasons for those actions?

A. Open l-SI-MOV-189BA (LHSl to Hot Leg) or l-SI-MOV-1890B (LHSI to Hot Leg) to

provide a flow path for Low Head Safety Injection. Then close 1 -SI-MOV-I 8906

(LHSI to Cold Legs) and monitor RCS pressure.

I

t

B. If closing 1 -SI-MOV-1 890C (LHSI to Cold Legs) does not result in an RCS pressure

rise then allow it to remain closed because this will give operators time to check AUX

Building alarms while the flow path is isolated.

C. If the leak is not identified and isolated then transition to 1451, boss of Reactor or

Secondary Coolant, because RCS inventory is continued to be lost outside of

containment.

j

83: If closing 1-SI-MOV-1890C (LHSI to Cold Legs) results in an RCS pressure rise,

then place the LHSl pumps in PTL because their suction valves from the RWST will

be closed to isolate potential leak paths.

Surry

References:

ND-95.3-LP-21, ECA-I .2 LOCA Outside Containment, Rev. 7

ECA-I 2,

LOCA Outside Containment, Rev. 5

Bistracto r Analysis:

A. incorrect because ECA-I .2 does not give any direction to open I-SI-MOV-189OA &

B. These valves should be left in the closed position. This distractor is plausible

because ECA-1.2 does give guidance to close 189OC.

decreasing, then the leak was not isolated and the valve needs to be re-opened.

This is the normal SI flow path and it is important to re-establish this path if closing

the valve did not isolate the leak.

C. hmrrect because if the leak is not iso(ated, then the correct transition would be to

go to 1 -ECA-l. 1, boss of Emergency Coolant Recirculation.

D. Correct because if WCS pressure rises upon closure of 1 -Sl-MOV-l89OC, then the

leak was isolated and 1 -ECA-1.2 directs the LHSB pumps to be placed it7 PTL and

the suction valves from the RWST to be closed.

B. incorrect because if 1 -SI-MOV-1890@ is closed and RCS pressure is still

w EO4

EK3.2: Knowiedge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to the

(LOCA Outside Containment): Normal, abnormal, and emergency operating

procedures associated with &OCA Outside Containment).

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SRO Inital Exam

~

~

~

.~

~

71

~ WE06LK3.1 001/1/2/CORE COOLINGblEM 3 W3,8/5/SR04301ITQIM~HISDR

-~

~-

- -~

I-

1-FR-6.1, Response to Inadequate Core Cooling, is being performed. Which ONE of

the following is the reason RCPs are stopped prior to depressurizing the SGs to less

than 150 psig during an inadequate core cooling event?

A. RCP operation with the SGs at atmospheric pressure is prohibited due to excessive

hydraulic stress on the SG kl-tubes.

B. The SGs will depressurize more quickly if no Forced Circulation RCS flow exists.

C. To minimize heat input to the RCS.

D:' The SG depressurization will lead to a loss of RCP suppod conditions.

Sursy

References:

ND-95.3-LP-38, Response to Inadequate Core Cooling, Rev. 8

FR-C. 1

~ Response to Inadequate Core Cooling, Rev. 18

Distractor Analysis:

A. Incorrect because securing RCPs is necessary because the depressurization will

result in losing the RCP seal support conditions, which could damage the RCPs.

B. Incorrect because the basis for securing RCPs is not associated with heat input into

the wcs or forced Blow.

C. Incorrect because the basis for securing RCPs is not associated with heat input into

the 86s.

D. Correct because this is the stated reason in NB-95.3-LP-38. Losing #1 Seal

s~app~rt

conditions could result in damage to the RCPs.

074 Inad. Core Cooling

E06EK3.1: Knowledge of the reasons for the following responses as they apply to

(Degraded Core Cooling): Facility operating characteristics during transient conditions,

including coolant chemistry and the effects of temperature, pressure, and reactivity

changes and operating limitations and reasons for these operating characteristics.

Surry Wequal Exam Bank Question #467

Surry Nuclear Plant 2884-301

DRAFT SWO lnital Exam

The following Unit 1 conditions exist:

- Reactor power is 58% and rising

- RCS pressure is at 221 0 psig and slowly lowering

- Tavg is 557 O F and slowly lowering

- Pressurizer level is slowly lowering

~ Turbine load is stable at 400 MW

- SG levels are at 46% NR

- SG pressures are at 970 psig and slowly lowering

- Containment pressure is 9.5 psia and slowly rising

- Condenser Air Ejector RM reads 113 cpm

Which ONE of the following correctly diagnoses the event?

A. Ruptured and faulted steam line break inside containment.

B:' Steam line break inside containment.

C. LOCA inside containment.

3. Steam line break outside containment.

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SRO lnital Exam

References:

General operator knowledge.

Distractor Analysis:

A. Incorrect because although there are parameters to support the steam line break,

there are no parameters to support a SGTR. Plausible because Condenser Air

Ejector RM reading is given, but the value is not representative of a SGTR.

B. Correct because reactor power and ctmt pressure are rising; RCS pressure, Tavg,

and SG pressures are lowering. These are all indicative of a steam line break

inside ctrnt.

C. Incorrect because reactor power would not be rising during a h0CA as it would

during a steam line break. Plausible because many of the parameters coincide with

a LOGA.

B. Incorrect because ctmt pressure is rising. Plausible because of the aforementioned

parameters that are indicative of a steam line break.

WE08 RCS Overcooling

G2.1.7: Ability to evaluate plant performance and make operational judgements based

on operating characteristics, reactor behavior, and instrument interpretation.

Surry Recgual Bank Question #I 77 (ID: EOP6076)

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SRO Cnital Exam

73.

__

WE1 lEhl

~

2 001/1/2LWSI

~

LOCA

~ RWST' IIISVC/A 3,5/3mSK1)430I/R/MAB/SDR

I

The following conditions exist:

- LOCA has occurred.

- RWST level = 13% and decreasing.

- Recirculation Mode Transfer (RMT) keyswitch is in WMT Mode.

- White RMT Status Light is lit.

- Amber RMT Status Light is lit.

1 -SI-MOV-l868,4 (LHSI Suction from Sump) opens fully and 1 -SI-MOV-I 8608 (LHS

Suction from Sump) strokes to 50% open where it trips on thermal overload. Which

ONE of the following gives the correct status of Safety Injection?

A." LHSl from the RWST is injecting into the cold legs and HHSl from LHSl pump

discharge is injecting into the cold legs.

B. No Safety Injection is injecting water to the cold legs.

C. HHSl directly from the RWST (not from LHSl discharge) is injecting into the cold

legs, but no LHSl is injecting into the cold legs.

D. hHSl from the RWST and HHSl directly from the RWST (not from LHSl dischargi

is being injected into the cold legs.

Sur9

Wefe re nces:

ND-91.3-LP-3, Safety Injection System Operations, Rev. 15

1 -ES-I 3,

Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation, Rev. 1 1

Distractor Analysis:

A. Correct because 1 -SI-MBV-l862A&B will not close until 1 -Sl-MOV-l860A&B open

due to an interlock.

B. Incorrect because RWST is still the suction source to the LHSl pumps.

6. Incorrect because LHSl Pumps are taking suction from the RWST and injecting into

the cold legs and HHSl is not taking suction directly from the WWSP.

3 ~ Incorrect because HHSl is not taking suction directly from the RWST. HHSl is

taking suction on the discharge of the LHSl Pumps.

WE1 t

EA1 2: Ability to operate and / or monitor the following as they apply to the (Loss of

Emergency Coolant Recirculation): Operating behavior characteristics of the facility.

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAW SR8 lnital Exam

74. WE12EK2.2 001/l/I/A1W&EM

._ ~-

3.6/?.9Ml4301/R/MAU!SL&

~

- __

A steam break has occurred and all Steam Generators are faulted.

Which ONE of the follo~ing is the basis for maintaining a minimum of 60 gpm AFW

flow to each Steam Generator per ECA-2.1, Uncontrolled Depressurization of All

Steam Generators?

A. 60 gpm is needed to meet minimum heat sink flow requirements.

5. 60 gpm to each Steam Generator will ensure even thermal hydraulic distribution

across the core.

6:' 60 gpm is the minimum indicated flow rate to prevent Steam Generator dryout.

D. 68 gpm is the minimum indicated flow that will ensure the feed lines stay warm to

prevent excessive thermal shock to the feed lines during recovery actions.

References:

ND-95.3-LP-22, ECA-2.1 Uncontrolled Depressurization of All Steam Generators,

1 -E-3, ECA-2.1, Uncontrolled Depressurization of All Steam Generators, Rev. 16

Rev. 9

Distractor Analysis:

A. lncorrect because this requirement is not based on minimum heat sink flow

B. incorrect because this requirement is not based on thermal hydraulic distribution

C. Correct because 66 ggm is the minimum verifiable flow rate to a steam generator.

requirements, it is based on SG dryout.

across the core. It is based on S/G dayout.

This ensures 8 nominal flow rate of 25 gpm to the S/G, considering detector

uncertainties, to prevent dryout and thermal shock to the S/G.

D. Incorrect because the concern is with thermal shock to the SG if AFW flow rates are

rasied.

840 (W/E12) Steam tine Rupture

~ Excessive Heat Transfer

EK2.2: Knowledge of the interrelations between the (Uncontrolled Depressurization of

All Steam Generators) and the following: Facility's heat removal systems, including

primary coolant, emergency coolant, the decay heat removal systems, and relations

between the proper operation of these systems to the operation of the facility.

Modified Surry ILT Bank Question #1 Of 0

Sur9 Nuclear Plant 2004-3Qf

DRAFT SRO lnital Exam

~

__

~

1 -E-3, Steam Generator Tube Rupture, has been entered due to a ruptured tube in the

"A" Steam Generator. The Team is performing Step 4, which directs "A" Steam

Generator Narrow Range SG Level to be greater than 12% prior to stopping feed flow.

I -

Surly

References:

1453, Steam Generator Tube Rupture, Rev. 25

ND-95.3-LP-13, E-3 Steam Generator Tube Rupture, Rev. 11

Distractor Analysis:

A. Correct because this is the basis as stated in NB-95.3-LP-13.

3. Incorrect because the concern is not thermal gradients across the tubes. The

concern is to cover the tubes for thermal stratification and then stop AFW flow as

soon as the tubes are covered to give margin to overfili, while mitigating release to

the public.

C. Incorrect because this SG will not be used for the RCS cooldown.

8. Incorrect because the dP is still going to induce leakage even at 12% SG level.

WE1 3 Steam Generator Over-pressure

EK2.1: Knowledge of the interrelations between the (Steam Generator Overpressure)

and the following: Components, and functions of control and safety systems, including

instrumentation, signals, interlocks, failure modes, and automatic and manual features.

Question is modified from a Braidwood Question.

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004301

DRAFT SRO lnital Exam

~

~

~

76. 00 1 G2.4 30

~- 00 1 /2/2/REPBKTABII .ITY&IEM

____

2 2/3 .AIB/SR0430 I/S/MABISLlR

-

- _ _ _

--

Which ONE of the following states an event that is required to be reported to the NRC

within 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> of discovery?

A. An inadvertant Safety injection due to an instrument surveillance error.

B: The Shift Supervisor authorizes the individual insertion of control rods into the core

without bank overlap to shutdown the reactor in an emergency.

C. A hypochlorite spill outside the Polishing Building of which the EPA has been

notified.

D. A radioactive release such that if an individual had been present for 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />, they

could have received an intake in excess of one occupational annual limit on intake.

I

References:

VPAP-2802, Notifications and Reports, Rev. 17.

Distractor Analysis:

A. incorrect because this is a 4 hour4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> reportable event. Plausible because the applicant

may think that inadvertant safety injection is important enough to require reporting

to the NRC within one hour.

B. Correct per VPAP-2802 Section 6.3.3 for deviation from Tech Specs. (VPAP-2802

C. incorrect because this is a 4 hour4.62963e-5 days <br />0.00111 hours <br />6.613757e-6 weeks <br />1.522e-6 months <br /> reportable event. Plausible because the applicant

Page 77.)

may think that a hypochlorite spill with EPA motification is imporitant enough to

require reporting to the NRC within one hour.

applicant may think that a large radioactive release is important enough to require

reporting to the NRC within one hour.

B. incorrect because this is a 24 hour2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> reportable event. Plausible because the

001 Control Rod Drive

G2.4.38 Knowledge of which events related to system operations / status should be

reported to outside agencies.

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SWO lnital Exam

- 77.

-_ 004G2

~

1.32 002/211iC~VCS/bZEM 3 3/3.61N/SRC)1301ISIMABISDR

~

-.

- _

_

~

-

During Unit 1 REFUELING SHUTDOWN and COLD SHUTDOWN operations, the

following valves shall be locked, sealed, or otherwise secured in the closed position

except during planned dilution or makeup activities.

- 1-CH-223, or

- 1-CH-212, 1-CH-215,

and 1-CH-218

Which ONE of the following correctly describes the time requirement and reason for

locking, sealing, or othetwise securing these valves following a planned dilution or

makeup activity in accordance with Technical Specifications?

A:' 15 minutes to prevent inadvertant boron dilution of the RCS.

B. 68 minutes to ensure the proper safety system alignment.

6. 15 minutes to ensure the proper safety system alignment.

D. 60 minutes to prevent inadvertant boron dilution of the RCS.

References:

Technical Specification 3.2.E.3, Amendment 199

Bistractor Analysis:

A. Correct per Technical Specifications and Basis.

B. Incorrect because Technical Specifications require within 15 minutes.

C. Incorrect because Technical Specifications Basis states that these valves shall be

closed to provide assurance that an inadvertant boron dilution will not occur.

D. Incorrect because Technical Specifications require within 15 minutes.

004 Chemical and Volume Control

G2.1.32: Ability to explain and apply all system limits and precautions.

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SRO lnital Exam

98. 009Eh2 39 001/l/~iNATUKA%.

CIRCUI,ATION/C/A 4.33 7/MiSR04301/SIR1ARISDR

- .

Given the following Unit 1 conditions:

- A small break LOCA has occurred

= As directed by the EOPs, the RCPs have been tripped

- 1 -ES-1.2, Post-LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization, Step 20, "Verify Natural

- RCS pressure is 1490 p i g

~ Wide Range T-Coid indications are 505 O F and slowly decreasing

- Wide Range T-Hot indications are 515 O F and slowly decreasing

- CETCs are 581 O F and stable

~ Containment Pressure is 18 psia

- Containment Radiation Levels are: 5.0 x 1 O5 Whr

I SG Narrow Range Levels are: A=22%, B=24%, C=22%, and slowly decreasing

- SG Pressures are 715 psig and stable

- RVLlS Full Range = 50%

According to 1-ES-1.2,

which ONE of the following correctly states the status of Natural

Circulation and the correct operator actions?

Circulation?" is being performed

A. Natural Circulation criteria are met. Begin depressurizing when subcooling is

9 85 O F .

B. Natural Circulation criteria are not met due to CETCs not decreasing. Depressurize

the SGs by raising steam flow rate through the steam dumps. Then depressurize

when subcooling is > 95 O F .

C. Natural Circulation criteria are not met due to SG pressure parameters not satisfied.

Depressurize the SGs by raising steam flow rate through the steam dumps. Then

depressurize when subcooling is 9 $5 O F .

WCS by raising steam flow rate through the steam dumps. Then depressurize wher

subcooling is > 95 O F .

D:' Natural Circulation criteria are not met due to inadequate subcooling. Cool the

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SRO lnital Exam

References:

1 -ES-I 2, Post LOCA C o o I d ~ ~ n

and Depressurization, Rev. 21

Distractor Analysis:

A. Incorrect because there is not adequate subcooling.

B. Incorrect because CETCs do not need to be decreasing.

C. Incorrect because SG parameters are satisfied.

B. Correct because there is inadequate subcooling (16 O F e 85 OF). ES-1.2 Step 20

RN8 directs dumping of more steam. The basis for Step 21 of dumping steam until

subcooling is < 95 O F is to ensure that the 85 O F natural circ criteria is not violated.

The Degraded Containment numbers were used due to the

CETC = 581'F; P = 1490 psig = 1505 psia; Psat(l505 psia) = 597

O F ;

Subcsoling = 59% - 581 = 16 O F

Surry IbT Bank Exam Question #I 869

009 Small Break LQCA

EA2.39: Ability to determine or interpret the following as they apply to a small break

LOCA: Adequate core cooling.

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SRO M a l Exam

The following Unit 1 conditions exist:

RCS is not pressurized

- RCS level is 16.00 feet as read on 4 -RC-LI-1 OOA

Which ONE of the following specifies the mimimum mandatory backup cooling

method@) required to be available before entering the above plant conditions, in

accordance with OSP-ZZ-804, Unit 1 Safety Systems Status List For Cold Shutdown /

Refueling Conditions?

A. Reflux Boiling AND Gravity Feed and Bleed.

B. Gravity Feed and Bleed ONLY.

C. Forced Feed and Bleed AND Gravity Feed and Bleed.

D:' F ~ r ~ e d

Feed and Bleed ONLY.

References:

1 -0SP-ZZ-0644, Unit 1 Safety Systems Status List For Cold Shutdown / RefUelit7g

I -AP-27.00, Loss of Decay Heat Removal Capability, Rev. 10

ND-95.2-LP-12, Loss of WHR Events, Rev. 9

Conditions, Rev. 27

Distractor Analysis:

A. Incorrect: Per 4 -OS$-ZZ-004, Step 6.1 2, Forced Feed and Bleed is the only

B. Incorrect: Per 1 -0SP-ZZ-004, Step 6.1 2,

Forced Feed and Bleed is the only

C. Incorrect: Per 1-OSP-ZZ-0434, Step 6.1.2, Forced Feed and Bleed is the only

D. Correct: Per 1 -OS$-ZZ-604, Step 6.1 2,

Forced Feed and Bleed is the only

Mandatory Backup method required.

Mandatory Backup method required.

Mandatory Backup method required.

Mandatory Backup method required.

025 LO§§ of RHB

G2.4.7: Knowledge of event based EQP mitigation strategy

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SRO lnitai Exam

The following conditions exist:

- A loss of all AC power has occurred.

- The STA reports the status of the CSFs are as follows:

- Subcriticality - RED

- Core Cooling - RED

- Heat Sink - RED

- Integrity - GREEN

- Containment - GREEN

~

Inventory - YELLOW

Which ONE of the following proceures should be used to mitigate these conditions?

A. 1 -FW-S.1 , Response to Nuclear Power Generation / ATWS

B.' 1-ECA-8.0, LOSS of All A 6 Power

6. 1-FR-H.1~

Response to Loss of Secondary Heat Sink

D. 1-FR-@.I, Response to Inadequate Core Cooling

Refe re nees:

1 -ECA-0.0, Loss of All AC Power, Rev. 21

Distractor Analysis:

A. Incorrect because FR's should not be implemented while in ECA-0.0. (see NOTE

B. Correct because this is the correct procedure to mitigate the loss of ac power.

6. incorrect because FR's should not be implemenkd while in ECA-0.63.

3. Incorrect because FR's should not be implemented while in ECA-0.0.

Susry IbT Exam Bank Question #899

prior to step 1 of ECA-0.0)

855 Station Blackout

EA2.03: Ability to determine or interpret the following as they apply to Station Blackout:

Actions necessary to restore power.

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SRO lnital Exam

81 . 056G2.4 45 001/2/1/CONDENSATEi(3/A

3 ~ M 2 ~ 3 0 l / S l M A B / s I I R

~

-

~

- - _ _ _

~

-

-

The following Unit 1 conditions exist:

- Condenser vacuum is lowering slowly.

- Steam Generator Bevels are 45% and lowering.

- Several alarms have annunciated, including:

- PQWW = 180%

~

1 H-G8, FW PP DISCH HDW LO PRESS

- 1J-G4, CN PPS DISCH HDR LO PRESS

- 1 C-AI, RCP 1 A CC RETURN LO FLOW

1C-B1, we19 1B cc RETURN LO FLOW

- 1 C-CI

I RCP 1 C CC RETURN LO FLOW

-

Which ONE of the following states the SWO's correct prioritization of the above

conditions as indicated by the procedures and actions chosen to mitigate or correct the

conditions?

A. Trip the Reactor followed by tripping the Reactor Coolant Pumps. Enter 4 ,

Reactor Trip or Safety Injection.

B.J Enter AP-10.05, LOSS of Semi-vital Bus. Verify that the standby condensate pump

has started and reduce turbine load.

C. Enter AP-21 .00,

Loss of Main Feedwater Flow. Maintain full power operation and

manually control Steam Generator levels by placing Feedwater Regulating Valves

in MANUAL control.

D. Enter Ab)-23.00, Rapid Load Reduction, to bring the unit offline, followed by tripping

the Reactor Coolant Pumps.

Sur9 Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SRO lnital Exam

Sur9

References:

ND-90.3-LP-5, Vital and Semi-Vital Bus Bistribution, Rev. 11

1 -AP-l0.05, Loss of Semi-Vital Bus, Rev. I 6

I -A$-21 .00, Loss of Main Feedwater Flow, Rev. 5

1 -AP-23.00, Rapid Load Reduction, Rev. 15

1 H-G8, FW PP DlSCH HDW LO PRESS, Rev. 6

1 J-G4, CN PPS DISCH HBW LO PRESS, Rev. 0 16-141, RCP I A CC RETURN LO FLOW, Rev. 2

1 C-B1, RCP 1 B CC RETURN LO FLOW, Rev. 2

IC-C1,

RCP 1C CC RETURN LO FLOW, Rev. 2

Distractor Analysis:

A. Incorrect because loss of SVB causes indication to be lost for RCP CC Flow

Indication. RCPs should not be tripped. Plausible because if RCPs actually had no

cooling, the Rx should be tripped and RCPs should be secured.

B. Correct because a11 indications in the stern are caused by a loss of SVB. Verifying

S/B Condensate Pump starts and turbine load reduction are correct per AP-I 0.05.

@. Bncorrect because maintaining load at 100% will cause SG levels to continue to go

down. The F\\M and Condensate Recircs have Bailed open on the loss of the SVB,

thus making a load reduction a necesity. Plausible because SG levels are lowering

and an Applicant may think that opening a FRV may help to mitigate the condition.

B. lncsrrect because the unit should not be taken off line using AP-23.00 and RCPs

should not be tripped due to the loss of the SVB. Plausible because rapidly

bringing the unit off line and securing RCPs, given the stated conditions, may

appear logical to the applicant.

Modified Sur9 ILT Exam Bank Question #224 (maybe it could be considered a new

question?)

856 Condensate

G2.4.45: Ability to prioritize and interpret the significance of each annunciator or alarm.

Surry Nuclear Plant 2084-301

DRAFT SRO M a l Exam

The following Unit 1 conditions exist:

- Reactor Power = 30%

- Plant is in a Chemistry hold during a power ascension

- A loss of Vital Bus Ill occurs and operators enter I-AP-10.03, Loss of Vital Bus Ill

- Electricians quickly find a fault on Vital Bus 1-118 and believe that it will take 10 hours1.157407e-4 days <br />0.00278 hours <br />1.653439e-5 weeks <br />3.805e-6 months <br />

- 1 -CC-TV-I 154, CCW TV for the A Reactor Coolant Pump (RCP), has closed and

- WCP temperatures are starting to slowly rise.

to repair.

cannot be reopened.

Which ONE of the following set of actions should the Senior Reactor Operator (SRO)

direct given the above conditions?

A. The SRO should direct the securing of the A RGP. Reactor power may be

maintained at 38% for the duration of the 18 hour2.083333e-4 days <br />0.005 hours <br />2.97619e-5 weeks <br />6.849e-6 months <br /> pepair to re-energize Vital Bus

1-111.

B. The SRO should direct the securing of the A RCP. Reactor power may be

maintained at 30% for two hours, at which time the SRO should direct preparation

to bring the unit to hot shutdown within the following six hours.

C: The SRO should direct a Reactor Trip, followed by the securing of the A RCP.

The SWO should then direct performance of 1 -E-Q Reactor Trip or Safety Injection,

and continue with applicable actions of I -AP-I 8.03.

B. The SRO should direct a controlled plant shutdown. If RCP temperatures exceed

action level limits, the pump should be secured and the SWO should direct

continuation of the controlled plant shutdown.

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SRO lnital Exam

Surry

References:

NB-93.3-LP-16, Permissiv~//Bypass?Vrip

Staters bights, Rev. 8

NB-93.3-LP-10, Reactor Protection - General, Rev. 5

MD-90.3-LP-5, Vital and Semi-vital Bus Distribution, Rev. I1

1 -AP-f0.03, Loss of Vital Bus IIi, Rev. 8

Distractor Analysis:

A. Incorrect because TS 3.16 and commitments made in GL-91-11 (also located in

Note prior to Step 17 in AP-I 0.83). The VB must be re-powered within 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br />, or

the unit must be in HSB within the next 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br />. Also incorrect because AP-1 0.03

will require a reactor trip. Plausible because the loss of VB causes a loss sf cooling

to "A" RCP. It may appear OK to continue operation because the power is K P-8.

3. Incorrect because AQ-10.03 requires a reactor trip and securing of RCP if CCW will

not be restored prior to RCP temperatures reaching action level limits. Plausible

because of the NOTE mentioned in the previous distractor analysis.

C. Correct because AP-10.83 directs Wx Trip and securing of RCP if CCW will not be

restored prior to getting cooling back Bo that pump. The stem states that the TV is

closed and cannot be re-opened, thus preventing cooling to be restored to the

RCP.

D. Incorrect because AP-I 0.03 directs Wx Trip, not a controlled shutdown. Plausible

because power is < $43, which may allow the applicant to incorrectly believe that a

shutdown is accepatble.

057 Loss of Vital AC lnst Bus

G2.1.6: Ability to supervise and assume a management role during plant transients

and upset conditions.

Surry Nuclear Plant 2804-301

DRAFT §BO lnital Exam

The following Unit 1 conditions exist:

- Unit 1 power is 100%

- No annunciators are lit

- Annunciator 1 K-H1 has just extinguished

Which ONE of the foilswing is the correct Abnormal Procedure to enter and correct

Event Classification?

(Reference provided)

A. Enter 8-AP-10.13, Loss of Main Control Room Annunciators, due to the loss of OR@

of the power supplies to Unit 1 annunciators. Enter the Emergency Plan and

deciare a Notification sf Unusual Event if the loss of annunciators lasts for greater

than 15 minutes.

B:' Enter O-AP-I 0.1 3: Loss of Main Control Room Annunciators, due to the loss of both

power supplies to Unit 1 annunciators. Enter the Emergency Plan and declare a

Notification of Unusual Event if the loss of annunciators lasts for greater than 15

minutes.

C. Enter 1 -AP-l8.@6, Loss of BC Power, and O-AP-10.13, Loss of Main Control Room

Annunciators, due to a loss of DC power and loss of one of the power supplies to

Unit 1 annunciators. Enter the Emergency Pian and declare an Alert if the loss of

annunciators lasts for greater than 15 minutes.

D. Enter 1 -AP-l0.06, Loss OB BC Power, and O-AP-10.13, Loss of Main Control W Q O ~

Annunciators, due to a loss of B@ power and loss of both power supplies to Unit 1

annunciators.

annunciators lasts for greater than 15 minutes.

Enter the Emergency Plan and declare an Alert if the loss of

Sway Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SRO lnital Exam

References:

0-AP-18.13, Loss of Main Control Board Room Annunciators, Rev. 4

EPIP-I .01, Emergency Manager Controliing Procedure, Rev. 43

Distractor Analysis:

A. Incorrect because 1 K-HI not lit is indication of both power supplies to Unit 1

annunciator Panels having been lost.

3. Correct because 1 K-H1 not lit is indication of both power supplies to Unit 1

annunciator Panels having been lost. EPIP-I .01 Page 6 states that if safety system

annunciators are lost for greater than 15 minutes while above CSD, then a NOUE

shall be declared.

annunciator Panels having been lost. Since the plant is still at 100% power, there is

ne, indication that any BC Bus has been Isst; therefore 1 -AP-lO.86 should not be

entered. An Alert classification based on the loss of DC would be incorrect. As

stated above, a NQUE is the correct cfassificatisn.

Bus has been Isst; therefore 1-AP-10.06 should not be entered. An Alert

classification based on the loss of DC would be incorrect. As Stated abOVe, a

NOW is the correct classification.

C. Incorrect because 1 K-HI not lit is iRdkatiQR of both power supplies to Unit 1

D. Incorrect because the plant is still at 188% power, there is no indication that any DC

Provide EPIP-1.01 Pages 6 and 27

058 Loss of BC Power

G2.4.32: Knowledge of operator response to a loss of all annunciators

Surry Nuclear Plant 2084-301

DRAFT Sa0 lnital Exam

84.

062A2.12 001/2/1/VITAL

~. AC RUS/C/A 3.2/3.b/N/SR0330I/S/M~/SI>K

-~

___

~

1 I

~

Uni;

at 100% p ~ ~ e J t

exzences a loss of V i z u s I at 1200 hours0.0139 days <br />0.333 hours <br />0.00198 weeks <br />4.566e-4 months <br /> on Monday.

1

Operators enter 1-AP-10.01, Loss of Vital Bus I, and re-energize the Vital Bus from its

alternate source at f 21 5 hours5.787037e-5 days <br />0.00139 hours <br />8.267196e-6 weeks <br />1.9025e-6 months <br /> on Monday.

Which ONE of the foliowing correctly states the required actions based on the above

condition?

I

I

A. In accordance with 1-AP-10.01, Vital Bus I must be reenergized from its primary

source by 1400 hours0.0162 days <br />0.389 hours <br />0.00231 weeks <br />5.327e-4 months <br /> on Monday, or be in Hot Shutdown by 2000 hours0.0231 days <br />0.556 hours <br />0.00331 weeks <br />7.61e-4 months <br /> on

Monday.

B. In accordance with 1 -AP-10.01, Vital Bus I must be re-energized from its primary

source by 1415 hours0.0164 days <br />0.393 hours <br />0.00234 weeks <br />5.384075e-4 months <br /> 081 Monday, Or be in HQt ShU~dOWn by 2815 hQUrS Qn

Monday.

C.J In accordance with 1-AP-10.01, Vital Bus I must be re-energized from its primary

source by 1200 hours0.0139 days <br />0.333 hours <br />0.00198 weeks <br />4.566e-4 months <br /> on Tuesday, or be in Hot Shutdown by 1880 hours0.0218 days <br />0.522 hours <br />0.00311 weeks <br />7.1534e-4 months <br /> on

Tuesday.

D. No shutdown requirements are in effect as long as Vital Bus B is energized.

i

I

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SRO lnital Exam

References:

1 -AP-l0.01, Loss of Vital Bus I , Rev. 13

NB-90.3-LP-5, Vital and Semi-vital Bus Distribution, Rev. 11

Distractor Analysis:

A. Incorrect because per AP-10.01 Step 16 c, the VB must be powered from its

normal source within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> or the unit must be placed in HSD within the next 6

hours (also see MD-90.3-LP-5 Page 15). Plausible because if the bus is not

energeized, it must be repowered within 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> and 1400 hours0.0162 days <br />0.389 hours <br />0.00231 weeks <br />5.327e-4 months <br /> is 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> after

12010 hours.

B. Incorrect because per AP-10.01 Step 16 c, the VB must be powered from its

normal source within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> or the unit must be plamd in HSD within the next 6

hours (also see ND-90.3-LP-5 Page 15). Plausible because if the bus is not

energeized, it must be repowered within 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> and f 41 5 hours5.787037e-5 days <br />0.00139 hours <br />8.267196e-6 weeks <br />1.9025e-6 months <br /> is 2 hours2.314815e-5 days <br />5.555556e-4 hours <br />3.306878e-6 weeks <br />7.61e-7 months <br /> after

121 5 hours5.787037e-5 days <br />0.00139 hours <br />8.267196e-6 weeks <br />1.9025e-6 months <br />.

normal source within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> or the unit must be placed in MSD within the rIext 6

hours (also see ND-96.3-LP-5 Page 15). The consequences sf having VB-I not

energized by it5 primary source are mitigated, or corrected, by ensuring that it is

energized from its primary source within the specified time requirement.

B. Incorrect because per AP-10.01 Step 16 c, the VB must be powered B~om its

normal source within 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> or the unit must be placed in HSD within the next 6

hours (also see ND-98.3-LP-5 Page 15). Plausible because the Vital Bus is

energized and the plant would be operating satisfactorily.

C. Correct because per AP-10.01 Step 16 c, the VB must be powered from its

062 AC Electrical Distribution

A2.12: Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on

the ac distribution system; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to

correct, control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations:

Restoration of power to 8 system with a fault on it.

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SRO lnital Exam

~ 85. 062AA2 04 00111/1/SERVICE -~

WA1'EWC/A 2 512

~.

9/N/SR04301fSMABISDR

~

-

The following Unit 1 conditions exist:

- 1 -CH-P-1 A Charging Pump is operating

- 1 -SW-P-1 0A Charging Pump Service Water Pump is operating

- 1 -SW-P-1 OB Charging Pump Service Water Pump is in standby

- 1 D-G5, SW OW CC PPS DISCH TO CHG BPS LO PRESS, alarms

~

1 -CH-P-1 A Charging Pump Bearing Temperature = 175 O F

- 1 -CH-P-1 A Charging Pump Oil Cooler Outlet Temperature = 150 O F

Power = 100%

The Pressure Indication on the discharge of f-SW-P-10A Charging Pump Sewice

Water Pump (SW-Pl-26) reached a minimum value of 10 psig where it remains

stable.

- The Operator in the field reports back to the Control Room that 1-SW-P-10A

Charging Pump Service Water Pump is noisy and has high vibrations.

Which ONE of the following correctly states the appropriate assessment of the above

conditions and appropriate operator action based on that assessment?

A. Bearing Temperature is not within limits. The "A" Charging Bump is INOPERABLE.

Direct starting standby Charging Pump Service Water Pump, direct securing the

"A" Charging Pump Service Water Pump, and notify the System Engineer.

B. Bearing Temperature is not within limits. 1-CH-P-IA Charging Pump is

INOPERABLE. Verify auto start of 1 -SW-P-1 OB Charging Pump Sewice Water

Pump, and notify the System Engineer.

C:' Oil Cooler Outlet Temperature is not within normal operating band. 1 -CH-P-1 A

Charging Pump is OPERABLE. Direct starting standby Charging Pump Service

Water Pump, direct securing the "A" Charging Pump Service Water Pump, and

notify the System Engineer.

D. Oil Cooler Outlet Temperature is not within normal operating band. Performance of

Charging Pump Operability and Performance Test for 1 -CH-P-1 A Charging Pump

must be directed to determine OPERABILITY.

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SRO lnital Exam

Surry

References :

I D-G5, SW OR CC PPS DISCH PO CHG PPS LO PRESS, Rev. 3

11448-FM-071 B, Sh. 1 of 2, Flow / Valve Operating Numbers Diagram, Circulating and

ND-89.5-LP-2, Service Water System, Rev. 20

1 -0P-CH-002, Charging Pump A Operations, Rev. 13

1 -OPT-CH-001, Charging Pump Operability and Performance Test For 1 -CH-P-IA,

Service Water System, Surry Power Station Unit 1, Virginia Power, Rev. 50.

Rev. 33

Distractor Analysis:

A. Incorrect because Bearing Temperature is less than 180 OF. OPT-CH-001 Pg 9

B. Incorrect because Bearing Temperature is less than 180 O F . OPT-CH-OB1 Pg 9

states that the upper adrnin limit is 180 O F . The Charging Pump is still OPERABLE.

states that the upper admin limit is 180 O F . The standby pump will not start until 8

@. Correct because Oil Cooler Outlet Temperature is not within the normal operating

band (80 - 120 OF) as states in OPT-CH-001. However, the problem is not with the

Charging Pump, but with the Service Water flow, so swapping Charging Pump

Service Water Pumps is the correct initial action based on the ARP.

5. Incorrect because there is no indication that the Charging Pump has a problem.

Given the above alarm, all indications suggest that the problem is with the Service

Water flow. Therefore, performance of the Operability and Performance Test for

the Charging Pump would serve 690 purpose.

psig.

062 boss of Svc Water

AA2.04: Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the Loss of

Nuclear Service Water: The normal values and upper limits for the temperatures of the

components cooled by SWS.

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SWO lnital Exam

The following Unit 1 conditions exist:

- Reactor Power = 188%

- A loss of Containment Instrument Air has occurred

- 1 B-F6, CPMT INSP AIR HDR LO PRESSURE, annunciates

~

1 B-C6, PRZR PWR RELIEF VV LO AlR PRESS, annunciates

- Containment Instrument Air Pressure = 75 psig

~ Containment instrument Air was crosstied with Instrument Air

Which ONE of the following operator actions is required?

A. Both Pressurizer PQWVs are operable following the crosstie. Verify the operability

by closing POWV Block Valves, stroking PORVs, then re-opening the PORV Block

Valves.

5. Both Pressurizer PBWVs are operable following the crosstie. No further action

associated with the PORVs is required.

C:' Declare both Pressurizer PORVs inoperable. Close and remove power from both

PQRV block valves within one hour and be in HSD within 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br />.

D. Declare both Pressurizer PORVs inoperable. Close, but leave energized, both

POWV block valves within one hour and be in HSB within 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br />.

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SRO lnital Exam

Surry

References:

ND-92.1-LP-1, Station Air Systems, Rev. 13

ND-88.1-LP-3, Pressurizer and Pressure Relief, Rev. 12

1 3433, CTMT lNSB AIR HDR LO PRESS, Rev. 1

1 D-C6, PRZW PWR RELIEF VV LO AIR PRESS, Rev. 4

Technical Specification 3.1 .A.6.c, Reactor Coolant System / Relief Valves

Distractor Analysis:

A. Incorrect because (per 1 3-CGJ with CTMT lnst Air P e 80 psig, the PORVs are

inoperable.

B. Incorrect because (per 1 D-@Gj with CTMT lnst Air P 6 80 psig, the PORVs ale

inoperable.

C. Correct because POWVs are not capable of being m ~ ~ u a l l y

cycled with CTMT lnst

Air P < 80 pig. Therefore, within 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br />, the CTMT lnst Air pressure must be > 80

psig or the block valves must be closed and de-energized. Furthermore, the plant

must be in HSD within the next 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br />.

D. Incorrect because, as stated in "C"

above, power must be removed from the block

valves.

Surry Requal Bank Question #394 (ARP0001)

079 Station Air

G2.4.48: Ability to interpret control room indications to verify the status and operation

of system, and understand how operator actions and directives affect plant and system

conditions.

Sur9 Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SRO lnital Exam

The following Unit 1 conditions exist:

- Plant is in Mode 1

- Personnel Airlock Seal Leakage Testing has just been completed

- The Personnel Airlock lnner Boor Seal exceeded Technical Specifications leakage

- Earlier in the year the Personnel Airlock lnner Door exceeded Technical

limits

Specifications leakage limits and the Personnel Airlock Outer Door was opened for a

total of 59 minutes during the inoperability of the Personnel Airlock Inner Door

Which ONE of the following actions would satisfy required Technical Specification

Actions for the Personnel Airlock Doors?

A. The Personnel Airlock Outer Door may not be opened to pursue the repair and

retest. The plant must be shutdown and cooled down per Plant General Operating

Procedures. The plant must be in Hot Shutdown within 6 hours6.944444e-5 days <br />0.00167 hours <br />9.920635e-6 weeks <br />2.283e-6 months <br /> and Cold Shutdown

Within the following 30 hours3.472222e-4 days <br />0.00833 hours <br />4.960317e-5 weeks <br />1.1415e-5 months <br />.

B:' The Personnel Airlock Outer Door may be opened for 10 minutes to pursue the

repair and retest of the Personnel Airlock lwner Door Seal. Per VPAP-0106,

Subatmospheric Containment Entry, the Shift Supervisor shall supervise the

containment ent9 and exit process.

C. The Personnel Airlock Outer Door may be opened for 15 minutes to pursue the

repair and retest of the Personnel Airlock lnner Boor Seal. Per VPAP-0106,

Subatmospheric Containment Entry, the Unit SRO shall supervise the containment

entry and exit process.

D. The Personnel Airlock Outer Door may be opened for 1 how to pursue the repair

and retest of the Personnel Airlock Inner Door Seal. Per VPAP-0106,

Subatmospheric Containment Entry, the Unit SRO shall supervise the containment

ent9 and exit process.

Surry Nuclear Plant 2804-301

DRAFT SRO lnital Exam

References:

VPAP-0106, Subatmospheric Containment Entry, Rev. 5

Technical Specifications 3.8, Containment (Amendments 172 and 171 1; 1.6.G,

Definitions (Amendment 180)

Distractor Analysis:

A. Incorrect because the Outer Door may be opened for 10 minutes since it has

already been opened 50 minutes this year while the inner door was inoperable.

B. Correct because per Tech Specs, the Outer Door may be opened for I5 minutes or

60 minutes for the year (which leaves 10 more minutes for this instance).

Furthermore, the SS must supervise the containment entry and exit process pes

VPAP-0106 Section 5.6.

C. Incorrect because the Outer Door may be opened for 10 minutes and the SS must

supervise the containment entry and exit per VPAP-0106 Section 5.1.

B. Incorrect because the Outer Door may be opened for 10 minutes.

103 Containment

A2.01: Ability to (a) predict the impacts of the following malfunctions or operations on

the containment system; and (b) based on those predictions, use procedures to correct,

control, or mitigate the consequences of those malfunctions or operations: Integrated

Leak Rate Tests.

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SRO lnital Exam

The following Unit 1 conditions exist:

- Chemistry has just provided the following results from a Reactor Coolant System

The Unit has been operating at 100% power for the past two weeks

sample that was taken 1 hour1.157407e-5 days <br />2.777778e-4 hours <br />1.653439e-6 weeks <br />3.805e-7 months <br /> ago:

- RCS Chloride = 0. I 5 ppm

- RCS Fluoride = 0.1 5 ppm

- RCS Oxygen = 0.1 5 ppm

Which ONE of the following describes the above conditions and appropriate operator

action?

A. Oxygen concentration is above the allowable Technical Specification limit. Per

Technical Specifications, corrective action must be taken immediately to bring the

plant to cold shutdown conditions.

B:' Oxygen concentration is above the allowable Technical Specification limit. Per

Technical Specifications, corrective action must be taken immediately to bring the

oxygen concentration within limits. If the oxygen concentration is outside of the limil

after 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />, then the plant must be taken to cold shutdown.

C. Chloride concentration is above the allowable Technical Specification limit. Per

Technical Specifications, corrective action must be taken immediately to bring the

plant to cold shutdown conditions.

D. Chloride concentration is above the allowable Technical Specification limit. Per

Technical Specifications, corrective action must be taken immediately to bring the

chloride concentration within limits. If the chloride concentration is outside of the

limit after 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br />, then the plant must be taken to cold shutdown.

Surry Nuclear Plant 2084-301

DRAFT SRO M a l Exam

Surry

References:

Technical Specifications 3.1 F.1 and Basis

Distractor Analysis:

A. Incorrect because, according to the Tech Spec Basis, the plant has 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> to see

if their corrective actions will bring the parameter within spec. If after 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> the

parameter is not within spec, then the plant must be taken to cold shutdown using

normal plant procedures.

B. Correct because, according to the Tech Spec Basis, the plant has 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> to see if

their corrective actions will bring the parameter within spec. If after 24 hours2.777778e-4 days <br />0.00667 hours <br />3.968254e-5 weeks <br />9.132e-6 months <br /> the

parameter is not within spec, then the plant mush be taken to cold shutdown using

normal plant procedures.

6. incorrect because Chloride concentration is within limits.

D. Incorrect because Chloride concentration is within limits.

G2.1.34: Ability to maintain primary and secondary plant chemistry within allowabk

limits.

Surry Nuclear Plant 2804-301

DRAFT SRO lnital Exam

~

-

89. G2.1.4 001/3NTECH

~. SPEC STAIjl:ING/C/A 2.3/3.4/NISR~301/S/M[AB/SDIP_

~

~

~

~

-

The following plant conditions exist:

~

Unit 1 is shutdown and subcritical by 5.35% delta k / k

- Unit 1 Tavg is 100 O F

~

Unit 2 is shutdown and subcritical by 2.35% delta k / k

~

Unit 2 Tavg is 198 O F

Which ONE of the following correctly states the MINIMUM shift crew composition per

Technical Specifications?

A. I SS, 1 Unit SWO,

3 ROs, 4 AOs, and 1 STA.

B. 1 SS, 2 Unit SROs, 3 ROs, 4 AOs, and no STA.

C. 1 SS, 1 Unit SRO, 3 ROs, 4 AQs, and no STA.

D?' 1 SS, no Unit SRO, 2 ROs, 4. AOs, and no STA.

Surty

References:

Technical Specification Table 6.1 -1 (Minimum Shift Crew Composition), Amendrnemt

No. 123.

Distractor Analysis:

A. Incorrect because it does not match the minimum requirements for one unit in Cold

B. Incorrect because it does not match the minimum requirements for one unit in Cold

C. Incorrect because it does not match the minimum requirements for one unit in Cold

D. Correct because it matches the requirement for one unit in Cold Shutdown and one

Shutdown and one unit in Refueling Shutdown.

Shutdown and one unit in Refueling Shutdown.

Shutdown and one unit in Refueling Shutdown.

unit in Refueling Shutdown.

G2.1.4

Knowledge of shift staffing requirements.

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SWO lnital Exam

The following conditions exist:

- Unit 1 is at 58% power

- Unit 2 is in startup mode with Tavg = 41 0°F

- Unit 2 Steam Driven AFW Pump and Motor Driven AFW Pump are declared to be

= Unit 2 Motor Driven AFW Pump is restored to operable status at 1 100 hours0.00116 days <br />0.0278 hours <br />1.653439e-4 weeks <br />3.805e-5 months <br /> and Unii

inoperable at 0800 hours0.00926 days <br />0.222 hours <br />0.00132 weeks <br />3.044e-4 months <br /> on August 11 (all other AFW equipment is operable)

2 Tavg = 41 8°F

Which ONE of the following set of Technical Specification actions is correct?

(Reference provided)

A. Initially (with both pumps inoperable) both AFVV Pumps must be restored or Unit 2

must not enter Hot Shutdown. All Unit 1 Technical Specification Actions will be less

restrictive than the Unit 2 Technical Specification Actions.

B. Unit 2 A W actions do not apply. lnitialty (with both pumps inoperable) Unit 1 must

be in Hot Shutdown by 88/25 at 1400 hours0.0162 days <br />0.389 hours <br />0.00231 weeks <br />5.327e-4 months <br /> and Cold Shutdown by 08/26 at 2000

hours. After the Motor Driven A W Pump is operable no Unit 4 actions would be in

effect.

6:' Initially (with both pumps inoperable) Unit 2 must be in Cold Shutdown by 08/12 at

2000 hours0.0231 days <br />0.556 hours <br />0.00331 weeks <br />7.61e-4 months <br /> and restore either AFW pump by 08/25 at 0800 hours0.00926 days <br />0.222 hours <br />0.00132 weeks <br />3.044e-4 months <br /> or Unit 1 must be

placed in Hot Shutdown by 08/25 at 1400 hours0.0162 days <br />0.389 hours <br />0.00231 weeks <br />5.327e-4 months <br />. After the Motor Driven AFW

Pump us restored, the Steam Driven AFW Pump must be restored by 88/14 at

0800 hours0.00926 days <br />0.222 hours <br />0.00132 weeks <br />3.044e-4 months <br /> or Unit 2 must be in Hot Shutdswn by 08/14 at 2000 hours0.0231 days <br />0.556 hours <br />0.00331 weeks <br />7.61e-4 months <br />.

D. Initially (with both pumps inoperable) Unit 2 shall not enter Hot Shutdown and must

be in Cold Shutdown by 88/12 at 2000 hours0.0231 days <br />0.556 hours <br />0.00331 weeks <br />7.61e-4 months <br /> and restore either A W pump within

I4 days or Unit 1 must be placed in Hot Shutdown by 08/25 at 0800 hours0.00926 days <br />0.222 hours <br />0.00132 weeks <br />3.044e-4 months <br />. After

the Motor Driven AFW Pump is restored, the Steam Driven AFW Pump must also

be restored by 08/14 at 0800 hours0.00926 days <br />0.222 hours <br />0.00132 weeks <br />3.044e-4 months <br /> or Unit 1 must be in Hot Shutdown by OW1 4 at

2000 hours0.0231 days <br />0.556 hours <br />0.00331 weeks <br />7.61e-4 months <br />.

§wry Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SRO InitaC Exam

Surry

Ref e rences:

Technical Specifications 3.6.C, 3.6.F, 3.6.G, and 3.01

Distractor Analysis:

A. Incorrect because Unit 2 does not need to be placed in HSD until 12 hours1.388889e-4 days <br />0.00333 hours <br />1.984127e-5 weeks <br />4.566e-6 months <br /> following

B. Incorrect because Unit 2 Technical Specification Actions do apply above 350 O F and

C. Correct because LCO 3.0.1 is entered with both pumps inoperable because there is

not a tech spec condition that covers this situation. Once the MBAFW Pump is

operable, LCO 3.0.1 is exited, but 3.6.F and 3.6.C

still applies for Unit 2.

D. Bncorrect because Unit 1 does not need to be shutdown with only the Unit 2 Steam

Drivem AFW Pump inoperable.

08/14 at 0800 hours0.00926 days <br />0.222 hours <br />0.00132 weeks <br />3.044e-4 months <br />.

458 psig.

G2.2.23

Ability to track limiting conditions for operations.

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SRO Bnital Exam

__

~

I

9 1 . G2.2.3 I OOl/3//REFUELINGK~A

~

7.2/2.9/N/SROJ301/SIM~UISDR_

_.

-~~

r

Unit 1 has been shut dawn for 21 days and fuel movement has just commenced.

Which ONE of the following is correct with regard to Fuel Building Exhaust and

Containment Purge Exhaust?

A:' Fuel Building Exhaust and Containment Purge Exhaust must be manually aligned

to continuously pass through CAT1 filters during fuel movements.

3. Fuel Building Exhaust and Containment Purge Exhaust will automatically align to

the CATl filters if a fuel handling accident occurred at this time.

I

6. There is no need to manually align Fuel Building Exhaust or Containment Purge

Exhaust to the CATl filters because the fuel has decayed for a sufficient period of

time such that radiofogical cansequences from a fuel handling accident would be

acceptable without iodine filtration.

I

D. Fuel Building Exhaust and Containment Purge Exhaust must be secured during fuel

movements to prevent automatically tripping the purge.

Surry

References:

ND-92.5-LP-7, Refueling Abnormal Procedures, Rev. 10

Distractor Analysis:

A. Correct because the automatic alignment feature is bypassed when fuel has

decayed for less than 30 days. Therefore, it must be manually aligned prior to

moving fuel.

decayed for less than 30 days.

B. Incorrect because the automatic alignment feature is bypassed when fuel has

6.

Incorrect because 30 days is considered sufficient decay time, not 21 days.

D. Incorrect because this in only a requirement during movement of the upper

internals.

G2.2.31

Knowledge of procedures and limitations involved in initial core loading.

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SRQ lnital Exam

92. G2.2.4 -

001/3//PROCEDUKE CHAKGE/MkiM 2 . 3 / 3 . 3 M I ~ 3 0 1 / ~ A H / S ~

~

-

r

-

___

Which ONE of the following correctly states items that require a Regulatory Screen to

be performed in accordance with VPAP-300lt Station and Regulatory Reviews?

A. Emergency Action Level Change AND Station Curve Changes

B." Seismic Analyses AND Heating-Ventilation and Air Conditioning Analyses

C. Fire Protection Plan Changes AND Plant Flood Analyses

D. Oftsite Dose Calculation Manual Changes AND Equipment Qualification Analyses

Surry

-

~

~

~

_

_

_

_

~

_

_

_

_

-

.-

References:

VPAP-3001, Station and Regulatory Reviews, Rev. 9

Bistractor Analysis:

A. Incorrect because Emergency Action Level Changes are to be processed IAW

VPAP-0502 (see VPAP-3001 Page 2 of Att. 3), a Regulatory Screen is not required.

Plausible because both items are listed on VPAP-3001 Att. 3 Page 2.

B. Correct per VPAP-3001 Page 2 of Att.3.

C. Incorrect because Fire Protection Plan Changes are to be performed MW

VPAP-2481 (see VPAP-SO81 Page 2 of Att. 3), a Regulatory Screen is not required.

Plausible because both items are listed on VPAP-3001 Att. 3 Page 2.

Regulatory Screen is not required. Plausible because both items

are listed on VPAP-36301 Att. 3 Page 2.

D. lncorrect because ODCM changes are to be performed IAW VPAP-2103N, a

G2.2.6: Knowledge of the process for making changes in procedures as described in

the safety analysis report.

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SRO M a l Exam

Which ONE of the following are all responsibilities that shall E be delegated by the

Station Emergency Manages?

A. Ordering Site Evacuation, Authorizing Emergency Exposure Limits.

BY Authorizing Notifications of NRC, State and Local Agencies of the Emergency

Status, Authorizing Emergency Exposure Limits.

i

1

C. Authorizing Notifications of NRC, State and Local Agencies of the Emergency

Status, Restricting Access to the Site.

8. Authorizing Emergency Exposure Limits, Restricting Aecess to the Site.

WefW@nC@§:

ND-95.5-LP-2, Station Emergency Manager, Rev. 8

Site Emergency Plan, Rev. 46

Distractor Analysis:

A. Incorrect because ordering a site evacuation may be delegated.

5. Correct because the answer is clearly stated in both sf the references.

C. Incorrect because restricting access to the site may be delegated.

D. l~correct because restricting access to the site may be delegated.

G2.4.29: Knowledge of the emergency plan.

Surry Nuclear Plant 2804-301

DRAFT SRO lnital Exam

94. G2.4.38 C01I3NSEMIMEM -

2.2/4OiNISR04301/S~~/SDR - - - - __ 1

- - -

1 -

Which ONE of the following correctly states the preferred order for assuming the

Station Emergency Manager responsibilities from the Shift Supervisor once the

Technical Support Center is activated?

A. Manger Nuclear Operations, Director Nuclear Station Safety and Licensing, Director

Nuclear Station Operations and Maintenance, Another Qualified SRQ

B. Site Vice-President, Director Nuclear Station Safety and Licensing, Director Nuclear

Station Operations and Maintenance, Manger Nuclear Operations

CJ Site Vice-president, Director Nuclear Station Operations and Maintenance, Director

Nuclear Station Safety and Licensing, Manger Nuclear Operations

D. Site Vim-President, Director Nuclear Station Operations and Maintenance, Manger

Nuclear Operations, Director Nuclear Station Safety and Licensing

Surry

References:

ND-95.5-LP-2, Station Emergency Manager, Rev. 8

Distractor Analysis:

A. Incorrect because this is not the preferred order as specified in ND-95.5-LP-2 Pg 3.

B. Incorrect because this is not the preferred order as specified in ND-95.5-LP-2 Pg 3.

C. Correct because this is the preferred order as specified in ND-95.5-LP-2 Pg 3.

D. incorrect because this is not the preferred order as specified in ND-95.5-LP-2 Pg 3.

G2.4.38: Ability to take actions called for in the facility emergency plan, including (if

required) supporting or acting as emergency coordinator.

Surry Nuclear Plant 2084-301

DRAFT SRO Onital Exam

Given the following plant conditions following an automatic reactor trip:

- RCS has been verified to be intact per 1 -E-8, Reactor Trip OF Safety Injection

- AFW Flow to "A" SG = 125 gpm

- AFW Flow to "B" SG = 4 10 gpm

- AFW Flow to "C" SG = I30 gpm

- NR "A" SG Level = 10%

NR "B" SG Level = 8%

NR "C" SG Level = 9%

~

-

~

RCS Pressure = 1750 psig and slowly rising

- PRZR heveh = 24% and slowly rising

- WCS subcooling based on CETCs is 8O'F

Operators have reached the point in 1 -E-0 where the:

reduced.

are to check if SI flow should be

Which ONE of the following would be the next series of operator actions?

A: Direct STA to begin monitoring Critical Safety Function Status Trees, Reset SI and

CLS, verify Instrument Air available, then stop all but one Charging Pump, followed

by isolating High Head SI to the Cold begs.

3. Transition to 1-ES-I .1, SI Termination, establish letdown, followed by raising

Pressurizer level to > 35%, then secure all but one Charging Pump.

C. Establish letdown, followed by raising Pressurizer level to > 3%%,

transition to

I-ES-1 .I, SI Termination, then secure all but one Charging Pump.

D. Direct STA to begin monitoring Critical Safety Function Status Trees, Reset SI and

CLS, verify Instrument Air available, align Charging Pump suction to the VCT, then

stop all but one Charging Pump.

Surv Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SWO lnital Exam

Surry

References:

I-E-8, Reactor Trip or Safety Injection: Rev. 46

1 -ES-1.1, SI Termination, Rev. 29

ND-95-03-03, E-0, Reactor Trip of Safety Injection, Rev. 14

Distractor Analysis:

A. Correct because these actions are directed by 1 -E-0 Steps 26 through 32.

B. Incorrect because letdown would not be established prior to Pnr L > 35%. Plausible

because transition to ES-1~

1 is logical and distractor states that the goal is to get

Pnr L > 35%.

C. Incorrect because letdown would not be established prior to Pzs L > 35%. Plausible

because transition to ES-1 .I is logical and distractor states that the goal is to get

Bzr b z 35%.

D. Incorrect because Charging Pump suction would not be aligned to VCT until after all

but one Charging Pump is secured. Plausible because all actions are directed by

procedure, except that the order of the suction swap and pump stopping is

reversed.

WE01 Wediagnosis and SI Termination

G2.1.20: Ability to execute procedures.

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301

BRAFT SRO lnital Exam

-

96.

._

Wb03Eh3.1

__ O O l I ~ Q Q L ~ W N ~ C N ~ M

3SiJ.2/13/§~430l~ABISDR __

__

I

Operators are responding to a LOCA outside of containment using 1 -ECA-1.2, LOCA

Outside Containment. The crew efforts to isolate the break are unsuccessful.

Which ONE of the following identifies the procedure ECA-I .2 will direct the operators

to in order to cool and depressurize the reactor coolant system?

A. 1 -E-1 , Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant

B. 1 -ES-I 2,

Post LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization

6. I-ES-1.3, Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation

BI' 1 -ECA-1.1 I Loss of Emergency Coolant Recirculation

Surry

References:

1-E-1

I Loss of Reactor or Secondary Coolant, Rev. 21

I-ES-I

.2: Post LOCA Cooldown and Depressurization, Rev. 21

1 -ES-1.3, Transfer to Cold Leg Recirculation, Rev. 12

1 -ECA-l.l~ Loss of Emergency Coolant Recirculation, Rev. 17

Distractor Analysis:

A. Incorrect as stated in Distractor D Analysis. Plausible because there is a Loss of

B. Incorrect as stated in Distractor D Analysis. Plausible because the goal is to cool

C. Incorrect as stated in Distractor D Analysis. Plausible because this is a noma!

D. Correct because Step 2 RNO of ECA-1.2 directs operators to ECA-1.1 if efforts to

Reactor Coolant in progress.

and depressurize the RCS.

transition for long term cooling during a LOCA.

isolate the leak are not successful.

W/E03 LOCA C O O ~ ~ O W ~

- Depress.

EA2.1: Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the (LOCA

Cooldown and Depressurization): Facility conditions and selection of appropriate

procedures during abnormal and emergency operations.

Bank Question TPQ2301.

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SRO lnital Exam

The following conditions exist:

- A manual Safety Injection was initiated due to a Steam Break in Safeguards

- All SG pressures are steadily decreasing

- All SG NR levels are off-scale low and WR levels are steadily decreasing

- Pressurizer level is off-scale low

- Pressurizer pressure is steadily decreasing

- RCS temperature is decreasing uncontrollably

- Adequate Auxiliary Feedwater flow exists

Which ONE of the following is the correct procedure transitions for the event in

progress?

A.@ E-0 BO E-% to ECA-2.1

B. E-0 to E-1 to E-2 to ECA-2.1

c. E-O to E-1 to ECA9.1

8. E-O to E-2 to E-1

Surry

References:

1 - E O , Reactor Trip or Safety Injection, Rev. 46

1 -E-2, Faulted Steam Generator Isolation, Rev. 9

I -ECA-2.1, Uncontrolled Depressurization of All Steam Generators, Rev. 19

Distractor Analysis:

A. Incorrect because E-0 would be entered upon Rx Prig. Step 21 of E-0 sends the

team to E-2. Step 2 of E-2 sends the team to ECA-2.1.

5. Incorrect because E-0 Step 21 directs performance of E-2. E-1 is not directed until

C. Incorrect because E-0 Step 21 directs performance of E-2. E-1 is not directed untii

D. Incorrect because E-2 would not be entered until after -I.

E-0 Step 23.

E-O Step 23.

WE05 Inadequate Heat Transfer - Loss of Secondary Heat Sink

EA21 : Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the (Loss of

Secondary Heat Sink): Facility conditions and selection of appropriate procedures

during abnormal and emergency operations.

Surry ILT Bank Question #1342

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SWQ lnitai Exam

9%.

WEIOEA2.1

~ 001/1/2/NATURAL

__ --

CITPCUl~A~IO~/C/A~~.9/R/SROL93~SiM~SI)R-

- ~

-

-1

During a Natural Circulation Cooldown IAW ES-0.3, Natural Circulation Cook?own with

Steam Void in Rx Vessel, a steam bubble forms in the vessel head. The STA

recommends transition to FR-1.3, Response to Voids in Reactor Vessel, to vent the

head.

Which ONE of the following courses of action is appropriate?

A. Initiate FR-1.3 since E%-0.3 assumes FR-1.3 is in effect to eliminate the steam void.

B. initiate SI and go to FR-1.3 to vent the head.

C. The NC Cooldown should be stopped and a transition to FR-1.3 should be made.

D! Stay in ES-0.3. Void growth is expected and ES-0.3 provides guidance to control

the void growth.

Slarry

References:

I -FR-1.3, Reponse To Voids In Reactor Vessel, Rev. 16

1 -ES-0.3, Natural Circulation Cooldown With Steam Void in Rx Vessel, Rev. 12

Distractor Analysis:

A. Incorrect because ES-0.3 does not assume that FR-1.3 is being used.

B. Incorrect because SI should not be initiated and there is n~ need lo vent the head.

C. Incorrect because ES-0.3 does provide guidance for managing void growth.

B. Correct because ES-0.3 does provide guidance for managing void growth.

WE4 0 Natural Circ.

Ea2.1: Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the (Natural

Circulation With Steam Void in Vessl with / without RVLlS): Facility conditions and

selection of appropriate procedures during abnormal and emergency operations.

Surry Requal Bank Question #247

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SRO lnital Exam

1

99. WE13EA2.1001/1R/SG

- __ - -

STEAM -

GENEKATOR/C/A

~

~

2 ~)134iRI~0430~ISIMA~SDR- - .~

I -

During performance of E-3, Steam Generator Tube Rupture, the operating team is

directed to adjust the SG POWV setpoint on the ruptured SG to 1035 psig. The

Reactor Operator observes ruptured SG pressure to be f07Q psig afld the P6RV

cycling.

Which ONE of the following is the appropriate course of action and reason for the

action?

A. Transition to FR-H.2, "Response to Steam Generator Overpressure" to prevent an

overpressure condition in the ruptured SG.

I

B. Increase feed flow to the ruptured SG to stop the release and remain in E-3.

C. Increase the setpoint above 1070 psig to prevent release to the public and

transition to ECA-3.1, SGTW With Loss of Reactor Coolant - Subcooled Receovery.

D:' Leave the PBRV setpoint at 1035 psig to minimize challenges to the SG Code

Safeties and remain in E-3.

Surry Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SRO M a l Exam

References:

1 -E-3, Steam Generator Tube Rupture, Rev. 25

ND-95.3-LP-13, E-3 Steam Generator Tube Rupture, Rev. 11

Distractor Analysis:

A. Incorrect because the correct response is simply to verify that the PORV seats

when pressure drops below 1835 gsig. Furthermore, FR-H.2 is not associated with

any Red or Orange paths.

when pressure drops below I035 psig. Furthermore, feeding a ruptured SG will not

limit the exposure to the public.

when pressure drops below 1035 psig. Furthermore, this action may challenge the

code safeties, which is not desirable.

for the step.

5. Incorrect because the correct response is simply to verify that the PORV seats

C. Incorrect because the correct response is simply to verify that the PORV seats

&. Correct because this is the correct direction in the procedure and the correct basis

WE13 Steam Generator Overpressure

EA2.1: Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the (Steam

Generator Overpressure): Facility conditions and selection of appropriate procedures

during abnormal and emergency operations.

Scerry Requal Exam Bank Question #324

Surey Nuclear Plant 2004-301

DRAFT SRO lnital Exam

f - - - - -

00. WEISEA2.1 0 2 / 1 / 2 / C O N T A I N ~ ~ N T ~ ~ ~ ~ ~ E ~ 2 . 7 / 3 . 2 ~ ~ 0 4 3 ~ I I S I M A ~ R I S D ~

__

-

~

-

-

The Control Room Operators are performing FR-S.2, Response to Loss of Core

Shutdown, in response to a yellow path condition shown on the Critical Safety Function

(CSF) status tree.

Which ONE of the following is correct with regard to transitions out of this procedure?

A. The operators must leave this procedure at any step as soon as the Loss of Core

Shutdown CSF adverse condition has cleared. (Green path established)

13. The operators must leave this procedure before completion and ge, to FR-H.1,

Response to Loss of Secondary Heat Sink, if the heat sink CSF status tree

indicates a yellow path condition.

C. The operators must leave this procedure before completion and go to FR-C.3,

Response to Saturated Core Cooling, if the Core Cooling status tree indicates a

yellow path condition.

D:' The operators must leave this procedure before completion and go to FW-Z.2,

Response to Containment Flooding, if the containment CSF status tree indicates an

orange path condition.

Surry

Refernces:

NB-95.3-LP-26, Critical Safety Function Status Trees, Rev. 5

Distractor Analysis:

A. Incorrect because the operator does mot have to immediately leave FR if it is not

5. Incorrect because yellow path does not warrant this action.

C. Incorrect because yellow path does not warrant this action.

B. Correct because orange path takes priority.

completed.

WE1 5 Containment Flooding

EA2.1: Ability to determine and interpret the following as they apply to the

(Containment Flooding): Facility conditions and selection of appropriate procedures

during abnormal and emergency operations.

Surry ILT Bank Question # 1350